VARIABLE ACCOUNT A AMERICAN INTL LIFE ASSUR CO OF NEW YORK
485BPOS, 1996-05-02
Previous: ROTONICS MANUFACTURING INC/DE, 10-Q/A, 1996-05-02
Next: VARIABLE ACCOUNT A AMERICAN INTL LIFE ASSUR CO OF NEW YORK, 485BPOS, 1996-05-02



<PAGE>


   

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 2, 1996
                                                               FILE NO. 33-58502
                                                                        811-4865
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington, D.C. 20549

                                       FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    Pre-Effective Amendment No. _______                              [ ]
    Post - Effective Amendment No.   3                               [X]

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
    Amendment No. _______                                            [X]
                          (Check appropriate box or boxes.)

                                  VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
                                  ------------------
                              (Exact Name of Registrant)

              American International Life Assurance Company of New York
              ---------------------------------------------------------
                                 (Name of Depositor)

                  80 Pine Street, New York, New York          10005
                  -------------------------------------------------
           (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

           Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code (212) 770-7000
                                                             --------------

                                 Robert Liguori, Esq.
                              AIG Life Insurance Company
                                   One Alico Plaza
                              Wilmington, Delaware 19899
                              --------------------------
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                      Copies to:
         Michael Berenson, Esq.   and            Florence Davis, Esq.
         Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson, LLP     American International
         Suite 400 East                          Group, Inc.
         1025 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W.      70 Pine Street
         Washington, D.C. 20007-0805             New York, New York 10270
         ---------------------------             ------------------------

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this filing.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
      X   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
    -----
    _____ on ___________ pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
    _____ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Rule 485
    _____ on ___________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Rule 485
    _____ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii)
    _____ on ___________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:
    _____ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a
          previously filed post-effective amendment.

Registrant has declared that it registered an indefinite number or amount of
securities in accordance with Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of
1940.  Registrant filed a Rule 24f-2 notice for its most recent fiscal year on
February 26, 1996.
    



<PAGE>

                                 CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                                (required by Rule 495)

Item No.                        Location
- --------                        --------
                                 PART A

Item 1.  Cover Page..................................... Cover Page
Item 2.  Definitions.................................... Definitions
Item 3.  Synopsis....................................... Highlights
Item 4.  Condensed Financial Information................ Condensed
                                                         Financial
                                                         Information
Item 5.  General Description of Registrant,
         Depositor, and Portfolio Companies............. The Variable
                                                         Account; The
                                                         Company; Alliance
                                                         Variable Products
                                                         Series Fund, Inc.
Item 6.  Deductions and Expenses........................ Charges and
                                                         Deductions
Item 7.  General Description of Variable Annuity
         Contracts..............................         Purchasing a
                                                         Contract; Rights
                                                         under the
                                                         Contracts
Item 8.  Annuity Period................................. Annuity Period
Item 9.  Death Benefit.................................. Death Benefit
Item 10. Purchases and Contract Value................... Rights under
                                                         the Contracts;
                                                         Purchasing a Contract

Item 11. Redemptions.................................... Withdrawals
Item 12. Taxes.......................................... Taxes
Item 13. Legal Proceedings.............................. Not Applicable
Item 14. Table of Contents of the Statement of
         Additional Information......................... Table of
                                                         Contents of
                                                         the Statement
                                                         of Additional
                                                         Information


<PAGE>

Item No.                        Location
- --------                        --------
                                 PART B


Item 15. Cover Page....................................  Cover Page
Item 16. Table of Contents.............................  Table of
                                                         Contents
Item 17. General Information and History...............  General Information
Item 18. Services......................................  Services
Item 19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered..........  Purchasing a Contract;
                                                         Charges and
                                                         Deductions (Part A)
Item 20. Underwriters..................................  General Information/
                                                         Distributor
Item 21. Calculation of Performance Data...............  Calculation of
                                                         Performance Related
                                                         Information
Item 22. Annuity Payments..............................  Annuity Provisions
Item 23. Financial Statements..........................  Financial
                                                         Statements

                                 PART C

    Information required to be included in Part C is set forth under the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
   
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                      FOR
 
                              INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP
                      SINGLE PREMIUM AND FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                                    DEFERRED
                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
                                   ISSUED BY
 
                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
 
                                      AND
 
                 AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY
                                  OF NEW YORK
                                 80 PINE STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
 
    This  Prospectus sets forth the information  a prospective investor ought to
know before investing.
 
    The  Individual  Deferred  Variable   Annuity  Contracts  (the   "Individual
Contracts")  and Group  Deferred Variable Annuity  Contracts ("Group Contracts")
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  described  in  this  Prospectus  provide  for
accumulation  of Contract  Values and payment  of monthly  annuity payments. The
Contracts may be used in retirement plans  which do not qualify for federal  tax
advantages  ("Non-Qualified Contracts")  or in connection  with retirement plans
which may qualify as Individual  Retirement Annuities ("IRA") under Section  408
of  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or Section 403(b)
of the Code ("403(b) Plans"). The Contracts will not be available in  connection
with  retirement plans designed by American International Life Assurance Company
of New  York  (the "Company")  which  qualify  for the  federal  tax  advantages
available  under Sections 401 and  457 of the Code.  Purchasers intending to use
the Contracts in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan should seek competent tax
advice.
 
    Premiums  allocated  among  the  Subaccounts  of  Variable  Account  A  (the
"Variable  Account") will  be invested in  shares of  Alliance Variable Products
Series  Fund,  Inc.  (the   "Fund").  The  Fund   has  made  available   sixteen
Portfolios:   Money Market Portfolio;  Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio; Growth
Portfolio;  Growth   and  Income   Portfolio;  International   Portfolio;   U.S.
Government/High  Grade  Securities Portfolio;  North American  Government Income
Portfolio; Global Dollar Government Portfolio; Utility Income Portfolio;  Global
Bond  Portfolio; Premier Growth Portfolio;  Total Return Portfolio; Conservative
Investors  Portfolio;  Growth   Investors  Portfolio;  Worldwide   Privatization
Portfolio;  and Technology  Portfolio. (See  "Alliance Variable  Products Series
Fund, Inc. on Page   .)
 
    Additional information  about  the Contracts  and  the Variable  Account  is
contained  in the "Statement of Additional  Information" which is available upon
request at no charge by calling or writing American International Life Assurance
Company of New York; Attention: Variable Products, One Alico Plaza,  Wilmington,
Delaware 19801, 1-800-340-2765 or call the service office at 1-800-255-8402. The
Statement  of Additional Information dated May 1,  1996, has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and is hereby incorporated by reference.  The
Table  of Contents for the  Statement of Additional Information  can be found on
page   of this Prospectus.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY
       OR  ADEQUACY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE
                                CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    PLEASE READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CAREFULLY  AND  RETAIN  IT  FOR  YOUR  FUTURE
REFERENCE.
 
    THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
 
                                                 Date of Prospectus: May 1, 1996
    

<PAGE>
   
                                 TABLE CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Definitions................................................................................................           3
Highlights.................................................................................................           4
Summary of Expenses........................................................................................           6
Condensed Financial Information............................................................................           8
  Calculation of Performance Data..........................................................................          10
The Company................................................................................................          11
The Variable Account.......................................................................................          11
Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc................................................................
The Contract
  Parties to the Contract..................................................................................          15
  How to Purchase a Contract...............................................................................          16
  Discount Purchase Programs...............................................................................          16
  Distributor..............................................................................................          16
  Administration of the Contracts..........................................................................          17
  Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options........................................................          17
  Right to Examine Contract Period.........................................................................          17
  Unit Value and Contract Value............................................................................          18
  Transfers................................................................................................          18
  Dollar Cost Averaging....................................................................................          18
  Asset Rebalancing Option.................................................................................          19
Charges and Deductions.....................................................................................          20
Annuity Benefits...........................................................................................          22
Death Benefit..............................................................................................          23
Distributions Under the Contract...........................................................................          24
Taxes......................................................................................................          27
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information...............................................          32
Appendix -- General Account Option.........................................................................         A-1
  Guaranteed Account.......................................................................................         A-1
  Guarantee Periods........................................................................................         A-1
  Market Value Adjustment..................................................................................         A-2
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
    
<PAGE>
   
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
ACCUMULATION  UNIT  --  An accounting  unit  of  measure used  to  calculate the
Contract Value prior to the Annuity Date.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE -- The Annuity Service Office of the Company: c/o Delaware
Valley Financial Services,  Inc., 300  Berwyn Park,  P.O. Box  3031, Berwyn,  PA
19312-0031.
 
ANNUITANT  -- The person designated by the Owner upon whose continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.
 
ANNUITY DATE -- The date on which annuity payments are to commence.
 
ANNUITY OPTION --  An arrangement under  which annuity payments  are made  under
this Contract.
 
ANNUITY UNIT -- An accounting unit of measure used to calculate annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.
 
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY -- An anniversary of the Effective Date of the Contract.
 
CONTRACT  VALUE --  The dollar  value as  of any  Valuation Date  of all amounts
accumulated under this Contract.
 
CONTRACT YEAR -- Each period of twelve (12) months commencing with the Effective
Date.
 
EFFECTIVE DATE -- The date on which the first Contract Year begins.
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT -- A  part of our General  Account, which earns a  Guaranteed
Rate of interest.
 
MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- An  adjustment applied as a  result of a transfer or
surrender of an  amount allocated to  the Guaranteed Account  which occurs on  a
date prior to the end of an applicable Guarantee Period.
 
OWNER  -- The person named in the Contract Schedule, unless changed, and who has
all rights under the Contract.
 
PREMIUM -- Purchase payments for the Contract are referred to as Premium.
 
PREMIUM YEAR --  Any period of  twelve (12)  months commencing with  the date  a
Premium  payment is made and  ending on the same  date in each succeeding twelve
(12) month period thereafter.
 
SURRENDER CHARGE  --  Contingent  deferred  sales charges  are  referred  to  as
Surrender Charges.
 
VALUATION  DATE -- Each day that We and the New York Stock Exchange are open for
trading.
 
VALUATION PERIOD -- The  period between the close  of business on any  Valuation
Date and the close of business for the next succeeding Valuation Date.
 
WE, OUR, US -- American International Life Assurance Company of New York.
 
YOU, YOUR -- The Owner of this Contract.
 
                                       3
    

<PAGE>
   
                                   HIGHLIGHTS
 
    This  Prospectus  describes  the  Individual  Contracts  or  Group Contracts
(collectively, the "Contracts") and a segregated investment account of  American
International  Life Assurance Company of New  York (the "Company") which account
has been designated Variable Account  A (the "Variable Account"). The  Contracts
are  designed to assist in financial  planning by providing for the accumulation
of capital on a tax-deferred basis for retirement and other long-term  purposes,
and  providing  for the  payment  of monthly  annuity  income. Contracts  may be
purchased by  qualified retirement  plans  or with  the  intent to  qualify  for
special   Federal  income  tax  treatment  ("Qualified  Contracts"),  or  as  an
Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA").  The Contract may  also be purchased  for
retirement  plans, deferred compensation  plans and other  purposes which do not
qualify  for  such   special  Federal  income   tax  treatment   ("Non-Qualified
Contracts"). (See "Taxes" on page   .)
 
    A  Contract  is  purchased with  a  minimum  initial premium  of  $5,000 for
Non-qualified Contracts and  $2,000 for a  Qualified Contract. If  you choose  a
flexible  premium Contract, additional premium is permitted at any time, subject
to certain limitations. (See "Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options"
on page    .) You, as the  Owner of the Contract,  may allocate your premium  so
that it accumulates on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both.
 
    Premium  allocated among  the Subaccounts  of the  Variable Account  will be
invested in shares of one or more  of the underlying portfolios of the  Alliance
Variable  Products  Series Fund,  Inc. (the  "Fund"), and  will accumulate  on a
variable basis.  There  are currently  16  Subaccounts, each  of  which  invests
exclusively  in  one  of  the  following  Portfolios:  Money  Market; Short-Term
Multi-Market; Growth;  Growth and  Income; International;  U.S.  Government/High
Grade  Securities; North  American Government Income;  Global Dollar Government;
Utility  Income;  Global  Bond;  Premier  Growth;  Total  Return;   Conservative
Investors;  Growth  Investors;  Worldwide  Privatization;  and  Technology. (See
"Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. on Page   .) Your value in any one
of these Subaccounts will  vary according to the  investment performance of  the
underlying  portfolio chosen by you. You bear the entire investment risk for all
premium allocated to the Variable Account.
 
    The Company  does  not  deduct  Sales Charges  from  any  premium  received.
However, the Contracts provide for a Surrender Charge (contingent deferred sales
charge)  that may  be assessed in  the event that  an Owner surrenders  all or a
portion of the Contract Value within  seven contract years following payment  of
any  premium. The maximum Surrender Charge is  6% of premium to which the charge
is applicable for flexible  premium contracts and 6%  of the Contract Value  for
single  premium contracts. (See "Summary  of Expenses" on page    , and "Charges
and Deductions -- Deduction for Surrender Charge"  on page   .) Withdrawals  and
Surrenders  from  the  Guaranteed  Account  may be  subject  to  a  Market Value
Adjustment (See "Market Value Adjustment," Appendix    , page   .)
 
    A penalty free  withdrawal is  available. Generally, there  is no  Surrender
Charge  imposed on the greater  of the Contract Value  less premiums paid or the
portion of the withdrawal that does not exceed 10% of premium otherwise  subject
to the Surrender Charge. (See "Withdrawals" on page   .)
 
    Surrenders and Withdrawals may be taxable and subject to a penalty tax. (See
"Taxes" beginning on page   .)
 
    The Company deducts daily a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal
on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset value of the Variable
Account. There are no Mortality and Expense Risk Charges deducted for amounts in
the  Guaranteed Account. (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge" on page   .)
 
    The Company deducts  daily an  Administrative Charge  which is  equal on  an
annual  basis to  0.15% of  the average  daily net  asset value  of the Variable
Account. The Administrative Charge is not assessed to the Guaranteed Account. In
addition, the  Company  deducts from  the  Contract Value,  an  annual  Contract
Maintenance Fee which is $30 per year. The Contract Maintenance Fee is waived if
the  Contract Value  is greater than  $50,000 on  the date of  the charge. These
Charges are designed to
 
                                       4
    
<PAGE>
   
reimburse the Company for administrative expenses relating to maintenance of the
Contract and the Variable Account. (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for
Administrative Charge and Contract Maintenance Fee" on page   .)
 
    There are deductions and expenses paid out  of the assets of the Fund  which
are described in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.
 
    The  Owner  may return  the Contract  within  ten (10)  days (the  "Right to
Examine Contract Period") after it is received by returning it to the  Company's
Administrative Office. The return of the Contract by mail will be effective when
the  postmark is affixed  to a properly addressed  and postage prepaid envelope.
The Company will refund the Contract Value.  In the case of Contracts issued  in
connection  with an IRA the Company will  refund the greater of the Premium less
any withdrawals, or the Contract Value. However, if the laws of a state  require
that  the Company refund, during the Right to Examine Contract Period, an amount
equal to the premium paid less any withdrawals, the Company will refund such  an
amount.
 
                                   FEE TABLE
 
OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    ALL
                                                    SUBACCOUNTS
                                                    -----
<S>                                                 <C>
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases...................  None
</TABLE>
 
        Surrender Charge (as a percentage of amount surrendered):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      SINGLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS             FLEXIBLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                                    <C>
Contract Year 1                       Premium Year 1                                6%
Contract Year 2                       Premium Year 2                                6%
Contract Year 3                       Premium Year 3                                5%
Contract Year 4                       Premium Year 4                                5%
Contract Year 5                       Premium Year 5                                4%
Contract Year 6                       Premium Year 6                                3%
Contract Year 7                       Premium Year 7                                2%
Contract Year 8 and thereafter        Premium Year 8 and thereafter               None
 
Exchange Fee:
  First 12 Per Contract Year...............................................       None
  Thereafter...............................................................        $10
 
Annual Contract Fee........................................................        $30
 
Separate Account Expenses
(as a percentage of average account value)
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fees..........................................      1.25%
  Account Fees and Expenses................................................      0.15%
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.....................................      1.40%
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
    
<PAGE>
   
                              SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
 
ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES NET OF ANY EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 TOTAL
                                                                                                    OTHER      PORTFOLIO
PORTFOLIO                                                                       MANAGEMENT FEE    EXPENSES     EXPENSES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>              <C>          <C>
Alliance Money Market.........................................................          0.38%          0.57%        0.95%
Alliance Short-Term Multi-Market..............................................          0.20           0.75         0.95
Alliance Growth...............................................................          0.43           0.52         0.95
Alliance Growth and Income....................................................          0.63           0.16         0.79
Alliance International........................................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance U.S. Government/High Grade Securities................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance North American Government Income.....................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Global Dollar Government.............................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Utility Income.......................................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Global Bond..........................................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Premier Growth.......................................................          0.76           0.19         0.95
Alliance Total Return.........................................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Conservative Investors...............................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Growth Investors.....................................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Worldwide Privatization..............................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
Alliance Technology...........................................................          0.00           0.95         0.95
</TABLE>
 
    The  purpose  of  the  table set  forth  above  is to  assist  the  Owner in
understanding the various costs and expenses that an Owner will bear directly or
indirectly. The table reflects expenses of  the Variable Account as well as  the
Fund. (See "Charges and Deductions" on page   of this Prospectus and "Management
of the Fund" in the Fund Prospectus.)
 
    No deduction will be made for any premium or other taxes levied by any State
unless imposed by the State where you reside. Premium taxes currently imposed on
the  Contracts by various  states range from  0% to 3.5%  of premiums paid. (See
"Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Premium and Other State Taxes" on  page
  .)
 
    "Other  Expenses" are  based upon  the expenses  outlined under  the section
entitled "Management of the Fund" in the Fund Prospectus.
- ------------------------
    *Expense  information  for  the  Money  Market  Portfolio,  Premier   Growth
Portfolio,   U.S.  Government/High  Grade  Securities  Portfolio,  Total  Return
Portfolio, International  Portfolio,  Growth and  Income  Portfolio,  Short-Term
Multi-Market  Portfolio and Global Bond Portfolio  have been restated to reflect
current fees. The expenses listed in  the table for the Money Market  Portfolio,
Premier  Growth  Portfolio, Growth  and  Income Portfolio,  U.S. Government/High
Grade Securities  Portfolio, Total  Return Portfolio,  International  Portfolio,
Short-Term   Multi-Market  Portfolio,  Global  Bond  Portfolio,  North  American
Government Income Portfolio, Global Dollar Government Portfolio, Utility  Income
Portfolio,  Conservative Investors Portfolio, Growth Investors Portfolio, Growth
Portfolio, Worldwide Privatization Portfolio and Technology Portfolio are net of
voluntary expense  reimbursements,  which  are  not  required  to  be  continued
indefinitely;  however, the Advisor intends  to continue such reimbursements for
the foreseeable future. The expenses of the following Portfolios, before expense
reimbursements, would be: Money Market Portfolio: Management Fees -- 50%,  Other
Expenses -- .57% and Total Portfolio Operating Expenses -- 1.07%; Premier Growth
Portfolio:  Management Fees -- 1.00%, Other Expenses -- .19% and Total Portfolio
Operating Expenses --  1.19%; Growth  and Income Portfolio:  Management Fees  --
 .63%,  Other Expenses  -- .16% and  Total Portfolio Operating  Expenses -- .79%;
U.S. Government/High Grade Securities Portfolio: Management Fees -- .60%,  Other
Expenses  -- .98% and Total Portfolio  Operating Expenses -- 1.58%; Total Return
Portfolio: Management Fees -- .63%, Other Expenses -- 3.86% and Total  Portfolio
Operating  Expenses -- 4.49%; International Portfolio: Management Fees -- 1.00%,
Other Expenses -- 1.99% and Total
 
                                       6
    
<PAGE>
   
Portfolio  Operating  Expenses  --  2.99%;  Short-Term  Multi-Market  Portfolio:
Management  Fees -- .55%,  Other Expenses -- .75%  and Total Portfolio Operating
Expenses --  1.30%;  Global  Bond  Portfolio: Management  Fees  --  .65%,  Other
Expenses  --  1.12%  and  Total Portfolio  Operating  Expenses  --  1.77%; North
American Government Income Portfolio: Management Fees -- .65%, Other Expenses --
1.92% and Total Portfolio Operating Expenses -- 2.57%; Global Dollar  Government
Portfolio:  Management Fees -- .75%, Other Expenses -- 4.07% and Total Portfolio
Operating Expenses -- 4.82%; Utility Income Portfolio: Management Fees --  .75%,
Other  Expenses  --  3.04%  and Total  Portfolio  Operating  Expenses  -- 3.79%;
Worldwide Privatization Portfolio: Management Fees  -- 1.00%, Other Expenses  --
3.17%  and Total Portfolio  Operating Expenses --  4.17%; Conservative Investors
Portfolio: Management Fees -- .75%, Other Expenses -- 3.50% and Total  Portfolio
Operating  Expenses  -- 4.25%;  Growth Investors  Portfolio: Management  Fees --
 .75%, Other Expenses -- 5.42% and  Total Portfolio Operating Expenses --  6.17%;
Growth  Portfolio: Management  Fees --  .75%, Other  Expenses --  .52% and Total
Portfolio Operating Expenses -- 1.27%. The estimated expenses of the  Technology
Portfolios   before  expense  reimbursements  would  be:  Technology  Portfolio:
Management Fees -- 1.0%. Other Expenses -- 1.55% and Total Operating Expenses --
2.55%. THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT  BE CONSIDERED REPRESENTATIVE OF FUTURE  EXPENSES:
ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
EXPENSES ON A HYPOTHETICAL $1,000 POLICY, ASSUMING 5% GROWTH:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                IF YOU SURRENDER
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO                                                                        1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Alliance Money Market........................................................   $      80    $     114    $     149    $     275
Alliance Short Term Multi-Market.............................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Growth..............................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Growth and Income...................................................          78          109          141          258
Alliance International.......................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance U.S. Gov't/High Grade Securities....................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance North American Gov't Income.........................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Global Dollar Government............................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Utility Income......................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Global Bond.........................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Premier Growth......................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Total Return........................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Conservative Investors..............................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Growth Investors....................................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Worldwide Privatization.............................................          80          114          149          275
Alliance Technology..........................................................          80          114          149          275
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              IF YOU ANNUITIZE OR
                                                                                            IF YOU DO NOT SURRENDER
                                                                               --------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO                                                                        1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Alliance Money Market........................................................   $      24    $      75    $     129    $     275
Alliance Short Term Multi-Market.............................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Growth..............................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Growth and Income...................................................          23           70          120          258
Alliance International.......................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance U.S. Gov't/High Grade Securities....................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance North American Gov't Income.........................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Global Dollar Government............................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Utility Income......................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Global Bond.........................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Premier Growth......................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Total Return........................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Conservative Investors..............................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Growth Investors....................................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Worldwide Privatization.............................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Technology..........................................................          24           75          129          275
</TABLE>
 
    THE  EXAMPLE SHOULD  NOT BE  CONSIDERED A  REPRESENTATION OF  PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
                                       8
    
<PAGE>
   
                        CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                           ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995            1994          1993         1992
                                                         ---------------  -------------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
ALLIANCE MONEY MARKET
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.27          10.07        10.00         N/A
    End of Period......................................            10.64          10.27        10.07         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       551,555.84     206,034.73     1,590.74         N/A
ALLIANCE SHORT-TERM MULTI-MARKET
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.51          10.31         9.79       10.00
    End of Period......................................            10.03           9.51        10.31        9.79
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        81,425.05      15,915.04     6,843.27    8,369.93
ALLIANCE GROWTH
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.48          11.13        10.00       10.00
    End of Period......................................            13.99          10.48        11.13       10.00
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       777,108.88      56,104.84    35,271.53    2,081.43
ALLIANCE GROWTH & INCOME
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            11.57          11.76        10.66       10.00
    End of Period......................................            15.52          11.57        11.76       10.66
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       502,667.80     179,245.69    37,573.04    7,731.36
ALLIANCE INTERNATIONAL
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            11.27          10.69        10.00         N/A
    End of Period......................................            12.22          11.27        10.69         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       228,254.81     122,616.95    22,441.08         N/A
ALLIANCE U.S. GOVERNMENT/HIGH GRADE
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.66          10.17        10.00         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.38           9.66        10.17         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       390,483.21      75,881.31     7,608.84         N/A
ALLIANCE NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT INCOME
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             8.71          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            10.55           8.71          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        95,031.46      89,164.68          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE GLOBAL DOLLAR GOVERNMENT
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.73          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.81           9.73          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        16,171.63       5,958.18          N/A         N/A
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995            1994          1993         1992
                                                         ---------------  -------------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
ALLIANCE UTILITY INCOME
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.71          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.64           9.71          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       103,042.86      13,690.19          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE GLOBAL BOND
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.94          10.61        10.00         N/A
    End of Period......................................            12.24           9.94        10.61         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        76,604.28      27,806.30     5,589.55         N/A
ALLIANCE PREMIER GROWTH
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.66          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            15.25          10.66          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       420,662.68     108,111.20          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE TOTAL RETURN
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.75          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.90           9.75          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       121,094.82       4,871.12          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.03          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.59          10.03          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       164,400.64       6,977.55          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE GROWTH INVESTORS
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.83          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.70           9.83          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        62,762.43       3,185.25          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE WORLDWIDE PRIVATIZATION
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.05          10.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.01          10.05          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        62,769.30       6,357.69          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE TECHNOLOGY
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................              N/A            N/A          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................              N/A            N/A          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................              N/A            N/A          N/A         N/A
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
    
<PAGE>
   
    *Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
Premier Growth Portfolio                            December 7, 1992
Growth & Income Portfolio                             April 17, 1992
Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio                      June 25, 1992
Global Bond Portfolio                                   May 10, 1993
Money Market Portfolio                                  May 13, 1993
International Portfolio                                 June 1, 1993
U.S. Government/High Grade Securities Portfolio        June 14, 1993
North American Government Income Portfolio            April 11, 1994
Global Dollar Government Portfolio                    April 20, 1994
Utility Income Portfolio                              April 20, 1994
Conservative Investors Portfolio                     August 24, 1994
Growth Investors Portfolio                           August 16, 1994
Growth Portfolio                                     August 16, 1994
Total Return Portfolio                               August 26, 1994
Worldwide Privatization Portfolio                    August 16, 1994
Technology Portfolio                                January 10, 1996
</TABLE>
 
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    The Company may, from  time to time,  advertise certain performance  related
information  concerning one or more of the Subaccounts, including information as
to total return and yield. Performance  information about a Subaccount is  based
on  the Subaccount's past performance only and  is not intended as an indication
of future performance.
 
    When the Company advertises the average annual total return of a Subaccount,
it will usually be calculated  for one, five, and ten  year periods or, where  a
Subaccount  has been in existence for a period less than one, five or ten years,
for such lesser period. Average annual total return is measured by comparing the
value of the investment in a Subaccount at the beginning of the relevant  period
to  the value of the investment at the end of the period (assuming the deduction
of any Surrender Charge which would be  payable if the account were redeemed  at
the  end of the  period) and calculating  the average annual  compounded rate of
return necessary  to produce  the value  of the  investment at  the end  of  the
period.  The Company  may simultaneously  present returns  that do  not assume a
surrender and, therefore, do not deduct the Surrender Charge.
 
    When the Company advertises the yield of a Subaccount it will be  calculated
based  upon a given 30-day  period. The yield is  determined by dividing the net
investment income earned per Accumulation Unit during the period by the value of
an Accumulation Unit on the last day of the period.
 
    When the Company advertises the  performance of the Money Market  Subaccount
it  may  advertise in  addition  to the  total return  either  the yield  or the
effective yield. The yield of the  Money Market Subaccount refers to the  income
generated  by  an investment  in that  Subaccount over  a seven-day  period. The
income is  then  annualized  (i.e.,  the  amount  of  income  generated  by  the
investment  during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage  of the investment). The effective yield  is
calculated  similarly but when annualized the  income earned by an investment in
the Money Market  Subaccount is assumed  to be reinvested.  The effective  yield
will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment during a 52-week period.
 
    Total  return  at the  Variable  Account level  is  reduced by  all contract
charges:  sales  charges,   mortality  and   expense  risk   charges,  and   the
administrative  charges, and is therefore lower than  the total return at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges.  Likewise, yield and effective yield  at
the Variable Account level take into account all recurring charges (except sales
charges),  and are therefore lower than the  yield and effective yield at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges. Performance information for a Subaccount
may   be    compared   to:    (i)   the    Standard   &    Poor's   500    Stock
 
                                       11
    
<PAGE>
   
Index,  Dow  Jones  Industrial  Average,  Donoghue  Money  Market  Institutional
Averages, indices measuring  corporate bond  and government  security prices  as
prepared  by  Lehman  Brothers,  Inc.  and  Salomon  Brothers  or  other indices
measuring performance of a pertinent group  of securities so that investors  may
compare  a  Subaccount's results  with  those of  a  group of  securities widely
regarded by investors as  representative of the  securities markets in  general;
(ii)  other  variable annuity  separate  accounts or  other  investment products
tracked by Lipper Analytical Services,  a widely used independent research  firm
which  ranks mutual funds and other investment companies by overall performance,
investment objectives,  and  assets,  or  tracked  by  other  ratings  services,
companies,  publications,  or  persons  who  rank  separate  accounts  or  other
investment products on overall performance or other criteria; (iii) the Consumer
Price Index (measure for inflation)  to assess the real  rate of return from  an
investment  in  the  Contract;  and  (iv)  indices  or  averages  of alternative
financial products available to prospective  investors, including the Bank  Rate
Monitor which monitors average returns of various bank instruments.
 
FINANCIAL DATA
 
    Financial  Statements  of  the Company  may  be  found in  the  Statement of
Additional Information. No  financial statements for  the Variable Account  have
been provided in the Statement of Additional Information because, as of the date
of  this  Prospectus,  the Subaccounts  had  not yet  commenced  operations with
respect to the underlying portfolios of the Funds and consequently had no assets
invested in such portfolios.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    American International Life Assurance Company of New York (the "Company") is
a stock life insurance company which was  organized under the laws of the  State
of  New York in  1962. The Company provides  a full range  of life insurance and
annuity plans.  The Company  is a  subsidiary of  American International  Group,
Inc.,  which serves as the holding company  for a number of companies engaged in
the international  insurance  business,  both  life and  general,  in  over  130
countries and jurisdictions around the world.
 
    The   Company  may  from  time-to-time   publish  in  advertisements,  sales
literature and reports to Owners, the ratings and other information assigned  to
it by one or more independent organizations such as A. M. Best Company, Moody's,
and  Standard & Poor's. The  purpose of the ratings  is to reflect the financial
strength  and/or  claims-paying  ability  of  the  Company  and  should  not  be
considered  as  bearing  on the  investment  performance  of asset  held  in the
separate account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial  status
of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's Ratings. These
ratings  reflect A. M. Best's current opinion of the relative financial strength
and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms  of
the  life/health insurance industry.  In addition, the  claims-paying ability of
the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings Services, and the
financial strength of the Company as measured by Moody's Investors Services, may
be referred to  in advertisements,  sales literature  or in  reports to  Owners.
These  ratings are their opinions of  an operating insurance company's financial
capacity to meet  the obligations  of its  life insurance  policies and  annuity
contracts  in accordance  with their  terms. In regard  to their  ratings of the
Company, these  ratings are  explicitly  based on  the  existence of  a  Support
Agreement,  dated as of  December 31, 1991,  between the Company  and its parent
American International Group, Inc. ("AIG"), pursuant to which AIG has agreed  to
cause  the Company to maintain  a positive net worth  and to provide the Company
with funds on a timely basis sufficient to meet the Company's obligations to its
policyholders. The  Support Agreement  is  not, however,  a direct  or  indirect
guarantee  by  AIG  to  any  person  of the  payment  of  any  of  the Company's
indebtedness, liabilities  or other  obligations (including  obligations to  the
Company's policyholders).
 
    The ratings are not recommendations to purchase the Company's life insurance
or  annuity products, or to hold or sell  these products, and the ratings do not
comment on the suitability of such products for a particular investor. There can
be   no   assurance   that    any   rating   will    remain   in   effect    for
 
                                       12
    
<PAGE>
   
any  given period of  time or that any  rating will not  be lowered or withdrawn
entirely by a rating  organization if, in  such organization's judgment,  future
circumstances  relating to  the Support Agreement,  such as a  lowering of AIG's
long-term debt rating,  so warrant. The  ratings do not  reflect the  investment
performance  of the Variable  Account or the  degree of risk  associated with an
investment in the Variable Account.
 
                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
    American International Life Assurance Company of New York (the "Company") is
a stock life insurance company which was  organized under the laws of the  State
of  New York in  1962. The Company provides  a full range  of life insurance and
annuity plans. The Company is a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc.
("AIG"), which serves as the holding  company for a number of companies  engaged
in  the international  insurance business,  both life  and general,  in over 130
countries and jurisdictions around the world.
 
    The Company owns the  assets in the Variable  Account and obligations  under
the  Contract are general  corporate obligations. The  Variable Account and each
Subaccount, however,  are separate  from the  Company's other  assets  including
those of the General Account and from any other separate accounts. The assets of
the  Variable Account, equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with
respect to the Variable Account, are not chargeable with liabilities arising out
of any other  business the Company  may conduct. Investment  income, as well  as
both  realized  and unrealized  gains  and losses  are,  in accordance  with the
Contracts, credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to
income, gains or losses arising out of  any other business of the Company. As  a
result,  the investment performance of each  Subaccount and the Variable Account
is entirely independent of the investment performance of the General Account and
of any other separate account maintained by the Company.
 
    The Variable Account is  divided into Subaccounts, with  the assets of  each
Subaccount  invested in shares  of one portfolio  of the Fund.  The Company may,
from time to time, add additional portfolios of the Fund, and, when appropriate,
additional mutual funds  to act as  the funding vehicles  for the Contracts.  If
deemed  to be in  the best interests  of persons having  voting rights under the
Contract, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, may be deregistered under such Act in the  event
such  registration is no  longer required, or  may be combined  with one or more
other separate accounts. The Company may offer other variable annuity  contracts
which   also  invest  in  Variable  Account   A,  and  are  described  in  other
prospectuses.
 
                                    THE FUND
 
    Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.,  (the "Fund") will act as  the
funding  vehicle  for  the Contracts  offered  hereby.  The Fund  is  managed by
Alliance Capital Management  L.P., (the  "Investment Manager"). The  Fund is  an
open-end,  diversified management investment company,  which is intended to meet
differing investment  objectives.  The Fund  has  made available  the  following
Portfolios:  Money Market;  Short-Term Multi-Market; Growth;  Growth and Income;
International;  U.S.  Government/High  Grade  Securities;  Global  Bond;   North
American  Government Income;  Global Dollar Government;  Utility Income; Premier
Growth,  Conservative  Investors;  Growth  Investors;  Total  Return;  Worldwide
Privatization;  and Technology. The  Investment Manager has  entered into a sub-
advisory agreement  with  AIG  Global Investors,  Inc.  (the  "Sub-Adviser"),  a
subsidiary  of  American  International  Group, Inc.  and  an  affiliate  of the
Company, to provide investment advice for  the Global Bond Portfolio. A  summary
of  investment objectives for each portfolio  is contained in the description of
the Fund below. More detailed information including the investment advisory  fee
of  each portfolio and other  charges assessed by the Fund,  may be found in the
current Prospectus  for  the Fund  which  contains  a discussion  of  the  risks
involved  in investing in the Fund. The Prospectus for the Fund is included with
this Prospectus. Please read both Prospectuses carefully before investing.
 
                                       13
    
<PAGE>
   
    The investment objectives of the portfolios are as follows:
 
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks  safety of  principal,  maintenance of  liquidity  and
maximum  current income by investing in a broadly diversified portfolio of money
market securities.
 
SHORT-TERM MULTI-MARKET PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks the  highest level of  current income, consistent  with
what  the Investment  Manager considers  to be  prudent investment  risk that is
available from  a portfolio  of high-quality  debt securities  having  remaining
maturities of not more than three years.
 
GROWTH PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio  seeks  growth of  capital  rather than  current  income. In
pursuing its investment objective, the  Growth Portfolio will employ  aggressive
investment  policies. Since investments will be  made based upon their potential
for capital appreciation, current income will be incidental to the objective  of
capital  growth. Because of the risks  involved in any investment, the selection
of securities on  the basis  of their appreciation  possibilities cannot  ensure
against  possible loss in value. Moreover, to  the extent the portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective through such  aggressive investment policies, the risk  of
loss  increases. The  portfolio is  therefore not  intended for  investors whose
principal objective is assured income or preservation of capital.
 
GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks to balance the objectives of reasonable current  income
and  reasonable opportunities for appreciation  through investments primarily in
dividend-paying common stocks of good quality.
 
INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks to obtain a  total return on its assets from  long-term
growth  of  capital and  from income  principally through  a broad  portfolio of
marketable securities  of established  non-United  States companies  (or  United
States  companies having  their principal  activities and  interests outside the
United States), companies participating in foreign economies with prospects  for
growth, and foreign government securities.
 
NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio seeks the  highest level of  current income, consistent with
what the adviser considers to be prudent investment risk, that is available from
a portfolio of debt  securities issued or guaranteed  by the governments of  the
United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico,  their  political  subdivisions (including
Canadian Provinces but  excluding the  States of the  United States),  agencies,
instrumentalities  or authorities.  The portfolio  seeks high  current yields by
investing in  government  securities  denominated in  local  currency  and  U.S.
Dollars.  Normally, the portfolio expects to maintain at least 25% of its assets
in securities denominated in the U.S. Dollar.
 
GLOBAL DOLLAR GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks  a high  level  of current  income  through  investing
substantially  all of  its assets in  U.S. and non-U.S.  fixed income securities
denominated only in U.S. Dollars. As a secondary objective, the portfolio  seeks
capital  appreciation.  Substantially  all  of the  portfolio's  assets  will be
invested in high  yield, high risk  securities that are  low-rated (i.e.,  below
investment grade), or of comparable quality and unrated, and that are considered
to be predominately speculative as regards the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay principal.
 
UTILITY INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio seeks current  income and capital  appreciation by investing
primarily in  the  equity  and  fixed-income  securities  of  companies  in  the
"utilities  industry."  The portfolio's  investment  objective and  policies are
designed to take advantage of the characteristics and historical performance  of
 
                                       14
    
<PAGE>
   
securities  of utilities companies. The utilities industry consists of companies
engaged in  the manufacture,  production, generation,  provision,  transmission,
sale  and distribution of gas, electric energy, and communications equipment and
services, and in  the provision of  other utility or  utility-related goods  and
services.
 
U.S. GOVERNMENT/HIGH GRADE SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio  seeks  a  high  level  of  current  income  consistent with
preservation of  capital  by  investing  principally  in  a  portfolio  of  U.S.
Government Securities, and other high grade debt securities.
 
GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio  seeks  to  provide  the  highest  level  of  current income
consistent with what the Fund's Adviser  and Sub-Adviser consider to be  prudent
investment  risk  that  is available  from  a multi-currency  portfolio  of high
quality debt securities of varying maturities.
 
PREMIER GROWTH PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks  growth of  capital  rather than  current  income.  In
pursuing  its  investment objective,  the Premier  Growth Portfolio  will employ
aggressive investment policies. Since  investments will be  made based on  their
potential  for capital  appreciation, current income  will be  incidental to the
objective of capital growth. The portfolio  is not intended for investors  whose
principal objective is assured income or preservation of capital.
 
TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio  seeks to  achieve a  high return  through a  combination of
current income and capital appreciation by investing in a diversified  portfolio
of  common  and preferred  stocks, senior  corporate  debt securities,  and U.S.
Government and Agency obligations, bonds and senior debt securities.
 
CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks the  highest total return without,  in the view of  the
Fund's  Adviser, undue risk  to principal by  investing in a  diversified mix of
publicly traded equity and fixed-income securities.
 
GROWTH INVESTORS PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks the  highest  total return  consistent with  what  the
Fund's Adviser considers to be reasonable risk by investing in a diversified mix
of publicly traded equity and fixed-income securities.
 
WORLDWIDE PRIVATIZATION PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing principally
in  equity  securities  issued  by  enterprises  that  are  undergoing,  or have
undergone, privatization. The balance of  the investment portfolio will  include
equity  securities of companies  that are believed  by the Fund's  Adviser to be
beneficiaries of the privatization process.
 
TECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks  growth of  capital  through investment  in  companies
expected  to  benefit  from  advances in  technology.  The  Technology portfolio
invests principally in a diversified portfolio of securities of companies  which
use  technology extensively  in the development  of new or  improved products or
processes.
 
    THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT ANY OF THESE PORTFOLIOS WILL ACHIEVE THEIR STATED
OBJECTIVES.
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
    As previously  stated, all  of the  assets held  in the  Subaccounts of  the
Variable  Account will be invested in shares of a corresponding portfolio of the
Fund. Based on the Company's view of present
 
                                       15
    
<PAGE>
   
applicable law, we will vote the  portfolio shares held in the Variable  Account
at meetings of shareholders in accordance with instructions received from Owners
having  a voting  interest in  the portfolio.  However, if  the 1940  Act or its
regulations are amended,  or if  our interpretation  of present  law changes  to
permit us to vote the portfolio shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.
 
    Prior  to  the Annuity  Date,  the Owner  holds  a voting  interest  in each
portfolio in which there is value in the corresponding Subaccount. The number of
portfolio shares which are attributable to  the Owner is determined by  dividing
the corresponding value in a particular Subaccount by the net asset value of one
portfolio  share. The number of  votes which an Owner will  have a right to cast
will be determined as of the record date established by each portfolio.
 
    We will  solicit  voting  instructions  by mail  prior  to  the  shareholder
meetings.  An Owner having a voting interest  in a Subaccount will be sent proxy
material, reports and other materials as  provided by the Fund, relating to  the
appropriate  portfolios.  The  Company  will  vote  shares  in  accordance  with
instructions received from the Owner having  a voting interest. At the  meeting,
the  Company will vote shares for which  it has received no instructions and any
shares not attributable to Owners in the same proportion as it votes shares  for
which it has received instructions from Owners.
 
    The  voting rights relate only to  amounts invested in the Variable Account.
There are no  voting rights with  respect to funds  allocated to the  Guaranteed
Account.
 
    Shares  of the Fund may be sold  only to separate accounts of life insurance
companies. The shares  of the  Fund will  be sold  to separate  accounts of  the
Company  and its affiliate, AIG  Life Insurance Company, as  well as to separate
accounts of other affiliated  or unaffiliated life  insurance companies to  fund
variable   annuity  contracts  and  variable  life  insurance  policies.  It  is
conceivable that, in  the future, it  may be disadvantageous  for variable  life
insurance  separate accounts and variable annuity separate accounts to invest in
the Fund simultaneously.  Although neither  the Company nor  the Fund  currently
foresees  any such disadvantages, either to variable life insurance policyowners
or to variable annuity Owners, the Fund's Board of Directors will monitor events
in order to identify  any material irreconcilable  conflicts which may  possibly
arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response thereto.
If a material irreconcilable conflict were to occur, the Fund will take whatever
steps   it  deems  necessary,  at  its  expense,  to  remedy  or  eliminate  the
irreconcilable material conflict. If such a conflict were to occur, one or  more
insurance  company separate accounts might withdraw its investments in the Fund.
This might force the Fund to sell securities at disadvantageous prices.
 
SUBSTITUTION OF SHARES
 
    If the shares  of the  Fund (or  any portfolio  within the  Fund) should  no
longer  be  available for  investment  by the  Variable  Account or  if,  in the
judgment of  the  Company,  further  investment in  such  shares  should  become
inappropriate  in  view  of  the  purpose  of  the  Contracts,  the  Company may
substitute shares of another mutual fund (or portfolio within the fund) for Fund
shares already purchased or to be  purchased in the future under the  Contracts.
No substitution of securities may take place without any required prior approval
of  the Securities and Exchange Commission and under such requirements as it may
impose.
 
                                  THE CONTRACT
 
    The Contract described in  this Prospectus is  a deferred variable  annuity.
Single  premium Contracts do not permit the payment of additional premiums after
the Contract Date. Flexible premium  Contracts permit the payment of  additional
Premiums at any time.
 
PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT
 
    OWNER
 
    As the purchaser of the Contract, You may exercise all rights and privileges
provided  in the Contract, subject to any  rights that You, as Owner, may convey
to an irrevocable beneficiary. As Owner, You will also be the Annuitant,  unless
You name in writing some other person as Annuitant.
 
                                       16
    
<PAGE>
   
    ANNUITANT
 
    The  Annuitant  is the  person who  receives annuity  payments and  upon the
continuance of whose life  these payments are based.  You may designate  someone
other  than yourself as Annuitant.  If the Annuitant is  a person other than the
Owner, and  the Annuitant  dies before  the Annuity  Date, You  will become  the
Annuitant unless you designate someone else as the new Annuitant.
 
    BENEFICIARY
 
    The  Beneficiary You  designate will receive  the death proceeds  if You die
prior to the Annuity Date. If no  Beneficiary is living at that time, the  death
proceeds  are payable to  Your estate. If  the Annuitant dies  after the Annuity
Date, the Beneficiary will  receive any remaining  guaranteed payments under  an
Annuity  Option.  If  no  Beneficiary  is living  at  that  time,  the remaining
guaranteed payments are payable to Your estate.
 
    CHANGE OF ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY
 
    Prior to the Annuity Date, You  may change the Annuitant and Beneficiary  by
making  a written request  to Our Administrative Office.  After the Annuity Date
only a change of  Beneficiary may be  made. Once We  have accepted Your  written
request,  any change will become  effective on the date  You signed it. However,
any change will be subject to any payment or other action taken by Us before  We
record  the change. If the Owner is  not a natural person, under current Federal
tax law, the Contract may be subject to unintended and adverse tax consequences.
For possible tax considerations of these changes, see FEDERAL TAX MATTERS,  page
  .
 
HOW TO PURCHASE A CONTRACT
 
    At  the time of application, the Owner must pay at least the minimum Premium
required and provide instructions regarding the allocation of the Premium  among
the Subaccounts. Acceptance of the Premium and form of application is subject to
Our  requirements  and  We reserve  the  right  to reject  any  Premium.  If the
application and Premium are accepted in  the form received, the Premium will  be
credited  and  allocated to  the  Subaccounts within  two  business days  of its
receipt. The date the Premium is credited to the Contract is the Effective Date.
 
    If within  five days  of the  receipt of  the initial  Premium We  have  not
received  sufficient information to issue a Contract, You will be contacted. The
reason for the delay will be explained to You. If You consent We will retain the
Premium until the necessary requirements  are fulfilled. Otherwise, the  Premium
will be immediately refunded to You.
 
DISCOUNT PURCHASE PROGRAMS
 
    Purchases  made by officers, directors and  employees of either the Company,
an affiliate of the Company or any individual, firm or company that has executed
the necessary agreements  to sell  the Contracts and  members of  each of  their
immediate  families will not be subject  to the Surrender Charge. Such purchases
include retirement  accounts  and  must be  for  accounts  in the  name  of  the
individual or qualifying family member.
 
DISTRIBUTOR
 
    AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), 80 Pine Street, New York, New York, acts as
the  distributor of the Contracts. AESC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AIG, and
an affiliate of the Company.  Commissions not to exceed  7% of Premiums will  be
paid  to entities which sell  the Contract. Additional payments  may be made for
other services not directly related to  the sale of the Contract, including  the
recruitment  and training of personnel, production of promotional literature and
similar services.
 
    Under the Glass-Steagall  Act and other  laws, certain banking  institutions
may  be prohibited from distributing variable  annuity contracts. If a bank were
to be prohibited from performing  certain agency or administrative services  and
receiving  fees from AESC, Owners who purchased Contracts through the bank would
be permitted to retain their Contracts  and alternate means for servicing  those
Owners  would be sought. It  is not expected, however,  that Owners would suffer
any loss of services  or adverse financial  consequences as a  result of any  of
these occurrences.
 
                                       17
    

<PAGE>
   
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    While  the Company has primary responsibility  for all administration of the
Contracts and the  Variable Account, it  has retained the  services of  Delaware
Valley   Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("DVFS")   pursuant  to  an  administrative
agreement. Such administrative  services include issuance  of the Contracts  and
maintenance  of Owners'  records. DVFS  serves as  the administrator  to various
insurance companies offering variable contracts.
 
PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION TO YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
 
    The initial Premium must be at least $5,000 for Non-Qualified Contracts  and
$2,000 for a Contract purchased in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan. If you
chose  a Flexible Premium Contract, You  may make additional payments of Premium
prior to the Annuity  Date, in amounts  of at least $1000.  There is no  maximum
limit  on the  additional Premiums You  may pay  or on the  numbers of payments;
however, the Company reserves the right  to reject any Premium on any  Contract.
You specify at the time of issue or subsequently how the remaining amount, known
as Additional Premium will be allocated.
 
    Except  for any Contract issued as an  IRA, the initial Premium is allocated
among the Subaccounts and Guaranteed Account on the Effective Date. For IRAs the
initial Premium will be allocated to  the Money Market Subaccount until the  end
of  the Right to  Examine Contract Period,  after which Your  value in the Money
Market Subaccount will then be reallocated among the Subaccounts and  Guaranteed
Account  in accordance with Your allocation instructions. (See "Right to Examine
Contract Period" on Page   , and "Individual Retirement Annuities" on page   .)
 
    Your allocation instructions  will specify what  percentage of Your  initial
Premium  is to  be credited  to each Subaccount  and to  the Guaranteed Account.
Allocation instructions must be expressed in whole percentages of not less  than
10%.  Allocations for additional Premium  will be made on  the same basis as the
initial Premium  unless  We receive  a  written notice  with  new  instructions.
Additional  Premium will be credited to the  Contract Value and allocated at the
close of the first Valuation  Date on or after  which the Additional Premium  is
received at Our Administrative Office.
 
    ALL   PREMIUM  TO  QUALIFIED  CONTRACTS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH  THE  APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS IN THE CODE  AND THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS  OF YOUR RETIREMENT  PLAN.
ADDITIONAL  PREMIUM COMMINGLED IN AN IRA WITH A ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION FROM OTHER
RETIREMENT PLANS MAY  RESULT IN  UNFAVORABLE TAX CONSEQUENCES.  YOU SHOULD  SEEK
LEGAL  COUNSEL AND TAX ADVICE REGARDING THE SUITABILITY OF THE CONTRACT FOR YOUR
SITUATION. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS" ON PAGE   .)
 
RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT PERIOD
 
    The Contract provides a 10 day  Right to Examine Contract Period giving  You
the  opportunity  to cancel  the  Contract. You  must  return the  Contract with
written notice to Us. If We receive the Contract and Your written notice  within
10  days after  it is  received by You,  the Contract  will be  voided. With the
exception of Contracts issued in connection  with an IRA, in those states  whose
laws  do not require that We assume the  risk of market loss during the Right to
Examine Contract Period, should You decide  to cancel Your Contract, the  amount
to  be returned to  You will be  the Contract Value  (on the day  We receive the
Contract) plus any charges deducted for  State Taxes, without imposition of  the
Surrender  Charge.  The amount  returned to  you may  be more  or less  than the
initial Premium. (See "Charges and Deductions" on page   .) For Contracts issued
in those states that require we return the  premium, we will do so. In the  case
of  Contracts issued  in connection  with an  IRA, the  Company will  refund the
greater of the Premium, less any withdrawals, or the Contract Value.
 
    State laws governing the  duration of the Right  to Examine Contract  Period
may vary from state to state. We will comply with the laws of the state in which
the  Owner  resides  at the  time  the  Contract is  applied  for.  Federal laws
governing IRAs require a  minimum seven day right  of revocation. We provide  10
days  from the date the Contract is received by you. (See "Individual Retirement
Annuities" on page   .)
 
                                       18
    
<PAGE>
   
UNIT VALUE AND CONTRACT VALUE
 
    After the  deduction of  certain  changes and  expenses, amounts  which  You
allocate  to  a  Subaccount  of  the  Variable  Account  are  used  to  purchase
Accumulation Units in that Subaccount, not shares of the Portfolio in which that
Subaccount invest:  The  number  of  Accumulation Units  you  purchase  will  be
determined by dividing the amount allocated to each Subaccount by the Unit Value
of  the  Subaccount  for  the  Valuation  Period  during  which  the  amount was
allocated.
 
    The Unit Value for  each Subaccount will vary  from one Valuation Period  to
the  next, based  on the  investment experience  of the  Portfolio in  which the
Subaccount invests  and  the deduction  of  certain charges  and  expenses.  The
Statement  of  Additional Information  contains  a detailed  explanation  of how
Accumulation Units are valued.
 
    Your value in  any given Subaccount  is determined by  multiplying the  Unit
Value  for the Subaccount by the number of  Units You own. Your value within the
Variable Account is the  sum of your  values in all  the Subaccounts. The  total
value  of your Contract, known  as the Contract Value,  equals your Value in the
Variable Account plus Your value in the Guaranteed Account.
 
TRANSFERS
 
    Prior to the Annuity Date, You may make Transfers among the Subaccounts  and
into and out of the Guaranteed Account subject to certain rules.
 
    At  the present time there is no limit  on the number of transfers which can
be made among  the Subaccounts and  the Guaranteed Account  in any one  Contract
Year.  We reserve the right to limit the  number of transfers to 12 per Contract
Year. There are no fees for the first 12 transfers in any one Contract Year. For
each transfer in excess of 12 within one Contract Year, We impose a transfer fee
of $10.  A  transfer fee,  if  any, is  deducted  from the  amount  transferred.
Transfers of Contract Value in the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment. (See Appendix    , "Guaranteed Account Transfers," page   .)
 
    Transfers may be made by written request or by telephone as described in the
Contract  or  specifically authorized  in  writing. The  Company  will undertake
reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are
genuine. All calls will be recorded. All transfers will be confirmed in  writing
to  the Owner.  The Company  is not liable  for any  loss, cost,  or expense for
action on telephone instructions which are believed to be genuine in  accordance
with these procedures.
 
    After  the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer the Contract Value allocated
to the Variable Account among the Subaccounts. However, the Company reserves the
right to refuse any more  than one transfer per month.  The transfer fee is  the
same  as before the  Annuity Date. This  transfer fee, if  any, will be deducted
from the next annuity payment after the transfer. If following the transfer, the
Annuity Units  remaining in  the  Subaccount would  generate a  monthly  annuity
payment  of less than $100,  the Company will transfer  the entire amount in the
Subaccount.
 
    Once the transfer  is effected,  the Company  will recompute  the number  of
Annuity  Units  for  each  Subaccount.  The number  of  Annuity  Units  for each
Subaccount will remain the same for  the remainder of the payment period  unless
the Owner requests another change.
 
    The minimum amount which may be transferred at any one time is the lesser of
$1,000  or  the value  of  the Subaccount  or  Guarantee Period  from  which the
transfer is made.  However, the minimum  amount for transfers  under our  Dollar
Cost Averaging program is $100 per Subaccount. (See "Dollar Cost Averaging") For
additional  limitations regarding transfers  out of the  Guaranteed Account, see
"The Guaranteed Account" in the Appendix, page   .)
 
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
 
    The Company currently offers  an option under which  Owners may dollar  cost
average  their allocations in the Subaccounts  under the contract by authorizing
the Company  to  make  periodic  allocations of  Contract  Value  from  any  one
Subaccount  to one or more of the  other Subaccounts. Dollar cost averaging is a
systematic method  of investing  in which  securities are  purchased at  regular
 
                                       19
    
<PAGE>
   
intervals  in  fixed dollar  amounts so  that  the cost  of the  securities gets
averaged over time  and possibly  over various  market cycles.  The option  will
result in the allocation of Contract Value to one or more Subaccounts, and these
amounts  will be credited  at the Accumulation Unit  value as of  the end of the
Valuation Dates  on  which  the exchanges  are  effected.  Amounts  periodically
transferred  under this option are not included in the 12 transfers per Contract
Year discussed under "Transfers"  on page    . Since  the value of  Accumulation
Units  will  vary, the  amounts allocated  to  a Subaccount  will result  in the
crediting of a greater number of units  when the Accumulation Unit value is  low
and  a  lesser  number  of  units when  the  Accumulation  Unit  value  is high.
Similarly, the amounts exchanged from a Subaccount will result in a debiting  of
a  greater number of units when the  Subaccount's Accumulation Unit value is low
and a lesser number of  units when the Accumulation  Unit value is high.  Dollar
cost averaging does not guarantee profits, nor does it assure that an Owner will
not have losses.
 
    A  Dollar Cost Averaging  Request form is  available from the Administrative
Office upon request.  On the  form, the  Owner must  designate whether  Contract
Value  is to  be exchanged  on the basis  of a  specific dollar  amount, a fixed
period or earnings  only, the Subaccount  or Subaccounts to  and from which  the
transfers  will be made, the desired frequency of the transfers, which may be on
a monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis, and the length of time during
which the transfers  shall continue  or the total  amount to  be exchanged  over
time.  The Owner may specify that such transfers be made on any day of any month
with the exception of the 29th, 30th or 31st of a month.
 
    To elect the Dollar Cost Averaging  Option, the Owner's Contract Value  must
be  at least  $12,000 ($2,000 for  a Contract  funding a Qualified  Plan), and a
Dollar Cost Averaging Request  in proper form must  be received by the  Company.
The Dollar Cost Averaging Request form will not be considered complete until the
Contract  Value is at least the required amount. An Owner may not have in effect
at the same time Dollar Cost Averaging and Asset Rebalancing Options.
 
    The Dollar Cost  Averaging Option  may be canceled  at any  time by  written
request  or if the  Accumulation Unit value  is less than  $5,000, or such lower
amount as the Company may determine.
 
ASSET REBALANCING OPTION
 
    The Company currently offers an option under which Owners may authorize  the
Company  to automatically  exchange Contract  Value each  quarter to  maintain a
particular percentage allocation among the Subaccounts as selected by the Owner.
The Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount will grow or decline in value at
different  rates  during  the  quarter,  and  Asset  Rebalancing   automatically
reallocates the Contract Value in the Subaccounts each quarter to the allocation
selected  by the Owner. Asset Rebalancing is intended to exchange Contract Value
from those Subaccounts that  have increased in value  to those Subaccounts  that
have  declined in value. Over  time, this method of  investing may help an Owner
buy low  and  sell  high,although  there  can be  no  assurance  of  this.  This
investment  method does not guarantee profits, nor  does it assure that an Owner
will not have losses.
 
    To elect the Asset  Rebalancing Option, the Contract  Value in the  Contract
must be at least $12,000 ($2,000 for a Contract funding a Qualified Plan) and an
Asset  Rebalancing Request in  proper form must  be received by  the Company. An
Owner may not have in  effect at the same time  Dollar Cost Averaging and  Asset
Rebalancing  Options.  An  Asset  Rebalancing  Request  form  is  available upon
request. On the form, the Owner must indicate the applicable Subaccounts and the
percentage of Contract Value which should be allocated to each of the applicable
Subaccounts each  quarter  under the  Asset  Rebalancing Option.  If  the  Asset
Rebalancing  Option is elected, all Contract  Value allocated to the Subaccounts
must be included in the Asset Rebalancing Option.
 
    This option will result in the transfer of Contract Value to one or more  of
the  Subaccounts on the date specified by the Owner or, if no date is specified,
on the date of the Company's receipt of the Asset Rebalancing Request in  proper
form  and on each  quarterly anniversary of the  applicable date thereafter. The
amounts transferred will be  credited to the Accumulation  Unit Value as of  the
end  of  the  Valuation  Dates  on which  the  transfers  are  effected. Amounts
periodically transferred under this option are not included in the 12  transfers
per Contract Year discussed under "Transfers" on page   .
 
                                       20
    
<PAGE>
   
    An  Owner may instruct the  Company at any time  to terminate this option by
written request. Once terminated, this Option  may not be reselected during  the
same Contract Year.
 
                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
    Various charges and deductions are made from Premium, the Contract Value and
the Variable Account. These charges and deductions are as follows:
 
DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM AND OTHER STATE TAXES
 
    We  do not deduct premium taxes unless assessed by the state of residence of
the Owner. Any  premium or other  taxes levied by  any governmental entity  with
respect  to  the Contracts  will  be charged  at  Our discretion  against either
Premium or Contract Value. Premium taxes currently imposed by certain states  on
the  Contracts range  typically from  0% to 3.5%  of premiums  paid. Some states
assess premium taxes  at the  time Premium  is received;  others assess  premium
taxes  at the time of annuitization. Premium  taxes are subject to being changed
or amended  by state  legislatures, administrative  interpretations or  judicial
acts.
 
    The Company will also deduct from any amount payable under the Contracts any
income  taxes a  governmental authority  requires the  Company to  withhold with
respect to that amount.
 
DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
 
    The Company deducts for each Valuation  Period a Mortality and Expense  Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value  of the Variable Account. The mortality risks assumed by the Company arise
from its contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the Annuity  Date
for the life of the Annuitant, to waive the Surrender Charge in the event of the
death  of the Owner prior to the Annuity  Date and to provide the death benefit.
The expense risk assumed by the Company  is that the costs of administering  the
Contracts  and  the  Variable  Account  will  exceed  the  amount  received from
Administrative and Contract Maintenance Charges.
 
    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to cover the actual
costs, the loss will be borne by the Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted
proves more  than sufficient,  the excess  will be  profit to  the Company.  The
Mortality  and Expense Risk  Charge is guaranteed  by the Company  and cannot be
increased. The  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk  Charge  is  deducted  during  the
Accumulation Period and after the Annuity Date.
 
    The  Company currently  offers annuity payment  options that are  based on a
life contingency. (See  "Annuity Period --  Annuity Options"  on page    .)  The
Company  in its  discretion may offer  additional payment options  which are not
based on a life contingency. If this should occur and if a Owner should elect  a
payment  option not based on a life  contingency, the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge is still deducted but the Owner receives no benefit from that portion  of
the charge attributable to mortality risk.
 
DEDUCTION FOR ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT
 
    If  the Owner has elected the  Accidental Death Benefit, the Company deducts
for each Valuation Period, an Accidental Death Benefit Charge equal on an annual
basis to 0.10% of the average daily net asset value in the Variable Account.
 
DEDUCTION FOR SURRENDER (DEFERRED SALES) CHARGES
 
    In the event that  an Owner makes a  withdrawal from or surrenders  Contract
Value  in  excess of  the  Free Withdrawal  Amount,  a Surrender  Charge  may be
imposed. The Free Withdrawal  Amount for a single  premium Contract is equal  to
10%  of the Contract  Value at the  time of the  withdrawal. The Free Withdrawal
Amount for a flexible premium Contract is  equal to the greater of the  Contract
Value  less premiums paid or the portion  of the withdrawal that does not exceed
10% of the total Premium otherwise subject  to the Surrender Charge paid to  the
time  of withdrawal, less any prior withdrawals. In the case of flexible premium
Contracts,  the  Surrender   Charge  applies   only  to   Premium  received   by
 
                                       21
    
<PAGE>
   
the  Company within six (6) years of the date of the withdrawal and will vary in
amount depending upon  the time  which has elapsed  since the  date Premium  was
received.  In  calculating the  Surrender Charge,  Premium  is allocated  to the
amount surrendered on a first-in, first out basis. In the case of single premium
Contracts, the Surrender Charge will vary in amount depending upon the number of
Contract Years that a Contract has been in effect. The amount of any  withdrawal
which  exceeds  the Free  Withdrawal  Amount will  be  subject to  the following
charges:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 APPLICABLE
                                                                                  SURRENDER
      SINGLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS             FLEXIBLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS         CHARGE PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------------------  -------------------
<S>                                   <C>                                    <C>
Contract Year 1                       Premium Year 1                                     6%
Contract Year 2                       Premium Year 2                                     6%
Contract Year 3                       Premium Year 3                                     5%
Contract Year 4                       Premium Year 4                                     5%
Contract Year 5                       Premium Year 5                                     4%
Contract Year 6                       Premium Year 6                                     3%
Contract Year 7                       Premium Year 7                                     2%
Contract Year 8 and thereafter        Premium Year 8 and thereafter                    None
</TABLE>
 
    No Surrender  Charge is  imposed against:  (1) Transfers  of Contract  Value
under  Dollar  Cost  Averaging,  Asset  Rebalancing,  or  Systematic  Withdrawal
options; (2) Contract Value upon Annuitization; (3) a Death Benefit.
 
    The Surrender  Charge is  intended  to reimburse  the Company  for  expenses
incurred  which are related to  Contract sales. The Company  does not expect the
proceeds from  the Surrender  Charge to  cover all  distribution costs.  To  the
extent  such charge is insufficient to cover all distribution costs, the Company
may use any of its corporate assets, including potential profit which may  arise
from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any difference.
 
    Certain  restrictions  on  surrenders  are imposed  on  Contracts  issued in
connection with  retirement plans  which qualify  under Code  Section 403(b)  (a
"403(b) Plan"). (See "Taxes -- 403(b) Plans" on page   .)
 
DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES
 
    The  Company deducts for each Valuation Period a daily Administrative Charge
which is equal on an annual basis to  .15% of the average daily net asset  value
of   the  Variable  Account.  This  charge  is  intended  to  reimburse  Us  for
administrative expenses, both during the  accumulation period and following  the
Annuity Date. We do not expect to recover an amount in excess of our accumulated
expenses through the deduction of the Administrative Charge.
 
DEDUCTION FOR CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE
 
    The  Company also deducts  an annual Contract Maintenance  Charge of $30 per
year, from  the  Contract  Value  on each  Contract  Anniversary.  The  Contract
Maintenance  Fee is waived if the Contract  Value is greater than $50,000 on the
date of deduction  of the charge.  These charges are  designed to reimburse  the
Company  for the costs  it incurs relating  to maintenance of  the Contract, the
Variable Account, and the Guaranteed Account. If the Contract is surrendered, we
will deduct the Contract Maintenance Charge at the time of surrender,  pro-rata,
for  the current Contract Year. The  deduction will be made proportionally based
on your value in each Subaccount  and the Guaranteed Account. After the  Annuity
Date,  the Contract Maintenance Charge is deducted on a pro-rata basis from each
annuity income payment and is guaranteed to remain at the same amount as at  the
Annuity Date. This charge is not expected to result in a profit to the Company.
 
DEDUCTION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company deducts from the Contract Value and/or the Variable Account any
Federal income taxes resulting from the  operation of the Variable Account.  The
Company does not currently anticipate incurring any Federal income taxes.
 
                                       22
    
<PAGE>
   
OTHER EXPENSES
 
    There  are deductions from and  expenses paid out of  the assets of the Fund
which are described in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.
 
GROUP AND GROUP SPONSORED ARRANGEMENTS
 
    In  certain  instances,  we  may   reduce  the  Surrender  Charge  and   the
Administrative Charge or change the minimum premium requirements for the sale of
Contracts  to certain groups, including those in which a trustee or an employer,
for example, purchases  Contracts covering  a group  of individuals  on a  group
basis.
 
    Our  costs for sales, administration, and  mortality generally vary with the
size and stability of the group among  other factors. We take all these  factors
into  account when reducing charges. To qualify  for reduced charges, a group or
similar arrangement must meet  certain requirements, including our  requirements
for size and number of years in existence. Group or group sponsored arrangements
that  have been set  up solely to buy  Contracts or that  have been in existence
less than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.
 
    We will  make  any reductions  according  to our  rules  in effect  when  an
application  or enrollment form for a Contract  is approved. We may change these
rules from time to time. Any variation in the Surrender Charge or Administrative
Charge will reflect differences  in costs or services  and will not be  unfairly
discriminatory.
 
                                ANNUITY BENEFITS
 
ANNUITIZATION
 
    Annuitization  is an  election you  make to apply  the Contract  Value to an
Annuity Option in order to  provide a series of  annuity payments. The date  the
Annuity Option becomes effective is the Annuity Date.
 
ANNUITY DATE
 
    The  latest  Annuity  Date is:  (a)  the  first day  of  the  calendar month
following the later of the Annuitant's  90th birthday; or (b) such earlier  date
as may be set by applicable law.
 
    The  Owner may designate an  earlier date or may  change the Annuity Date by
making a written request  at least thirty  (30) days prior  to the Annuity  Date
being  changed. However, any Annuity Date must be no later than the date defined
above; and, the first day of a calendar month.
 
    Without the approval of the Company, the new Annuity Date cannot be  earlier
than  one year after  the Effective Date. In  addition, for Qualified Contracts,
certain provisions of your retirement plan or the Code may further restrict your
choice of an Annuity Date. (See "Federal Tax Matters," page   ).
 
ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
    The Owner may choose annuity payments which are fixed, or which are based on
the Variable Account, or a combination of the two. The Owner may, upon at  least
30  days prior  written notice  to us, at  any time  prior to  the Annuity Date,
select or change an Annuity Option.  If the Owner elects annuity payments  which
are  based on the Variable Account, the amount of the payments will be variable.
The amount  of  the annuity  payment  based on  the  value of  a  Subaccount  is
determined  through  a  calculation  described in  the  Statement  of Additional
Information, under the caption "Annuity Provisions". The Owner may not  transfer
Contract  Values between the  Guaranteed Account and  the Variable Account after
the Annuity  Date, but  may, subject  to certain  conditions, transfer  Contract
Values  from one  Subaccount to another  Subaccount. (See  "Transfer of Contract
Values" on page   .)
 
    If the  Owner has  not made  any  annuity payment  option selection  at  the
Annuity  Date, the  Contract Value  will be applied  to purchase  Option 2 fixed
basis annuity  payments  and  Option  2  variable  basis  annuity  payments,  in
proportion  to the amount  of Contract Value  in the Guaranteed  Account and the
Variable Account, respectively.
 
                                       23
    
<PAGE>
   
    The annuity payment options are:
 
    OPTION 1:  LIFE INCOME.  The  Company will make annuity payments during  the
lifetime of the Annuitant.
 
    OPTION  2:  LIFE INCOME  WITH 10 YEARS OF  PAYMENTS GUARANTEED.  The Company
will make monthly annuity payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. If,  at
the  death of  the Annuitant, payments  have been  made for less  than 10 years,
payments  will  be  continued  during  the  remainder  of  the  period  to   the
Beneficiary.
 
    OPTION  3:  JOINT AND  LAST SURVIVOR INCOME.   The Company will make annuity
payments for as long as either the Annuitant or a Contingent Annuitant is alive.
In the event that the Contract is issued in connection with an IRA, the payments
in this Option  will be  made only  to the Owner  as Annuitant  and the  Owner's
spouse.
 
    The  annuity payment  options are more  fully explained in  the Statement of
Additional Information. The Company may also offer additional options at its own
discretion.
 
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
    If the  Contract Value  applied  to annuity  payment  options is  less  than
$2,000,  the Company reserves the right to pay  the amount in a lump sum in lieu
of annuity  payments. The  Company  makes all  other annuity  payments  monthly.
However,  if  the total  monthly annuity  payment  would be  less than  $100 the
Company reserves the right to make payments semi-annually or annually.
 
    If fixed annuity payments are selected, the amount of each fixed payment  is
determined by multiplying the Contract Value allocated to purchase fixed annuity
payments  by the factor shown in the annuity table specified in the Contract for
the option selected, divided by 1,000.
 
    If variable annuity payments are selected, the Annuitant receives the  value
of  a fixed  number of  Annuity Units  each month.  The actual  dollar amount of
variable annuity payments is dependent upon: (i) the Contract Value at the  time
of  annuitization; (ii) the  annuity table specified in  the Contract; (iii) the
Annuity Option  selected;  (iv) the  investment  performance of  the  Subaccount
selected; and (v) the pro-rata portion of the Contract Maintenance charge.
 
    The  annuity tables  contained in  the Contract  are based  on a  5% assumed
investment rate. If  the actual net  investment rate exceeds  5%, payments  will
increase.  Conversely,  if the  actual rate  is less  than 5%,  variable annuity
payments will decrease.
 
                                 DEATH BENEFIT
 
PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    In the event of  Your death prior  to the Annuity Date,  a death benefit  is
payable to the Beneficiary. The value of the death benefit will be determined as
of  the date We receive proof of death in  a form acceptable to Us. If there has
been a  change  of Owner,  the  death benefit  will  equal the  Contract  Value.
Otherwise, We will pay the death benefit equal to the greatest of: (a) the total
of  all Premium, reduced proportionately by  withdrawals and surrenders; (b) the
Contract Value; (c) the greatest of  the Contract Value at the seventh  Contract
Anniversary  if attained  prior to  Owner's attained age  76 or  at the Contract
Anniversary every seven  years thereafter, plus  any Premium paid  and less  any
surrenders subsequent to that Contract Anniversary.
 
    The  Beneficiary may  elect the  death benefit  to be  paid as  follows: (a)
payment of the entire death  benefit within 5 years of  the date of the  Owner's
death;  or  (b) payment  over the  lifetime of  the designated  Beneficiary with
distribution beginning within 1 year of the  date of death of the Owner; or  (c)
if  the designated Beneficiary is Your  spouse, he/she can continue the contract
in his/her own name.
 
    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement will be made at the
end of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of proof of death.
 
                                       24
    
<PAGE>
   
AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    If the Owner is a person other than the Annuitant, and if the Owner's  death
occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable under this
contract,  except that any guaranteed payments remaining unpaid will continue to
be paid to the Annuitant pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at the date  of
the Owner's death.
 
ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT
 
    If  an Accidental Death Benefit  has been elected, the  cost of this benefit
will be equal on an annual basis to 0.10% of the average daily net assets in the
Variable Account.
 
    The Accidental Death Benefit, if any, is equal to the lesser of the Contract
Value as of the date the death benefit is determined or $250,000. The Accidental
Death Benefit is payable if the death  of the primary Owner occurs prior to  the
Contract  Anniversary next following his 75th birthday as a result of an Injury.
The death must also  occur before the  Annuity Date and within  365 days of  the
date  of the accident which  caused the Injury. The  Accidental Death Benefit is
paid to the Beneficiary.
 
    The Accidental Death Benefit  will not be  paid for any  death caused by  or
resulting (in whole or in part) from the following:
 
    (a)  suicide  or  attempted  suicide  while  sane  or  insane; intentionally
       self-inflicted injuries;
 
    (b) sickness, disease or  bacterial infection of  any kind, except  pyogenic
       infections  which occur as a result  of an injury or bacterial infections
       which result from the accidental ingestion of contaminated substances;
 
    (c) hernia;
 
    (d) injury sustained as  a consequence of riding  in, including boarding  or
       alighting  from, any vehicle or device  used for aerial navigation except
       if  the  Owner  is  a  passenger   on  any  aircraft  licensed  for   the
       transportation of passengers;
 
    (e) declared or undeclared war or any act thereof; or
 
    (f) service in the military, naval or air service of any country.
 
DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT
 
    If the Annuitant is a person other than the Owner, and if the Annuitant dies
before  the Annuity Date, a new  Annuitant may be named by  the Owner. If no new
Annuitant is  named within  sixty  (60) days  of Our  receipt  of proof  of  the
Annuitant's  death, the Owner will be deemed  the new Annuitant. If an Annuitant
dies after  the  Annuity  Date, the  remaining  payments,  if any,  will  be  as
specified  in  the  Annuity  Option  elected.  We  will  require  proof  of  the
Annuitant's death.  Death benefits,  if  any, will  be  paid to  the  designated
Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the Annuitant's death.
 
                        DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT
 
WITHDRAWALS
 
    The  Owner  may withdraw  Contract  Values prior  to  the Annuity  Date. Any
withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:
 
    (a) the Company must receive a written request;
 
    (b) the amount requested must be at least $500;
 
    (c) any applicable Surrender Charge will be deducted;
 
    (d) the Contract Value will  be reduced by the  sum of the amount  requested
       plus the amount of any applicable Surrender Charge;
 
                                       25
    
<PAGE>
   
    (e)  the Company will deduct the  amount requested plus any Surrender Charge
       from each  Subaccount of  the Variable  Account and  from the  Guaranteed
       Account either as specified or in the proportion that each Subaccount and
       the Guaranteed Account bears to the Contract Value; and
 
    We  reserve the right  to consider any withdrawal  request that would reduce
the Value of the Accumulation  Account to less than $2,000  to be a request  for
Surrender.  In  this event,  the Surrender  Value will  be paid  to You  and the
Contract will terminate.
 
    Each withdrawal is subject to Federal  income taxes on the taxable  portion.
Unless  otherwise directed  by You, We  must withhold federal  income taxes from
each withdrawal. In addition, a 10%  penalty tax may be assessed on  withdrawals
if  You are  under age  59 1/2. This  includes withdrawals  under the Systematic
Withdrawal program (described below) and withdrawals You may make to pay fees to
Your investment advisor, if any.
 
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL
 
    The  systematic  withdrawal  program  involves  making  regularly  scheduled
withdrawals  from Your value in the Contract.  In order to initiate the program,
your total Contract Value must  be at least $24,000.  The program allows You  to
prearrange  the withdrawal  of a  specified dollar amount  of at  least $200 per
withdrawal, on a monthly  or quarterly payment  basis. A maximum  of 10% of  the
Contract  Value may be withdrawn  in a Contract Year.  Surrender Charges are not
imposed on withdrawals under this program.  If you elect this program  Surrender
Charges  will be  imposed on any  withdrawal, other than  withdrawals made under
Your systematic withdrawal program, when the withdrawal is from Premium paid  in
the  last six years.  You may not elect  this program if you  have taken a prior
withdrawal during the same  Contract Year. (See  "Withdrawals" on page    ,  and
"Surrender Charges" on page   .)
 
    Systematic  withdrawals will  begin on  the first  scheduled withdrawal date
selected by You  following the  date We  process Your  request. If  the day  You
designate  is not a Valuation Date, the withdrawal will be made on the following
Valuation Date. In the event  that Your value in  a specified Subaccount or  the
Guaranteed  Account is not sufficient to deduct  a withdrawal or if Your request
for systematic withdrawal does not specify the Guaranteed Account or from  which
Subaccounts  withdrawals  are  to  be  deducted,  withdrawals  will  be deducted
proportionally based  on  Your  value  in each  Subaccount  and  the  Guaranteed
Account.
 
    All  parties to the Contract are cautioned  that the rights of any person to
implement the systematic  withdrawal program  under Qualified  Contracts may  be
subject  to the terms and  conditions of the retirement  plan, regardless of the
terms and conditions of the Qualified Contract issued in connection with such  a
retirement plan. (See "Federal Tax Matters" on page   .)
 
    The  systematic withdrawal  program may be  canceled at any  time by written
request or automatically by Us should  the Contract Value fall below $1,000.  In
the event the systematic withdrawal program is canceled, the Owner may not elect
to participate in such program until the next Contract Anniversary.
 
    An  Owner  may change  once per  Contract  Year the  amount or  frequency of
withdrawals on a systematic basis.
 
    The Free Withdrawal  Amount (see  "Charges and Deductions  -- Deduction  for
Surrender  Charge" on  page    ) is  not available  while an  Owner is receiving
systematic withdrawals. An Owner will be entitled to the free withdrawal  amount
on  and after  the Contract  Anniversary next  following the  termination of the
systematic withdrawal program.
 
    Implementation of the systematic withdrawal program may subject an Owner  to
adverse  tax consequences, including a 10%  tax penalty. (See "Taxes -- Taxation
of Annuities in General" on page    for a discussion of the tax consequences  of
withdrawals.)
 
                                       26
    
<PAGE>
   
    THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE THIS PROGRAM AT ANY TIME.
 
SURRENDER
 
    Prior  to the Annuity Date you may  Surrender the Contract for the Surrender
Value by  withdrawing the  entire  Contract Value.  You  must submit  a  written
request for Surrender and return the Contract to Us. The Surrender Value will be
based  on the Contract Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which the
Surrender request  is received  as  described below.  The  Contract may  not  be
surrendered after the Annuity Date.
 
SURRENDER VALUE
 
    The  Surrender  Value  of the  Contract  varies  each day  depending  on the
investment results of the Subaccounts selected  by the Owner. Contract Value  in
the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. (See "Market
Value Adjustment", Appendix   .) The Surrender Value will be the Contract Value,
subject  to any applicable Market  Value Adjustment, as of  the date the Company
receives Your surrender request,  reduced by the  following: (1) any  applicable
taxes  not  previously  deducted; (2)  any  applicable portion  of  the Contract
Maintenance Charge; and (3) any applicable Surrender Charge.
 
PAYMENT OF WITHDRAWALS AND SURRENDER VALUES
 
    Payments of Withdrawals and Surrender Values will ordinarily be sent to  the
Owner  within seven  (7) days  of receipt  of the  written request,  but see the
Deferment of  Payment  discussion  below.  (Also  see  Statement  of  Additional
Information -- "Delay of Payments.")
 
    The Company reserves the right to ensure that an Owner's check or other form
of  Premium has been cleared  for payment prior to  processing any withdrawal or
redemption request occurring shortly after a Premium payment.
 
    If, at the time You make a request for a Withdrawal or a Surrender, You have
not provided  Us  with a  written  election not  to  have Federal  income  taxes
withheld,  We must by law  withhold such taxes from  the taxable portion of Your
payment and remit that amount to  the IRS. Mandatory withholding rules apply  to
distributions   from  qualified   plans  and  Code   Section  403(b)  annuities.
Additionally, the Code provides that a 10% penalty tax may be imposed on certain
early Withdrawals and Surrenders.  (See "Federal Tax  Matters" on page    ,  and
"Qualified Contracts" on page   .)
 
DEFERRAL OF PAYMENT
 
    Payment  of any Withdrawal,  Surrender, or lump sum  death proceeds from the
Variable Account will usually  occur within seven days.  We may be permitted  to
defer  such payment if: (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than
usual weekends or holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise  restricted;
(2)  an emergency exists as defined by the  SEC or the SEC requires that trading
be restricted; (3) the SEC permits a delay for protection of Owners; or (4)  the
check  used to pay any Premium has  not cleared through the banking system (this
may take up to 15 days).
 
    We may defer  payment of  any Withdrawal  or Surrender  from the  Guaranteed
Account for up to six months from the date we receive Your written request.
 
                                     TAXES
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    The  Contracts  are designed  to accumulate  Contract Values  for retirement
plans which, except for IRAs and  403(b) Plans, are generally not  tax-qualified
plans  ("Qualified Plans"). The  ultimate effect of Federal  income taxes on the
amounts held under a Contract, on annuity payments, and on the economic benefits
to the Owner, Annuitant  or Beneficiary depend on  the Company's tax status  and
upon  the tax  status of the  individual concerned.  Accordingly, each potential
Owner should consult a competent tax  adviser regarding the tax consequences  of
purchasing a Contract.
 
                                       27
    
<PAGE>
   
    The  following discussion is  general in nature  and is not  intended as tax
advice. No attempt is made to consider  any applicable state or other tax  laws.
Moreover,  the  discussion  is based  upon  the Company's  understanding  of the
Federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. No representation  is
made  regarding the likelihood  of continuation of the  Federal income tax laws,
the Treasury Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service"). For a discussion of Federal income taxes as they relate
to the Fund, please see the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.
 
COMPANY TAX STATUS
 
    The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under the Internal  Revenue
Code  of 1986,  as amended  (the "Code").  Since the  Variable Account  is not a
separate entity from the Company and its operations form a part of the  Company,
it  will  not be  taxed  separately as  a  "regulated investment  company" under
Subchapter M of the  Code. Investment income and  realized capital gains on  the
assets  of  the  Variable  Account  are reinvested  and  taken  into  account in
determining the  Contract Value.  Under  existing Federal  income tax  law,  the
Variable  Account's investment income, including  realized net capital gains, is
not taxed to the Company. The Company reserves the right to make a deduction for
taxes from  the assets  of the  Variable  Account should  they be  imposed  with
respect to such items in the future.
 
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL -- NON-QUALIFIED PLANS
 
    Code  Section 72 governs the taxation of  annuities. In general, an Owner is
not taxed on increases in value under  a Contract until some form of  withdrawal
or   distribution   is  made   under  the   Contract.  However,   under  certain
circumstances, the  increase in  value may  be subject  to tax  currently.  (See
"Contracts  Owned by  Non-Natural Persons,"  and "Diversification  Standards" on
page   .)
 
    WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    Code Section 72 provides that a total or partial withdrawal from a  Contract
prior  to the Annuity Date  will be treated as taxable  income to the extent the
amounts held  under  the Contract  on  the date  of  the withdrawal  exceed  the
"investment  in  the contract,"  as that  term  is defined  under the  Code. The
"investment in  the contract"  can generally  be described  as the  cost of  the
Contract. It generally constitutes the sum of all purchase payments made for the
contract  less any  amounts received under  the Contract that  are excluded from
gross income. The taxable portion is  taxed as ordinary income. For purposes  of
this rule, a pledge or assignment of a Contract is treated as a payment received
on account of a partial withdrawal of a Contract.
 
    WITHDRAWALS ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    Upon receipt of a lump sum payment or an annuity payment under the Contract,
the recipient is taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the investment
in  the Contract. Ordinarily, the taxable portion of payments under the Contract
will be taxed as ordinary income.
 
    For fixed annuity payments, the taxable portion of each payment is generally
determined by using a formula known as the "exclusion ratio", which  establishes
the ratio that the investment in the Contract bears to the total expected amount
of  annuity payments for the term of the Contract. That ratio is then applied to
each payment to determine the nontaxable  portion of the payment. The  remaining
portion  of  each payment  is  taxed as  ordinary  income. For  variable annuity
payments, the taxable  portion is determined  by a formula  which establishes  a
specific  dollar amount of each payment that  is not taxed. The dollar amount is
determined by dividing  the investment in  the Contract by  the total number  of
expected  periodic payments. The  remaining portion of each  payment is taxed as
ordinary income.
 
    The Company  is obligated  to  withhold Federal  income taxes  from  certain
payments  unless the recipient elects otherwise. Prior to the first payment, the
Company will notify the payee of the right to elect out of withholding and  will
furnish a form on which the election may be made. The payee must properly notify
the  Company  of that  election  in advance  of the  payment  in order  to avoid
withholding.
 
                                       28
    
<PAGE>
   
    PENALTY TAX ON CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS
 
    With respect to amounts withdrawn or distributed before the taxpayer reaches
age 59 1/2, a 10% penalty tax is  imposed upon the portion of such amount  which
is  includable  in gross  income. However,  the  penalty tax  will not  apply to
withdrawals: (i) made on or after the death of the Owner (or where the Owner  is
not  an individual, the death of the  "primary annuitant", who is defined as the
individual, the  events  in  the life  of  whom  are of  primary  importance  in
affecting  the  timing  or  amount  of  the  payout  under  the  Contract); (ii)
attributable to the taxpayer's becoming  totally disabled within the meaning  of
Code  Section 72(m)(7); (iii) which are part  of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the taxpayer, or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)  of
the  taxpayer and his beneficiary; (iv)  allocable to investment in the Contract
before August 14, 1982; (v) under a qualified funding asset (as defined in  Code
Section  130(d)); (vi)  under an immediate  annuity contract; or  (vii) that are
purchased by an employer on termination of certain types of qualified plans  and
which are held by the employer until the employee separates from service.
 
    If  the  penalty tax  does not  apply to  a  withdrawal as  a result  of the
application of item  (iii) above, and  the series of  payments are  subsequently
modified  (other than by reason  of death or disability),  the tax for the first
year in which the modification  occurs will be increased  by an amount equal  to
the  tax that  would have been  imposed but  for item (iii)  above as determined
under Treasury Regulations, plus interest for the deferral period. The foregoing
rule applies if the modification takes place: (a) before the close of the period
which is five years from  the date of the first  payment and after the  taxpayer
attains age 59 1/2; or (b) before the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.
 
    ASSIGNMENTS
 
    Any assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral for a loan may result
in  a taxable event and the excess of the Contract Value over total Premium will
be taxed to  the assignor as  ordinary income. Please  consult your tax  adviser
prior to making an assignment of the Contract.
 
    DISTRIBUTION-AT-DEATH RULES
 
    In  order  to be  treated  as an  annuity  contract for  Federal  income tax
purposes, a Contract must generally  provide for the following two  distribution
rules: (i) if the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, and before the entire
interest  in the  Contract has been  distributed, the remaining  portion of such
interest will be distributed at least as quickly as the method in effect on  the
Owner's  death; and  (ii) if a  Owner dies  before the Annuity  Date, the entire
interest must  generally be  distributed within  five years  after the  date  of
death.  To  the extent  such interest  is payable  to a  designated Beneficiary,
however, such interest may  be annuitized over the  life of that Beneficiary  or
over  a period not extending beyond the  life expectancy of that Beneficiary, so
long as distributions commence within one year  after the date of death. If  the
Beneficiary  is the spouse of the Owner, the Contract may be continued unchanged
in the name of the spouse as Owner.
 
    If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant" (as defined under
the Code)  is considered  the  Owner. In  addition, when  the  Owner is  not  an
individual,  a change in  the primary annuitant  is treated as  the death of the
Owner.
 
    GIFTS OF CONTRACTS
 
    Any transfer of a Contract prior to the Annuity Date for less than full  and
adequate  consideration will generally trigger tax  on the gain in the Contract.
The transferee will receive a  step-up in basis for  the amount included in  the
transferor's  income. This provision, however, does not apply to those transfers
between spouses or  incident to  a divorce which  are governed  by Code  Section
1041(a).
 
    CONTRACTS OWNED BY NON-NATURAL PERSONS
 
    If  the Contract is held by a non-natural person (for example, a corporation
or trust)  the Contract  is generally  not treated  as an  annuity contract  for
Federal  income  tax purposes,  and the  income on  the Contract  (generally the
excess of the Contract Value over the purchase payments) is includable in income
each year. The  rule does not  apply where  the non-natural person  is only  the
nominal owner
 
                                       29
    
<PAGE>
   
such  as a trust  or other entity acting  as an agent for  a natural person. The
rule also  does not  apply when  the Contract  is acquired  by the  estate of  a
decedent,  when the  Contract is  held under  certain qualified  plans, when the
Contract is  a qualified  funding  asset for  structured settlements,  when  the
Contract  is purchased on behalf of an  employee upon termination of a qualified
plan, and in the case of an immediate annuity.
 
    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
 
    Code Section 1035 provides that no gain  or loss shall be recognized on  the
exchange  of an  annuity contract  for another  annuity contract.  A replacement
contract obtained in a tax-free exchange of contracts succeeds to the status  of
the  surrendered contract.  Special rules and  procedures apply  to Code Section
1035 transactions. Prospective owners wishing to take advantage of Code  Section
1035 should consult their tax advisers.
 
    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
 
    Annuity  contracts that are issued by the Company (or affiliate) to the same
Owner during  any calendar  year will  be  treated as  one annuity  contract  in
determining  the amount  includable in  the taxpayer's  gross income.  Thus, any
amount received under any such contract prior to the contract's annuity starting
date will be taxable (and possibly subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent
of the combined income in all such contracts. The Treasury has broad  regulatory
authority  to prevent avoidance of the purposes  of this aggregation rule. It is
possible that, under  this authority, Treasury  may apply this  rule to  amounts
that  are  paid as  annuities  (on or  after  the starting  date)  under annuity
contracts issued by the same company to the same Owner during any calendar  year
period.  In this  case, annuity  payments could  be fully  taxable (and possibly
subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent of the combined income in all such
contracts and  regardless  of  whether  any amount  would  otherwise  have  been
excluded from income. Owners should consult a tax adviser before purchasing more
than one Contract or other annuity contracts.
 
DIVERSIFICATION STANDARDS
 
    To  comply  with  the  diversification  regulations  promulgated  under Code
Section 817(h)  (the "Diversification  Regulations"), after  a start-up  period,
each  Subaccount is required  to diversify its  investments. The Diversification
Regulations generally require that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar
year no more than 55% of the value of the assets of a Subaccount is  represented
by  any one investment, no more than  70% is represented by any two investments,
no more than 80% is represented by  any three investments, and no more than  90%
is represented by any four investments. A "look-through" rule applies so that an
investment  in the Fund  is not treated as  one investment but  is treated as an
investment in  a pro-rata  portion of  each underlying  asset of  the Fund.  All
securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment. In the case of
government securities, each Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a
separate issuer.
 
    In connection with the issuance of the Diversification Regulations, Treasury
announced that such regulations do not provide guidance concerning the extent to
which  Owners may direct their investments to particular divisions of a separate
account. It  is  possible  that  if  and  when  additional  regulations  or  IRS
pronouncements  are issued, the Contract may need  to be modified to comply with
such rules. For  these reasons,  the Company reserves  the right  to modify  the
Contract,  as necessary, to prevent the Owner from being considered the owner of
the assets of the Variable Account.
 
    The Company intends to comply with the Diversification Regulations to assure
that the  Contracts continue  to be  treated as  annuity contracts  for  Federal
income tax purposes.
 
QUALIFIED PLANS
 
    The Contracts may be used to create an IRA. The Contracts are also available
for  use in connection with a previously  established 403(b) Plan. No attempt is
made herein  to provide  more than  general  information about  the use  of  the
Contracts    with    IRAs   or    403(b)    Plans.   The    information   herein
 
                                       30
    
<PAGE>
   
is not  intended as  tax advice.  A  prospective Owner  considering use  of  the
Contract  to create  an IRA  or in  connection with  a 403(b)  Plan should first
consult a competent tax adviser with  regard to the suitability of the  Contract
as an investment vehicle for their qualified plan.
 
    A  Contract  may be  used  as the  investment  medium for  several  types of
retirement plans. Under  amendments to  the Internal Revenue  Code which  became
effective  in 1993, distributions from a  qualified plan (other than non-taxable
distributions representing  a  return  of  capital,  distributions  meeting  the
minimum  distribution requirement, distributions for the life or life expectancy
of the recipient(s) or distributions that are made over a period of more than 10
years) are  eligible  for  tax-free rollover  within  60  days of  the  date  of
distribution,  but are also subject  to federal income tax  withholding at a 20%
rate unless paid directly to another qualified plan. If the recipient is  unable
to take full advantage of the tax-free rollover provisions, there may be taxable
income,  and  the imposition  of a  10% penalty  if the  recipient is  under age
59 1/2. We make no attempt to provide more than general information about use of
Qualified Contracts  with the  various  types of  retirement plans.  Owners  and
participants  under retirement plans as well as Annuitants and Beneficiaries are
cautioned that  the  rights  of  any person  to  any  benefits  under  Qualified
Contracts  may be subject  to the terms  and conditions of  the retirement plan,
regardless of  the terms  and conditions  of the  Qualified Contract  issued  in
connection  with such a  retirement plan. Purchasers  of Qualified Contracts for
use with any retirement plan should consult their legal counsel and tax  adviser
regarding the suitability of a Qualified Contract for their retirement plan.
 
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
 
    Section  408 of  the Code permits  eligible individuals to  contribute to an
IRA. Contracts issued in  connection with an IRA  are subject to limitations  on
eligibility, maximum contributions, and time of distribution. Distributions from
certain  retirement plans  qualifying for federal  tax advantages  may be rolled
over into  an IRA.  Sales of  the Contracts  for use  with IRAs  are subject  to
special  requirements  imposed by  the Service,  including the  requirement that
informational disclosure be given to each  person desiring to establish an  IRA.
The IRAs offered by this Prospectus are not available in all states.
 
403(B) PLANS
 
    Code  Section 403(b)(11) imposes certain  restrictions on an Owner's ability
to make partial withdrawals from Code Section 403(b) Contracts, if  attributable
to  Premium paid under a salary  reduction agreement. Specifically, Code Section
403(b)(11) allows an Owner  to make a surrender  or partial withdrawal only  (a)
when  the employee attains age 59 1/2,  separates from service, dies, or becomes
disabled (as defined in the Code), or (b)  in the case of hardship. In the  case
of  hardship, only an amount equal to the purchase payments may be withdrawn. In
addition, under  Code  Section 403(b)  the  employer must  comply  with  certain
non-discrimination  requirements.  Owners  should  consult  their  employers  to
determine whether the employer  has complied with these  rules. The 403(b)  Plan
offered by this Prospectus is not available in all states.
 
                                       31
    

<PAGE>
   
                                    APPENDIX
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT OPTION
 
    Under  this  Guaranteed  Account option,  Contract  Values are  held  in the
Company's General  Account. The  General  Account includes  all of  Our  assets,
except  those assets segregated  in Our separate  accounts. Because of exemptive
and exclusionary  provisions, interests  in the  General Account  have not  been
registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  nor  is  the  General Account
registered as an investment  company under the Investment  Company Act of  1940.
The Company understands that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
has  not reviewed the disclosures in  this Prospectus relating to the Guaranteed
Account portion of  the Contract. Disclosures  regarding the Guaranteed  Account
may,  however,  be subject  to certain  generally  applicable provisions  of the
federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of  statements
made in prospectuses.
 
    During  the  Accumulation  Period  the Owner  may  allocate  amounts  to the
Guaranteed Account.  The initial  Premium  will be  invested in  the  Guaranteed
Account  if selected by the Owner at the time of application. Additional Premium
will be allocated in  accordance with the selection  made in the application  or
the  most recent instruction received at the Company Office. If the Owner elects
to withdraw  amounts from  the Guaranteed  Account, such  withdrawal, except  as
otherwise  provided in this Appendix, will be  subject to the same conditions as
imposed on withdrawals from the Variable Account. The Company reserves the right
to delay any payment from the Guaranteed  Account for up to six (6) months  from
the date it receives such request at its Office.
 
GUARANTEE PERIODS
 
    The  period(s) for which a guaranteed interest  rate is credited is called a
Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods may be offered or withdrawn at the Company's
discretion. The initial guarantee period(s) and the guaranteed interest  rate(s)
applicable to the initial Premium are as shown in the Contract. At least 15 days
but  no more  than 75 days  prior to the  expiration of a  Guarantee Period, the
Owner will be mailed a  notice of the guaranteed  interest rate applicable to  a
renewal  of  the Guarantee  Period. At  the expiration  of any  Guarantee Period
applicable to any portion  of the Contract Value,  that portion of the  Contract
Value  will be automatically  renewed for another Guarantee  Period for the same
duration as  the  expired  Guarantee  Period and  will  receive  the  guaranteed
interest  rate then in effect for  that Guarantee Period, unless other Guarantee
Periods or one or more  Subaccounts are requested in  writing by the Owner.  All
requests to change a Guarantee Period at the end of an existing Guarantee Period
must  be received in writing at the Company's Office within 30 days prior to the
end of that Guarantee Period.
 
ALLOCATIONS TO THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT
 
    The minimum amount that may be allocated to a Guarantee Period, either  from
the  initial  or  a  subsequent  Premium, is  $3,000.  Amounts  invested  in the
Guaranteed Account  are credited  with interest  on a  daily basis  at the  then
applicable  effective guarantee rate. The effective  guarantee rate is that rate
in effect  when the  Owner  allocates or  transfers  amounts to  the  Guaranteed
Account. If the Owner has allocated or transferred amounts at different times to
the  Guaranteed Account, each allocation or transfer may have a unique effective
guarantee rate and Guarantee Period  associated with that amount. The  effective
guarantee  rate will not be changed more than once per year and the minimum rate
will not be less than 3%.
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT TRANSFERS
 
    During the accumulation period the Owner may transfer, by written request or
telephone authorization, Contract Values to or from a subaccount of the Variable
Account to or from  a Guarantee Period  of the Guaranteed  Account at any  time,
subject to the conditions set out under Transfer of Contract Values Section.
 
    Prior  to  the  end  of  a  Guarantee  Period  the  Owner  may  specify  the
subaccount(s) of the Variable Account or the applicable Guarantee Period of  the
Guaranteed  Account to  which the  Owner wants  the amounts  from the Guaranteed
Account  transferred  at  the  end  of  the  Guarantee  Period.  If  the   Owner
 
                                      A-1
    
<PAGE>
   
does  not notify us  prior to the end  of the Guarantee  Period, we will reapply
that amount to  a new  Guarantee Period  of the  same duration,  provided it  is
available. If a new Guarantee Period of the same duration is not available, that
portion of Your Contract Value shall be transferred to the Guarantee Period next
shortest  in  duration.  The amount  so  applied  is then  subject  to  the same
conditions as the original  Guarantee Period, including  the condition that  the
amount  may not be  transferred until the  end of that  Guarantee Period. In the
event of a  non-specified renewal, there  is a  grace period of  30 days  within
which  the Owner can have transferred amounts reapplied. The effective guarantee
rate applicable to the new Guarantee Period may be different from the  effective
guaranteed  rate applicable  to the  original Guarantee  Period. These transfers
will be handled at no charge to the Owner.
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
    Unless accomplished on the expiration date  of a Guarantee Period or  during
the  grace period, a transfer, withdrawal, surrender or annuitization of amounts
allocated to the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
The adjusted value is  determined by multiplying the  amount to be  transferred,
withdrawn,  surrendered or annuitized  from a Guarantee  Period by the following
formula:
 
    .75 X (A-B) X [N/12], where:
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>
A              =      The guaranteed interest rate applicable to a Guarantee Period for that portion  of
                      proceeds being transferred, withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized.
 
B              =      The  guaranteed interest rate currently available for the same length of Guarantee
                      Period as that  remaining in  the period applicable  to that  portion of  proceeds
                      being  transferred,  withdrawn, surrendered  or annuitized.  If no  such Guarantee
                      Period is  then  offered, the  guaranteed  interest  rate will  be  calculated  by
                      straight  line  interpolation  of  the  guaranteed  interest  rates  of  available
                      Guarantee Periods.
 
N              =      The number of complete and  partial months remaining to  the end of the  Guarantee
                      Period  applicable  to  that  portion of  proceeds  being  transferred, withdrawn,
                      surrendered or annuitized.
</TABLE>
 
    The Market Value Adjustment is not applicable on the date a Guarantee Period
expires; however, a Withdrawal or Surrender  on such date may remain subject  to
Surrender Charges. Applicable Surrender Charges will be applied after any Market
Value Adjustment to Guaranteed Account values.
 
MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE
 
    The  minimum Surrender Value for amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Account
equals the  amounts  so allocated  less  withdrawals, with  interest  compounded
annually at the rate of 3%, reduced by any applicable Surrender Charge.
 
                                      A-2
    

<PAGE>
   
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
General Information........................................................................................
  The Company..............................................................................................
  Independent Accountants..................................................................................
  Legal Counsel............................................................................................
  Distributor..............................................................................................
  Calculation of Performance Related Information...........................................................
  Delay of Payments........................................................................................
  Transfers................................................................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values......................................................................
Annuity Provisions.........................................................................................
  Annuity Benefits.........................................................................................
  Annuity Options..........................................................................................
  Variable Annuity Payment Values..........................................................................
  Annuity Unit.............................................................................................
  Net Investment Factor....................................................................................
  Additional Provisions....................................................................................
Financial Statements.......................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       32
    

<PAGE>












                                        PART B












<PAGE>

   

                                        PART B
                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                         DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS



                                      issued by



                                  VARIABLE ACCOUNT A



                                         and



               AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK



         THIS IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE  DEFERRED VARIABLE
ANNUITY CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

         THE PROSPECTUS CONCISELY SETS FORTH INFORMATION THAT A PROSPECTIVE
INVESTOR OUGHT TO KNOW BEFORE INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY
1, 1996 CALL OR WRITE: American International Life Assurance Company of New 
York; Attention: Variable Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,
1-800-340-2765.

DATE OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:  May 1, 1996




<PAGE>


             TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                                                      PAGE
General Information..................................................
    The Company......................................................
    Independent Accountants..........................................
    Legal Counsel....................................................
    Distributor......................................................
    Calculation of Performance Related Information...................
    Delay of Payments................................................
    Transfers........................................................

Method of Determining Contract Values................................

Annuity Provisions...................................................

Annuity Benefits.....................................................
    Annuity Options..................................................
    Variable Annuity Payment Values..................................
    Annuity Unit.....................................................
    Net Investment Factor............................................
    Additional Provisions............................................

Financial Statements.................................................


                                        B - 2

<PAGE>

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION


THE COMPANY

         A description of American International Life Assurance Company of 
New York (the "Company"), and its ownership is contained in the Prospectus.  
The Company will provide for the safekeeping of the assets of Variable 
Account A (the "Variable Account").

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

         The audited financial statements of the Company have been audited by
Coopers and Lybrand, L.L.P., independent certified public accountants, whose
offices are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

LEGAL COUNSEL

         Legal matters relating to the Federal securities laws in connection
with the Contracts described herein and in the Prospectus are being passed upon
by the law firm of Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP, Washington, D.C..

DISTRIBUTOR

    AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of American
International Group, Inc. and an affiliate of the Company, acts as the
distributor.   Commissions are paid by the Registrant directly to selling
dealers and representatives on behalf of the Distributor.  Commissions retained
by the Distributor in 1995 were $27,878.

CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION

         A.   YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD QUOTATIONS FOR THE MONEY MARKET
              SUBACCOUNT

         The yield quotation for the Money Market Subaccount to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be for the seven days ended on the date of the most recent
balance sheet of the Variable Account included in the registration statement,
and will be computed by determining the net change, exclusive of capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one Accumulation Unit in the Money Market Subaccount at the beginning of the
period, subtracting a hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from Owner
accounts, and dividing the difference by the value of the account at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return, and multiplying
the base period return by (365/7) with the resulting figure carried to at least
the nearest hundredth of one percent.

         Any effective yield quotation for the Money Market Subaccount to be
set forth in the Prospectus will be for the seven days ended on the date of the
most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account included in the registration
statement, and will be carried at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent,
and will be computed by determining the net change, exclusive of capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one Accumulation Unit in the Money Market Subaccount at the beginning of the
period, subtracting a hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from Owner
accounts, and dividing the difference by the value of the account at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return, and then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal
to 365 divided by 7 and subtracting 1 from the result, according to the
following formula:

     EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)to the power of 365/7]-1.


                                        B - 3

<PAGE>

         For purposes of the yield and effective yield computations, the
hypothetical charge reflects all deductions that are charged to all Owner
accounts in proportion to the length of the base period.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the Money Market
Subaccount's mean account size.  The yield and effective yield quotations do not
reflect the Surrender Charge that may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in
an amount ranging up to 6% of the requested withdrawal amount, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase payment was held under the Contract and whether withdrawals had
been previously made during that Contract Year.  (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Surrender Charge" on page    of the Prospectus)  No deductions or
sales loads are assessed upon annuitization under the Contracts.  Realized gains
and losses from the sale of securities and unrealized appreciation and
depreciation of the Money Market Subaccount and the Fund are excluded from the
calculation of yield.

         B.   TOTAL RETURN QUOTATIONS

         The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth
in the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one,
five, and ten year periods (or, where a Subaccount has been in existence for a
period of less than one, five or ten years, for such lesser period) ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period
from the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid
date.  The quotations are computed by finding the average annual compounded
rates of return over the relevant periods that would equate the initial amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                             P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV

         Where:    P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                   T = average annual total return

                   n = number of years

                   ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                   payment made at the beginning of the particular
                   period at the end of the particular period.

         For the purposes of the total return quotations for all of the
Subaccounts, the calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all
Owner accounts.  For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the
account size is assumed to be the respective Subaccount's mean account size.
The calculations also assume a total withdrawal as of the end of the particular
period.

                                         B - 4

<PAGE>

    Annualized total return for certain Subaccounts as of December 29, 1995,
were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                ONE YEAR            THREE YEARS       INCEPTION TO DATE
                                 --------            -----------       -----------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>               <C>
    Money Market                  -1.91%                 N/A              -2.56%
    Premier Growth                37.85%                 N/A              10.02%
    Growth & Income               28.44%              11.93%              10.09%
    International                  8.34%                 N/A               1.10%
    Short Term Multi              -0.19%              -0.90%              -5.04%
    Global Bond                   17.56%               6.92%               2.75%
    US Gov't Securities           12.14%                 N/A              -1.18%
    Global Dollar Gov't           15.83%                 N/A               3.96%
    North American Gov't          15.33%                 N/A              -3.72%
    Utility Income                14.32%                 N/A               3.95%
    Conservative Investor         10.05%                 N/A               3.21%
    Growth Investors              13.36%                 N/A               3.73%
    Growth                         7.91%                 N/A              19.96%
    Total Return                  16.50%                 N/A               4.69%
    World Wide Privatization       3.88%                 N/A              -1.18%
    Technology Portfolio             N/A                 N/A                 N/A

</TABLE>


    *Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

         Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio            June 22, 1992
         Global Bond Portfolio                        July 8, 1992
         Growth & Income Portfolio                    July 8, 1992
         Premier Growth Portfolio                     February 3, 1993
         Money Market Portfolio                       February 3, 1993
         US Government/High Grade Portfolio           August 20, 1993
         International Portfolio                      October 1, 1993
         North American Government Income Portfolio   April 11, 1994
         Global Dollar Government Portfolio           April 20, 1994
         Utility Income Portfolio                     April 20, 1994
         Worldwide Privatization Portfolio            August 16, 1994
         Growth Investors Portfolio                   August 16, 1994
         Growth Portfolio                             August 16, 1994
         Conservative Investors Portfolio             August 24, 1994
         Total Return Portfolio                       August 26, 1994
         Technology Portfolio                         January 10, 1996

    C.   YIELD QUOTATIONS FOR THE SHORT-TERM MULTI-MARKET, U.S. GOVERNMENT/HIGH
         GRADE SECURITIES AND GLOBAL BOND SUBACCOUNTS

    The yield quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market, U.S. Government/High
Grade Securities and Global Bond Subaccounts that will be set forth in the
Prospectus will be based on the thirty-day period ended on the date of the most
recent balance sheet of the Variable Account included in the registration
statement, and are computed by dividing the net investment income per
Accumulation Unit earned during the period by the maximum offering price per
unit on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

                     Yield = 2[(a - b + 1)to the power of 6 - 1]
                                ---------
                                   cd


                                   B-5

<PAGE>

         Where:         a =  net investment income earned during the period by
                             the corresponding portfolios of the Fund
                             attributable to shares owned by the Subaccount.

                        b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of
                             reimbursements).

                        c =  the average daily number of Accumulation Units
                             outstanding during the period.

                        d =  the maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit
                             on the last day of the period.

         For the purposes of the yield quotations for the Short-Term Multi-
Market, U.S. Government/High Grade Securities and Global Bond Subaccounts, the
calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner accounts.
For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account size is assumed
to be the respective Subaccount's mean account size.  The calculations do not
take into account the Surrender Charge or any transfer charges.

         A Surrender Charge may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in an
amount ranging up to 6% of the requested withdrawal amount, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase payment was held under the Contract, and whether withdrawals had
been previously made during that Contract Year.  (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Surrender Charge" on page __ of the Prospectus)  There is
currently a transfer charge of $10 per transfer after a specified number of
transfers in each Contract Year.  (See "Alliance Variable Products Series Fund,
Inc., - Transfer of Contract Values" on page __ of the Prospectus)


    D.   NON - STANDARDIZED PERFORMANCE DATA

         1.   Total Return Quotations

         The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth
in the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one,
five, and ten year periods (or, where a Subaccount has been in existence for a
period of less than one, five or ten years, for such lesser period) ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period
from the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid
date.  The quotations are computed by finding the average annual compounded
rates of return over the relevant periods that would equate the initial amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV

              Where:    P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                        T = average annual total return

                        n = number of years

                        ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                            payment made at the beginning of the particular
                            period at the end of the particular period.

         For the purposes of the total return quotations, the calculations take
into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner accounts.  For any fees that
vary with the size of the account, the account size is


                                        B - 6

<PAGE>

assumed to be the respective  Subaccount's mean account size.  The calculations
do not, however, assume a total withdrawal as of the end of the particular
period and, therefore, no Surrender Charge is reflected.

    Annualized total return quotations for certain Subaccounts as of December
31, 1995, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          One Year           Three Years            Inception to Date
                                           --------           -----------             ----------------
<S>                                        <C>                <C>                     <C>
         Money Market                        3.55%               N/A                      2.11%
         Premier Growth                     43.31%            13.66%                     13.78%
         Growth & Income                    33.90%            13.16%                     13.69%
         International                       8.34%               N/A                      6.83%
         Short Term Multi Market             5.27%             0.66%                     -0.04%
         Global Bond                        23.02%             8.27%                      6.97%
         US Gov't Securities                17.60%               N/A                      4.42%
         Global Dollar Gov't                21.29%               N/A                     10.38%
         North American Gov't               20.79%               N/A                      2.93%
         Utility Income                     19.78%               N/A                      7.10%
         Conservative Investor              15.51%               N/A                     11.46%
         Growth Investors                   18.82%               N/A                     11.82%
         Growth                             33.37%               N/A                     27.65%
         Total Return                       21.96%               N/A                     12.94%
         Worldwide Privatization             9.34%               N/A                      7.10%
         Technology Portfolio                  N/A               N/A                        N/A
</TABLE>



         2.   TAX DEFERRED ACCUMULATION

    In reports or other communications to You or in advertising or sales
materials, the Company may also describe the effects of tax-deferred compounding
on the Variable Account's investment returns or upon returns in general.  These
effects may be illustrated in charts or graphs and may include comparisons at
various points in time of returns under the Contract or in general on a tax-
deferred basis with the returns on a taxable basdis.  Different tax rates may be
assumed.

    In general, individuals who own annuity contracts are not taxed on inreases
in the value under the annuity contract until some form of distribution is made
from the contract.  Thus, the annuity contract will benefit from tax deferral
during the accumulation period, which generally will have the effect of
permitting an investment in an annuity contract to grow more rapidly than a
comparable investment under which increases in value are taxed on a current
basis.  The following chart illustrates this benefit by comparing accumulation
under the Contract with accumulation from an investment on which gains are taxed
on a current basis.  The chart shows accumulations on an initial investment or
Premium payment of $25,000, assuming hypothetical gross annual return of 0%, 4%
and 8%, compounded annually, and a tax rate of 31%.  The values shown for the
taxable investment do not include any deduction for management fees or other
expenses but assume that taxes are deducted annually from investment returns.
The values shown for the Contract reflect the deduction of contractual expenses
such as the 1.25% mortality and expense risk charge, the 0.15% Administrative
Charge and the $30 Contract Maintenance Charge, but not the expenses of an
underlying investment vehicle.  In addition, these values assume that the Owner
does not surrender the Contract or make any withdrawals until the end of the
period shown.  The chart assumes a full withdrawal, at the end of the period
shown, of all contract value and the payment of taxes at the 31% rate on the
amount in excess of the Premium payment.

    The rates of return illustrated are hypothetical and are not an estimate or
guaranty of performance.  Actual tax rates may vary for different taxpayers from
that illustrated and withdrawals by Owners who have not reached age 59 1/2 may
be subject to a tax penalty of 10%.

                                    [INSERT CHART]

                                        B - 7

<PAGE>

DELAY OF PAYMENTS

    Any payments due under the Contracts will generally be sent to the Owner
within seven (7) days of a completed request for payment.  However, the Company
has reserved the right to postpone any type of payment from the Variable Account
for any period when:

              (a)  the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than
                   customary weekends and holidays, or trading on the Exchange
                   is otherwise restricted;

              (b)  an emergency exists as a result of which it is not
                   reasonably practicable to dispose of securities held in the
                   Variable Account or determine their value;

              (c)  an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission permits
                   delay for the protection of security holders; or

              (d)  the check used to pay any Premium has not cleared through
                   the banking system (this may take up to 15 days).

         The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission shall
govern as to whether the conditions in (a) and (b) exist.


                        METHOD OF DETERMINING CONTRACT VALUES

         The Contract Value will fluctuate in accordance with the investment
results of the underlying Portfolio of the Fund held within the Subaccount.  In
order to determine how these fluctuations affect Contract Values, Accumulation
Units are utilized.  The value of an Accumulation Unit applicable during any
Valuation Period is determined at the end of that period.

         When the first shares of the respective Portfolios of the Fund were
purchased for the Subaccounts, the Accumulation Units for the Subaccounts were
valued at $10.  The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Subaccount on any
Valuation Date thereafter is determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

         (a)   is equal to:

              (i)       the total value of the net assets attributable to
                        Accumulation Units in the Subaccount, minus

              (ii)      the daily charge for assuming the risk of guaranteeing
                        mortality factors and expense charges which is equal on
                        an annual basis to 1.25% multiplied by the daily net
                        asset value of the Subaccount; minus

              (iii)     the daily charge for providing certain administrative
                        functions which is equal on an annual basis to 0.15%
                        multiplied by the daily net asset value of the
                        Subaccount; minus or plus

              (iv)      a charge or credit for any tax provision established
                        for the Subaccount.  The Company is not currently
                        making any provision for taxes.

         (b)  is the total number of Accumulation Units applicable to that
              Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period.

                                        B - 8

<PAGE>

         The resulting value of each Subaccount Accumulation Unit is multiplied
by the respective number of Subaccount Accumulation Units for a Contract.  The
Contract Value of the Variable Account is the sum of all Subaccount values for
the Contract.

         An Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease in value from Valuation
Date to Valuation Date.


                                  ANNUITY PROVISIONS

ANNUITY BENEFITS

         A description of the Annuity Benefits and Annuity Options is provided
in the prospectus

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT VALUES

         A Variable Annuity is an annuity with payments which (1) are not
predetermined as to dollar amount and (2) will vary in amount with the net
investment results of the applicable Subaccount(s) of the Variable Account.  At
the Annuity Date the Contract Value in each Subaccount will be applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables contained in the Contract.  The Annuity Table used
will depend upon the payment option chosen.  The same Contract Value amount
applied to each payment option may produce a different initial annuity payment.
If, as of the Annuity Date, the then current annuity rates applicable to  this
class of contracts will provide a larger income than that guaranteed for the
same form of annuity under the Contracts described herein, the larger amount
will be paid.

         The first annuity payment for each Subaccount is determined by
multiplying the amount of the Contract Value allocated to that Subaccount by the
factor shown in the table for the option selected, divided by 1000.

         The dollar amount of Subaccount annuity payments after the first is
determined as follows:

              (a)  The dollar amount of the first annuity payment is divided by
                   the value for the Subaccount Annuity Unit as of the Annuity
                   Date.  This establishes the number of Annuity Units for each
                   monthly payment.  The number of Annuity Units remains fixed
                   during the Annuity payment period, subject to any transfers.

              (b)  The fixed number of Annuity Units is multiplied by the
                   Annuity Unit value for the Valuation Period 14 days prior to
                   the date of payment.

         The total dollar amount of each Variable Annuity payment is the sum of
all Subaccount variable annuity payments less the pro-rata amount of the annual
Administrative Charge.


ANNUITY UNIT

         The value of an Annuity Unit for each Subaccount was arbitrarily set
initially at $10.  This was done when the first Fund shares were purchased.  The
Subaccount Annuity Unit value at the end of any subsequent Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying the Subaccount Annuity Unit value for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

                                        B - 9

<PAGE>


         (a)  is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which
              the Subaccount Annuity Unit value is being determined; and

         (b)  is the assumed investment factor for such Valuation Period.  The
              assumed investment factor adjusts for the interest assumed in
              determining the first variable annuity payment.  Such factor for
              any Valuation Period shall be the accumulated value, at the end
              of such period, of $1.00 deposited at the beginning of such
              period at the assumed investment rate of 5%.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

         The net investment factor is used to determine how investment results
of the Fund affect the Subaccount Annuity Unit value from one Valuation Period
to the next.  The net investment factor for each Subaccount for any Valuation
Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result,
where:

         (a)   is equal to:

               (i)      the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the
                        Subaccount determined at the end of that Valuation
                        Period; plus

              (ii)      the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain
                        distribution made by the Fund held in the Subaccount if
                        the "ex-dividend" date occurs during that same
                        Valuation Period; plus or minus

              (iii)     a per share charge or credit, which is determined by
                        the Company, for changes in tax reserves resulting from
                        investment operations of the Subaccount.

         (b)  is equal to:

              (i)       the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the
                        Subaccount determined as of the end of the prior
                        Valuation Period; plus or minus

              (ii)      the per share charge or credit for any change in tax
                        reserves for the prior Valuation Period.

         (c)  is equal to:

              (i)       the percentage factor representing the Mortality and
                        Expense Risk Charge, plus

              (ii)      the percentage factor representing the daily
                        Administrative Charge.

The net investment factor may be greater or less than the assumed investment
factor; therefore, the Subaccount Annuity Unit value may increase or decrease
from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.


ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

         The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before
making any life annuity payment provided for by the Contract.  If the age of the
Annuitant has been misstated the Company will compute the amount payable based
on the correct age.  If annuity payments have begun, any

                                        B - 10

<PAGE>


underpayments that may have been made will be paid in full with the next annuity
payment, including interest at the annual rate of 5%.  Any overpayments,
including interest at the annual rate of 5%, unless repaid to the Company in one
sum, will be deducted from future annuity payments until the Company is repaid
in full.

         If a Contract provision requires that a person be alive, the Company
may require due proof that the person is alive before the Company acts under
that provision.

         The Company will give the payee under an annuity payment option a
settlement contract for the payment option.

         You may assign this Contract prior to the Annuity Date.  A written
request, dated and signed by you must be sent to our Administrative Office.  A
duly executed copy of any assignment must be filed with our Administrative
Office.  We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment.


                                 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The financial statements of the Company included herein shall be 
considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its 
obligations under the Contracts.


                                        B - 11
    
<PAGE>
                     AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE
                              COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                         (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                      AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.)
 
                    REPORT ON AUDITS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)
 
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
American International Life Assurance Company of New York:
 
    We  have audited the  accompanying balance sheets  of American International
Life Assurance  Company  of New  York  (a wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  American
International  Group, Inc.) as  of December 31,  1995 and 1994,  and the related
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the  three
years  in the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of American International  Life
Assurance  Company of New York as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for  each of the three years in the  period
ended  December  31,  1995,  in conformity  with  generally  accepted accounting
principles.
 
    As discussed in Note 1 (h) to the financial statements, the Company  changed
in  1993, its  method of  accounting for  investments in  certain fixed maturity
securities.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 22, 1996
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                       1995           1994
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>
Investments and cash:
  Fixed maturities:
    Bonds available for sale, at market value (cost: 1995-$4,139,170: 1994 --
     $3,807,500).................................................................  $   4,434,329  $   3,700,640
  Equity securities:
    Common stock (cost: 1995-$8,540: 1994 -- $8,382..............................         17,703         17,201
    Non-redeemable preferred stocks (cost: 1995 -- $4,564; 1994 -- $5,027).......          4,570          4,701
Mortgage loans on real estate, net...............................................        448,700        399,695
Real estate, net of accumulated depreciation of $6,009 in 1995; and $4,861 in
 1994............................................................................         33,029         34,155
Policy loans.....................................................................         10,991         10,317
Other invested assets............................................................         69,360         63,941
Short-term investments...........................................................        103,040        130,415
Cash.............................................................................          2,460          5,363
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
      Total investments and cash.................................................      5,124,182      4,366,428
Amounts due from related parties.................................................          1,186          2,304
Investment income due and accrued................................................         74,355         67,623
Premium and insurance balances receivable -- net.................................         13,289         14,536
Reinsurance assets...............................................................         22,552         26,313
Deferred policy acquisition cost.................................................         31,225         29,626
Deferred incomes taxes...........................................................       --               44,926
Separate and variable accounts...................................................         68,151         27,630
Other assets.....................................................................         16,814          1,800
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
      Total assets...............................................................  $   5,351,754  $   4,581,186
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                           BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                  LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                       1995           1994
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>
Policyholders' funds on deposit..................................................  $   3,060,581  $   2,742,412
Future policy benefits...........................................................      1,561,760      1,446,327
Reserve for unearned premiums....................................................         10,808         13,099
Policy and contract claims.......................................................         37,201         37,092
Reserve for commissions, expenses and taxes......................................          4,433          3,077
Insurance balances payable.......................................................          7,771          9,128
Federal income tax payable.......................................................          3,477          1,353
Deferred income taxes............................................................         62,252       --
Amounts due to related parties...................................................          5,260          7,654
Separate and variable accounts...................................................         68,151         27,468
Other liabilities................................................................         23,553         26,640
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
    Total Liabilities............................................................      4,845,247      4,314,250
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, $200 par value; 16,125 shares authorized, issued and outstanding...          3,225          3,225
Additional paid-in capital.......................................................        197,025        197,025
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments, net of future policy
 benefits and taxes of $82,352 in 1995 and $(32,471) in 1994;....................        152,941        (60,305)
Retained Earnings................................................................        153,316        126,991
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity.................................................        506,507        266,936
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......................................  $   5,351,754  $   4,581,186
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                                                                1995         1994         1993
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Premiums.................................................................  $    84,357  $    71,826  $    76,045
  Net investment income....................................................      386,666      335,823      308,089
  Realized capital gains...................................................        1,436        1,932       18,767
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenues.........................................................      472,459      409,581      402,901
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Benefits and expenses:
  Benefits to policyholders................................................      167,319      163,585      156,707
  Increase in future policy benefits and policyholders' funds on deposit...      209,512      165,291      155,434
  Acquisition and insurance expenses.......................................       54,808       62,759       57,758
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total benefits and expenses............................................      431,639      391,635      369,899
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes.................................................       40,820       17,946       33,002
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Income taxes (benefits):
  Current..................................................................       22,142       18,986       19,330
  Deferred.................................................................       (7,647)     (12,152)      (9,007)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total income taxes.....................................................       14,495        6,834       10,323
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income.................................................................  $    26,325  $    11,112  $    22,679
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                               1995          1994         1993
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year.............................................  $      3,225  $      3,225  $     3,225
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................         3,225         3,225        3,225
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of year:............................................       197,025       197,025      119,025
Capital contribution.....................................................       --            --            78,000
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................       197,025       197,025      197,025
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
UNREALIZED APPRECIATION (DEPRECIATION) OF INVESTMENTS, NET
Balance at beginning of year.............................................       (60,305)       58,102        1,887
Change during year.......................................................       404,070      (182,164)       6,497
Changes due to deferred income tax benefit (expense) and future policy
 benefits................................................................      (190,824)       63,757       (2,302)
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes of $28,011..........       --            --            52,020
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................       152,941       (60,305)      58,102
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year.............................................       126,991       115,879       93,200
Net income...............................................................        26,325        11,112       22,679
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................       153,316       126,991      115,879
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................................  $    506,507  $    266,936  $   374,231
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                                            1995          1994           1993
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income.........................................................  $    26,325  $     11,112  $       22,679
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Non-cash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income:
    Change in insurance reserves.......................................       37,251        45,554          44,151
    Change in premiums and insurance balances receivable and payable --
     net...............................................................         (110)         (138)          2,251
    Change in reinsurance assets.......................................        3,761         5,570           5,240
    Change in deferred policy acquisition costs........................       (1,599)         (213)          1,632
    Change in investment income due and accrued........................       (6,732)       (8,153)         (7,937)
    Realized capital gains.............................................       (1,436)       (1,932)        (18,767)
    Change in current and deferred income taxes -- net.................       (5,523)       (6,895)        (21,332)
    Change in reserves for commissions, expenses and taxes.............        1,356           149           1,054
    Change in other assets and liabilities -- net......................      (33,021)        7,526          (1,568)
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
      Total adjustments................................................       (6,053)       41,468           4,724
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by operating activities..........................       20,272        52,580          27,403
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Cost of fixed maturities, at market sold.............................       65,623        63,695         309,595
  Cost of fixed maturities, at market matured or redeemed..............      247,551       255,229         341,223
  Cost of equity securities sold.......................................        1,310           958           6,738
  Realized capital gains...............................................        3,436         4,715          24,542
  Purchase of fixed maturities.........................................     (627,188)     (837,973)     (1,050,415)
  Purchase of equity securities........................................       (1,005)         (137)         (4,449)
  Mortgage loans granted...............................................     (111,402)      (77,824)        (61,932)
  Repayments of mortgage loans.........................................       60,476         9,621          20,397
  Change in policy loans...............................................         (674)          601             870
  Change in short-term investments.....................................       27,375        (7,485)        (59,065)
  Change in other invested assets......................................       (4,083)       (6,479)         (7,164)
  Other -- net.........................................................       (2,763)       (1,086)        (17,821)
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
    Net cash used in investing activities..............................     (341,344)     (596,165)       (497,481)
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in policyholders' funds on deposit............................      318,169       542,729         395,889
  Proceeds from capital contribution...................................      --            --               78,000
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities..........................      318,169       542,729         473,889
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Change in cash.........................................................       (2,903)         (856)          3,811
Cash at beginning of year..............................................        5,363         6,219           2,408
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Cash at end of year....................................................  $     2,460  $      5,363  $        6,219
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
           See accompanying notes to statutory financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    (a)   BASIS OF PRESENTATION:   American International Life Assurance Company
of New York (the Company) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of American International
Group, Inc. (the  Parent). The  financial statements  of the  Company have  been
prepared  on the basis  of generally accepted  accounting principles (GAAP). The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires  management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date of
the financial  statements and  the  reported amounts  of revenues  and  expenses
during  the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The Company is  licensed to sell  life and  accident & health  insurance in  the
District of Columbia and all states except Arizona, Conneticut and Maryland. The
Company is also licensed in America Samoa, Virgin Islands and Guam.
 
    The  Company  also files  financial statements  prepared in  accordance with
statutory practices prescribed or permitted  by the Insurance Department of  the
State  of New York.  Financial statements prepared  in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles  differ in  certain respects  from the  practices
prescribed  or permitted by regulatory  authorities. The significant differences
are:  (1)  statutory  financial  statements  do  not  reflect  fixed  maturities
available  for  sale  at market  value;  (2) policy  acquisition  costs, charged
against operations as incurred for  regulatory purposes, have been deferred  and
are  being amortized over the anticipated  life of the contracts; (3) individual
life and  annuity policy  reserves  based on  statutory requirements  have  been
adjusted  based  upon mortality,  lapse and  interest assumptions  applicable to
these coverages, including provisions  for reasonable adverse deviations;  these
assumptions  reflect  the  Company's  experience  and  industry  standards;  (4)
deferred income taxes not recognized for regulatory purposes have been  provided
for  temporary  differences  between the  bases  of assets  and  liabilities for
financial reporting  purposes and  tax purposes;  (5) for  regulatory  purposes,
future  policy benefits,  policyholders' funds  on deposit,  policy and contract
claims and reserve for unearned premiums are presented net of ceded reinsurance;
and (6)  an  asset valuation  reserve  and interest  maintenance  reserve  using
National  Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC)  formulas are set up for
regulatory purposes.
 
    (b)  INVESTMENTS:   Fixed maturities available for  sale, where the  company
may  not have  the ability  or positive  intent to  hold these  securities until
maturity, are carried at  market value. Included  in fixed maturities  available
for sale are collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO's). Premiums and discounts
arising  from the purchase  of CMO'S are  treated as yield  adjustments over the
estimated life.  Common  stocks and  preferred  stocks available  for  sale  are
carried  at  market value.  Short-term investments  are  carried at  cost, which
approximates market.
 
    Unrealized gains and losses from  investment in equity securities and  fixed
maturities  available for  sale are  reflected in  stockholders' equity,  net of
amounts recorded  as future  policy  benefits and  any related  deferred  income
taxes.
 
    Realized  capital gains  and losses  are determined  principally by specific
identification. Where declines in values  of securities below cost or  amortized
cost  are considered to be other than temporary, a charge is reflected in income
for the difference between cost or  amortized cost and estimated net  realizable
value.
 
    Mortgage  loans on real estate are  carried at unpaid principal balance less
unamortized loan origination fees and costs less an allowance for  uncollectible
loans.
 
    Real  estate  is  carried  at  depreciated  cost  and  is  depreciated  on a
straight-line basis over  31.5 years. Expenditures  for maintenance and  repairs
are  charged to income as incurred; expenditures for betterments are capitalized
and depreciated over their estimated lives.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    Policy loans are carried at the aggregate unpaid principal balance.
 
    Other invested  assets consist  primarily of  limited partnership  interests
which  are  carried  at  market  value. Unrealized  gains  and  losses  from the
revaluation of these investments are  reflected in stockholders' equity, net  of
any  related  taxes. Also  included in  this  category is  an interest  rate cap
agreement, which is carried at its amortized cost. The cost of the cap is  being
amortized  against investment income on  a straight line basis  over the life of
the cap.
 
    (c)  INCOME TAXES:  The Company  joins in a consolidated federal income  tax
return with the Parent and its domestic subsidiaries. The Company and the Parent
have  a written tax allocation agreement whereby the Parent agrees not to charge
the Company a greater portion of the consolidated tax liability than would  have
been  paid by the Company  if it had filed  a separate return. Additionally, the
Parent agrees to reimburse the Company for  any tax benefits arising out of  its
net  losses within ninety days after the  filing of that consolidated tax return
for the year in which these  losses are utilized. Deferred federal income  taxes
are  provided  for  temporary differences  related  to the  expected  future tax
consequences of  events that  have been  recognized in  the Company's  financial
statements or tax returns.
 
    (d)   PREMIUM  RECOGNITION AND RELATED  BENEFITS AND EXPENSES:   Premiums on
traditional life insurance and life contingent annuity contracts are  recognized
when  due. Revenues for  universal life and  investment-type products consist of
policy charges for the cost of insurance, administration, and surrenders  during
the  period. Premiums  on accident and  health insurance are  reported as earned
over the contract term. The portion of accident and health premiums which is not
earned at  the end  of a  reporting  period is  recorded as  unearned  premiums.
Estimates of premiums due but not yet collected are accrued. Policy benefits and
expenses   are  associated  with  earned  premiums  on  long-duration  contracts
resulting in a  level recognition of  profits over the  anticipated life of  the
contracts.
 
    Policy  acquisition  costs  for  traditional  life  insurance  products  are
generally deferred and amortized over the  premium paying period of the  policy.
Deferred  policy  acquisition  costs  and  policy  initiation  costs  related to
universal life  and  investment-type  products  are  amortized  in  relation  to
expected gross profits over the life of the policies (see Note 3).
 
    The  liability  for  future  policy  benefits  and  policyholders'  contract
deposits is established using assumptions described in Note 4.
 
    (e)  POLICY AND CONTRACT CLAIMS:  Policy and contract claims include amounts
representing: (1) the actual  in-force amounts for reported  life claims and  an
estimate  of incurred  but unreported  claims; and  (2) an  estimate, based upon
prior experience, for accident and  health reported and incurred but  unreported
losses.  The methods  of making  such estimates  and establishing  the resulting
reserves are  continually reviewed  and updated  and any  adjustments  resulting
therefrom are reflected in income currently.
 
    (f)   SEPARATE  AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS:   These accounts  represent funds for
which investment income and investment gains  and losses accrue directly to  the
policyholders.  Each account has specific  investment objectives, and the assets
are carried at  market value. These  assets are legally  segregated and are  not
subject to claims which arise out of any other business of the Company.
 
    (g)   REINSURANCE ASSETS:  Reinsurance  assets include the balances due from
both reinsurance  and  insurance companies  under  the terms  of  the  Company's
reinsurance arrangements for ceded unearned premiums, future policy benefits for
life  and  accident  and  health insurance  contracts,  policyholders'  funds on
deposit and  policy and  contract  claims. It  also  includes funds  held  under
reinsurance treaties.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    (h)    ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS:    In  March  1995,  the  Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB)  issued Statement of  Financial Accounting Standards  No.
121  "Accounting  for the  Impairment of  Long-lived  Assets and  for Long-lived
Assets to Be Disposed  Of" (FASB 121). This  statement requires that  long-lived
assets  and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable and an impairment loss must be recognized.
 
    FASB 121  is effective  for  the Company  commencing  January 1,  1996.  The
Company  believes  that the  adoption of  this  statement in  1996 will  have an
immaterial  impact  on  the  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and
liquidity.
 
    In December 1995, FASB issued "Special Report, a Guide to the Implementation
of  Statement No. 115 on  Accounting for Certain Investments  in Debt and Equity
Securities". Among other things, this guide provided for a transition  provision
permitting  a one-time  transfer of  debt securities  from the  held to maturity
classification to the  available for  sale classification. The  Company did  not
transfer  any securities from  the held to  maturity classification to available
for sale classification.
 
    In 1994,  the American  Institute of  Certified Public  Accountants  (AICPA)
issued  a Statement  of Position (SOP)  94-6 "Disclosure  of Certain Significant
Risks and Uncertainties" (SOP 94-6). Pursuant to SOP 94-6, the Company has  made
certain  disclosures as to the nature of the Company's operations and the use of
estimates in the  preparation of  its 1995 financial  statements. Certain  other
disclosures  were  not  necessary  as  the Company  did  not  meet  the required
criteria.
 
    In November of 1992, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 112 "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" (FASB 112). FASB 112
established accounting standards for employers who provide benefits to former or
inactive employees after employment but before retirement. FASB 112 was  adopted
effective  January  1, 1994,  and  had no  significant  effect on  the Company's
results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
 
    In October 1994, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
118 "Accounting by  Creditors for  Impairment of a  Loan-Income Recognition  and
Disclosures"  (FASB 118). FASB  118 amends FASB  114 to allow  a creditor to use
existing methods to recognize interest income on an impaired loan. FASB 118 also
amends certain disclosure requirements of FASB 114. The Company adopted FASB 114
and FASB 118 effective December 31,  1994. The adoption of these statements  did
not  cause  any  significant  impact on  the  Company's  results  of operations,
financial condition or liquidity.
 
    In October 1994, FASB issued  Statement of Financial Accounting Standard  No
119  "Disclosure  about  Derivative  Financial  Instruments  and  Fair  Value of
Financial Instruments" (FASB 119). FASB 119 requires disclosure about derivative
financial instruments  and  amends FASB  105  "Disclosure of  Information  about
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Financial Instruments with
Concentrations  of Credit Risk" (FASB 105) and Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 107 "Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments".
 
    FASB 119  requires  disclosure  about  the  amounts,  nature  and  terms  of
derivatives that are not subject to FASB 105. Also, FASB 119 requires disclosure
about  financial instruments  held or issued  for trading  purposes and purposes
other than trading. This statement was adopted by the Company effective December
31, 1994.
 
    In May  1993, the  FASB issued  Statement of  Accounting Standards  No.  115
"Accounting  for Certain Investments  on Debt and  Equity Securities" (FASB 115)
and the Company adopted this standard at December 31, 1993. The pretax  increase
in carrying value of fixed maturities available for
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
sale  as a result of marking to  market was $242,000,000. A portion was recorded
as a component of future policy  benefits. Thus, the unrealized appreciation  of
investments increased $52,020,000, net of taxes of $28,011,000.
 
    (i)  Certain amounts  in the  1994 balance  sheet have  been reclassified to
conform to the 1995 presentation.
 
2.  INVESTMENT INFORMATION
 
    (a)  STATUTORY DEPOSITS:  Securities with a carrying value of $9,381,000 and
$8,289,000 were  deposited  by  the Company  under  requirements  of  regulatory
authorities as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    (b)   NET  INVESTMENT INCOME:   An analysis  of net investment  income is as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                            1995         1994         1993
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities.......................................  $   334,828  $   289,374  $   271,962
Equity securities......................................        1,006        1,156        1,190
Mortgage loans.........................................       40,383       33,251       29,163
Real estate............................................        3,446        3,771        3,305
Policy loans...........................................          733          764          846
Cash and short-term investments........................        4,124        6,839        3,593
Other invested assets..................................        6,381        4,465        1,661
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total investment income............................      390,901      339,620      311,720
Investment expenses....................................        4,235        3,797        3,631
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net investment income..............................  $   386,666  $   335,823  $   308,089
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    (c)  INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES:   The net realized capital gains  (losses)
and  change in unrealized  appreciation (depreciation) of  investments for 1995,
1994 and 1993 are summarized below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                            1995          1994        1993
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>
Net realized gains (losses) on investments:
  Fixed maturities.....................................  $      (115) $        (75) $  20,106
  Equity securities....................................        3,515         2,046     (2,415)
  Mortgage loans.......................................       (2,000)       (2,783)    (5,775)
  Other invested assets................................           36         2,744      6,851
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
  Net realized gains...................................  $     1,436  $      1,932  $  18,767
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of
 investments:
  Fixed maturities.....................................  $   402,020  $   (186,892) $  --
  Equity securities....................................          677          (853)     6,499
  Other invested assets................................        1,373         5,581         (2)
  Cumulative effect of accounting change...............      --            --          80,031
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
  Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of
   investments.........................................  $   404,070  $   (182,164) $  86,528
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  INVESTMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    Proceeds from the sale of investments in fixed maturities during 1995,  1994
and 1993 were $80,003,000, $79,504,000 and $59,251,000, respectively.
 
    During  1995,  1994  and  1993,  gross  gains  of  $624,000,  $4,861,000 and
$30,195,000,  respectively,  and  gross  losses  of  $739,000,  $4,936,000   and
$10,089,000, respectively, were realized on dispositions of fixed maturities.
 
    During  1995,  1994  and 1993,  gross  gains of  $3,516,000,  $2,047,000 and
$516,000, respectively,  and  gross losses  of  $1,000, $1,000  and  $2,931,000,
respectively, were realized on dispositions of equity securities.
 
    (d)    MARKET  VALUE  OF FIXED  MATURITIES  AND  UNREALIZED  APPRECIATION OF
INVESTMENTS:   At  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  unrealized  appreciation  of
investments  in equity securities (before applicable taxes) included gross gains
of $9,650,000  and  $9,341,000  and  gross  losses  of  $480,000  and  $848,000,
respectively.
 
    The  amortized  cost and  estimated market  values  of investments  in fixed
maturities at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             GROSS        GROSS
                                                             AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
1995                                                           COST          GAINS       LOSSES     MARKET VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  U.S. Government and government agencies and
   authorities...........................................  $      84,063  $    19,982  $        39  $     104,006
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions......        883,646       56,568           89        940,125
  Foreign governments....................................         33,927        5,291           75         39,143
  All other corporate....................................      3,137,534      224,452       10,931      3,351,055
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
    Total fixed maturities...............................  $   4,139,170  $   306,293  $    11,134  $   4,434,329
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                             GROSS        GROSS
                                                             AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
1994                                                           COST          GAINS       LOSSES     MARKET VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  U.S. Government and government agencies and
   authorities...........................................  $      89,861  $     4,381  $     3,235  $      91,007
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions......        819,297        7,687       46,602        780,382
  Foreign governments....................................         34,230        1,481        2,310         33,401
  All other corporate....................................      2,886,112       36,160      104,422      2,795,850
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
    Total fixed maturities...............................  $   3,807,500  $    49,709  $   156,569  $   3,700,640
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  INVESTMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    The amortized cost and estimated market value of fixed maturities  available
for  sale at  December 31,  1995, by contractual  maturity, are  shown below (in
thousands). Actual maturities could  differ from contractual maturities  because
certain  borrowers have the right to call  or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AMORTIZED      ESTIMATED
                                                                   COST       MARKET VALUE
                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Due in one year or less......................................  $     310,922  $     326,318
Due after one year through five years........................      1,110,307      1,172,894
Due after five years through ten years.......................      1,632,691      1,759,253
Due after ten years..........................................      1,085,250      1,175,864
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               $   4,139,170  $   4,434,329
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    (e)   CMO'S:   CMOs are  U.S. Government  and Government  agency backed  and
triple  A-rated securities. In the preceding  table, CMO's are included in other
corporate fixed maturities. At December 31,  1995 and 1994, the market value  of
the  CMO  portfolio  was  $1,114,196,000  and  $967,179,000,  respectively;  the
estimated  amortized  cost   was  approximately  $1,049,450,000   in  1995   and
$989,346,000  in 1994. The Company's CMO  portfolio is readily marketable. There
were no derivative  (high risk)  CMO securities  contained in  the portfolio  at
December 31, 1995.
 
    (f)   FIXED  MATURITIES BELOW  INVESTMENT GRADE:   At December  31, 1995 and
1994, the fixed maturities held by the Company that were below investment  grade
had  an aggregate amortized cost of $204,254,000 and $205,986,000, respectively,
and an aggregate market value of $206,442,000 and $195,443,000, respectively.
 
    (g)    NON-INCOME  PRODUCING  ASSETS:    Non-income  producing  assets  were
insignificant.
 
    (h)   INVESTMENTS GREATER THAN 10% EQUITY:   The market value of investments
in the following companies and institutions exceeded 10% of the Company's  total
stockholders' equity at December 31, 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Fixed Maturities:
  Standard Credit Card...................................  $ 113,683
  Morgan Stanley Mortgage Trust..........................  $  80,482
  General Motors Acceptance Corporation..................  $  71,742
  Transamerica Finance...................................  $  57,329
</TABLE>
 
3.  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
    The  following reflects the policy  acquisition costs deferred (commissions,
direct solicitation  and other  costs) which  will be  amortized against  future
income and the related current amortization charged to income, excluding certain
amounts deferred and amortized in the same period (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------------
                                                               1995       1994       1993
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of year...............................  $  29,626  $  29,413  $  31,045
Acquisition costs deferred.................................      5,933      3,286      2,157
Amortization charged to income.............................     (4,334)    (3,073)    (3,789)
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance at end of year.....................................  $  31,225  $  29,626  $  29,413
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4.  FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS AND POLICYHOLDERS' FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
 
    (a)  The analysis of the future  policy benefits and policyholders' funds on
deposit liabilities as at December 31, 1995 and 1994 follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995           1994
                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Future policy benefits:
  Long duration contracts....................................  $   1,549,758  $   1,436,875
                                                               -------------  -------------
  Short duration contracts...................................         12,002          9,452
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               $   1,561,760  $   1,446,327
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
Policyholder funds on deposit:
  Annuities..................................................  $   2,131,609  $   1,974,234
  Guaranteed investment contracts (GICs).....................        739,947        667,968
  Universal life.............................................         84,741         94,998
  Other investment contracts.................................        104,284          5,212
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               $   3,060,581  $   2,742,412
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    (b) Long duration contract liabilities  included in future policy  benefits,
as  presented in the  table above, result from  traditional life products. Short
duration contract liabilities  are primarily accident  and health products.  The
liability  for  future  policy  benefits has  been  established  based  upon the
following assumptions:
 
        (i) Interest  rates  for traditional  life  insurance products  are  9.5
    percent graded to 7.0 percent over 30 years. The liability for future policy
    benefits for universal life insurance has been established using FASB 97 and
    assumes  a  1.0  percent  investment margin.  Interest  rates  (exclusive of
    immediate/terminal funding annuities),  which vary by  year of issuance  and
    products,  range  from  3.0  percent  to  10.0  percent.  Interest  rates on
    immediate/terminal funding annuities are  at a maximum  of 12.2 percent  and
    grade to not greater than 7.5 percent.
 
        (ii)  Mortality and  withdrawal rates  are based  upon actual experience
    modified to allow for variations in policy form. The weighted average  lapse
    rate, including surrenders, for individual life approximated 14.8 percent.
 
    (c)  The liability for  policyholders' fund on  deposit has been established
based on the following assumptions:
 
        (i) Interest  rates  credited on  deferred  annuities vary  by  year  of
    issuance  and range from 4.0 percent  to 8.3 percent. Credited interest rate
    guarantees are  generally  for a  period  of one  year.  Withdrawal  charges
    generally  range from  6.0 percent  to 10.0 percent  grading to  zero over a
    period of 6 to 10 years.
 
        (ii)  GICs  have  market  value  withdrawal  provisions  for  any  funds
    withdrawn  other than  benefit responsive payments.  Interest rates credited
    generally range from 4.7 percent to 9.1 percent and maturities range from  2
    to 7 years.
 
       (iii)  The  universal  life funds  have  credited interest  rates  of 6.1
    percent to  7.0 percent  and  guarantees ranging  from  4.0 percent  to  5.5
    percent  depending on the year of  issue. Additionally, universal life funds
    are subject to  surrender charges  that amount to  7.5 percent  of the  fund
    balance and grade to zero over a period not longer than 20 years.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES
 
    (a)  The Federal income  tax rate applicable  to ordinary income  is 35% for
1995, 1994 and 1993. Actual tax  expense on income from operations differs  from
the  "expected" amount computed by applying  the Federal income tax rate because
of the following (in thousands except percentages):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995                      1994                     1993
                                     ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF                PERCENT OF               PERCENT OF
                                                   PRE-TAX                   PRE-TAX                  PRE-TAX
                                                  OPERATING                 OPERATING                OPERATING
                                      AMOUNT       INCOME       AMOUNT       INCOME       AMOUNT      INCOME
                                     ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
"Expected" income tax expense......  $  14,288        35.0%    $   6,281        35.0%    $  11,551      135.0%
Prior year federal income tax
 benefit...........................     --           --           --           --           (1,954)      (5.9)
State income tax...................        627         1.5           714         4.0           758        2.3
Other..............................       (420)       (1.0)         (161)       (0.9)          (32)      (0.1)
                                     ---------         ---     ---------         ---     ---------      -----
Actual income tax expense..........  $  14,495        35.5%    $   6,834        38.1%    $  10,323       31.3%
                                     ---------         ---     ---------         ---     ---------      -----
                                     ---------         ---     ---------         ---     ---------      -----
</TABLE>
 
    (b) The components  of the net  deferred tax liability  were as follows  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                              31,
                                                                     ---------------------
                                                                       1995        1994
                                                                     ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Adjustments to mortgage loans and investment income..............  $   5,420  $    4,672
  Unrealized depreciation on investments...........................     --          32,471
  Adjustment to life reserves......................................     23,835      13,752
                                                                     ---------  ----------
  Other............................................................      1,571       2,336
                                                                        30,826      53,231
                                                                     ---------  ----------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs................................  $   1,637  $    2,501
  Fixed maturities discount........................................      8,745       5,497
  Unrealized appreciation on investments...........................     82,352      --
  Other............................................................        344         307
                                                                     ---------  ----------
                                                                        93,078       8,305
                                                                     ---------  ----------
Net deferred tax liability (asset).................................  $  62,252  $  (44,926)
                                                                     ---------  ----------
                                                                     ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    (c)  At December 31,  1995, accumulated earnings of  the Company for Federal
income tax purposes include approximately $2,879,000 of "Policyholders' Surplus"
as defined  under  the  Code.  Under provisions  of  the  Code,  "Policyholders'
Surplus"  has not been  currently taxed but  would be taxed  at current rates if
distributed  to  the  Parent.  There  is  no  present  intention  to  make  cash
distributions  from "Policyholders'  Surplus" and accordingly,  no provision has
been made for taxes on this amount.
 
    (d) Income  taxes paid  in 1995,  1994, and  1993 amounted  to  $19,056,000,
$13,537,000, and $23,984,000, respectively.
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
    The Company, in common with the insurance industry in general, is subject to
litigation, including claims for punitive damages, in the normal course of their
business. The Company does not believe that such litigation will have a material
effect on its operating results and financial condition.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    (a)  Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 107 "Disclosures about
Fair Value  of Financial  Instruments" (FASB  107) requires  disclosure of  fair
value  information about  financial instruments for  which it  is practicable to
estimate such  fair  value.  These  financial instruments  may  or  may  not  be
recognized in the balance sheet. In the measurement of the fair value of certain
of  the financial instruments, quoted market prices were not available and other
valuation techniques  were  utilized. These  derived  fair value  estimates  are
significantly  affected  by  the  assumptions used.  FASB  107  excludes certain
financial instruments, including those related to insurance contracts.
 
    The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
the fair value of the financial instruments presented:
 
        CASH AND SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS:   The carrying amounts reported in  the
    balance sheet for these instruments approximate fair value.
 
        FIXED  MATURITIES:  Fair values for fixed maturity securities carried at
    market value  are generally  based upon  quoted market  prices. For  certain
    fixed  maturities for which  market prices were  not readily available, fair
    values  were  estimated  using  values  obtained  from  independent  pricing
    services.
 
        EQUITY  SECURITIES:  Fair  values for equity  securities were based upon
    quoted market prices.
 
        MORTGAGE AND POLICY LOANS:  Where practical, the fair values of loans on
    real estate were  estimated using  discounted cash  flow calculations  based
    upon the Company's current incremental lending rates for similar type loans.
    The  fair values of policy loans were not calculated as the Company believes
    it would have to expend excessive costs for the benefits derived. Therefore,
    the fair value of policy loans was estimated at carrying value.
 
        INTEREST RATE CAP:  Fair values for the interest rate cap were estimated
    using values obtained from an independent pricing service.
 
        POLICYHOLDERS' FUNDS ON DEPOSIT:   Fair values of policyholder  contract
    deposits  were estimated using discounted  cash flow calculations based upon
    interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts consistent with
    those remaining for the contracts being valued.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
    (b) The  fair value  and carrying  amounts of  financial instruments  is  as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          CARRYING
1995                                                                      FAIR VALUE       AMOUNT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
Cash and short-term investments........................................  $     105,500  $     105,500
Fixed maturities.......................................................      4,434,329      4,434,329
Equity securities......................................................         22,273         22,273
Mortgage and policy loans..............................................        489,768        459,691
Interest rate cap......................................................            433            510
                                                                         -------------  -------------
Policyholders' funds on deposit........................................  $   3,125,730  $   3,060,581
                                                                         -------------  -------------
                                                                         -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                          CARRYING
1994                                                                      FAIR VALUE       AMOUNT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
Cash and short-term investments........................................  $     135,778  $     135,778
Fixed maturities.......................................................      3,700,640      3,700,640
Equity securities......................................................         21,902         21,902
Mortgage and policy loans..............................................        414,354        410,012
Interest rate cap......................................................          1,567            736
                                                                         -------------  -------------
Policyholders' funds on deposit........................................  $   2,755,594  $   2,742,412
                                                                         -------------  -------------
                                                                         -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
8.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    (a)  The Company  may not distribute  dividends to the  Parent without prior
approval of  regulatory agencies.  Generally, this  limits the  payment of  such
dividends  to an  amount which,  in the opinion  of the  regulatory agencies, is
warranted by the financial condition of the Company.
 
    (b) The  Company's stockholders'  equity as  determined in  accordance  with
statutory  accounting  practices  was  $257,910,000  at  December  31,  1995 and
$214,273,000 at December 31, 1994. Statutory net income amounted to $49,059,000,
$21,226,000, and $2,298,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
    (a)  The  Company   participates  with  its   affiliates  in  a   qualified,
non-contributory,  defined  benefit pension  plan which  is administered  by the
Parent. All qualified employees  who have attained age  21 and completed  twelve
months  of  continuous service  are  eligible to  participate  in this  plan. An
employee with  5  or more  years  of service  is  entitled to  pension  benefits
beginning  at normal retirement age 65. Benefits  are based upon a percentage of
average final compensation multiplied by years of credited service limited to 44
years  of  credited  service.  Prior  to  January  1,  1996  the  average  final
compensation  is subject to certain limitations. Annual funding requirements are
determined based on the "projected unit  credit" cost method which attributes  a
pro  rata portion of the total projected benefit payable at normal retirement to
each year  of  credited service.  Pension  expense for  current  service  costs,
retirement  and termination benefits for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993 were approximately $225,000,  $190,000 and $323,000, respectively.  The
Parent's plans do not separately identify projected benefit obligations and plan
assets  attributable  to employees  of  participating affiliates.  The projected
benefit  obligations  exceeded  the  plan   assets  at  December  31,  1995   by
$59,620,000.
 
    (b) The Parent also sponsors a voluntary savings plan for domestic employees
(a  401(k) plan), which during  the two years ended  December 31, 1994, provided
for salary reduction contributions by
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
employees and matching  contributions by the  Parent up to  2 percent of  annual
salary.  Commencing  January  1, 1995,  the  401(k) plan  provided  for matching
contributions by the Parent of up to 6 percent of annual salary depending on the
employee's years of service.
 
    (c) On April 1, 1985, the  Parent terminated and replaced its then  existing
U.S.  pension  plan, a  contributory qualified  defined  benefit plan,  with the
current non-contributory  qualified  defined  benefit plan.  Settlement  of  the
obligations of the prior plan was accomplished through the purchase of annuities
from  the Company  for accrued  benefits as of  the date  of termination. Future
policy benefits reserves in the accompanying balance sheet that relate to  these
annuity  contracts  are  $73,171,000 at  December  31, 1995  and  $70,791,000 at
December 31, 1994.
 
    (d) In addition to the Parent's defined benefit pension plan, the Parent and
its subsidiaries provide a post-retirement benefit program for medical care  and
life  insurance.  Eligibility  in  the various  plans  is  generally  based upon
completion of a specified  period of eligible service  and reaching a  specified
age.
 
    (e)  Employees of the Company participate  in certain stock option and stock
purchase plans of the Parent. In general, under the stock option plans, officers
and other key employees are  granted options to purchase  AIG common stock at  a
price  not less  than fair market  value at the  date of grant.  In general, the
stock purchase plans  provide for  eligible employees to  receive privileges  to
purchase  AIG common stock at a  price equal to 85% of  the fair market value on
the date of grant of the purchase privilege.
 
10. LEASES
 
    (a) The  Company  occupies leased  space  in many  locations  under  various
long-term  leases and has entered into various leases covering the long-term use
of data processing  equipment. At December  31, 1995, the  future minimum  lease
payments under operating leases were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                        PAYMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>
1996.....................................................................  $     583
1997.....................................................................        463
1998.....................................................................        368
1999.....................................................................        153
2000.....................................................................         54
Remaining years after 2000...............................................     --
                                                                           ---------
    Total................................................................  $   1,621
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent  expense  approximated $661,000,  $801,000 and  $657,000 for  the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    (b) Sublease  Income  --  The  Company  does  not  participate  in  sublease
agreements.
 
11. REINSURANCE
 
    (a)  The  Company reinsures  portions of  its life  and accident  and health
insurance risks with unaffiliated companies. Life insurance risks are  reinsured
primarily  under coinsurance  and yearly  renewable term  treaties. Accident and
health insurance risks are reinsured primarily under coinsurance, excess of loss
and quota share treaties. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a
manner consistent with the assumptions  used for the underlying policy  benefits
and  are presented as a component  of reinsurance assets. A contingent liability
exists with respect to reinsurance ceded to
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)
the extent that any  reinsurer is unable to  meet the obligations assumed  under
the  reinsurance agreements. The Company also reinsures portions of its life and
accident and health insurance risks with affiliated companies (see Note 12).
 
    The effect of all reinsurance  contracts, including reinsurance assumed,  is
as follows (in thousands, except percentages):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               AMOUNT
                                                                                               ASSUMED
DECEMBER 31, 1995                         GROSS         CEDED      ASSUMED        NET          TO NET
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Life Insurance in Force.............  $   4,415,460  $   711,025  $   3,574  $   3,708,009         0.2%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
  Premiums:
    Life............................         25,939        3,368          6         22,577         0.0%
    Accident and Health.............         22,136        8,034     20,822         34,924        59.6%
    Annuity.........................         27,496          639     --             26,857       --
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
      Total Premiums................  $      75,571  $    12,041  $  20,828  $      84,358        24.7%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               AMOUNT
                                                                                               ASSUMED
DECEMBER 31, 1994                         GROSS         CEDED      ASSUMED        NET          TO NET
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Life Insurance in Force.............  $   4,241,039  $   512,028  $   3,980  $   3,732,991         0.1%
  Premiums:
    Life............................         26,345        3,677         13         22,681         0.1%
    Accident and Health.............         23,622        9,520     20,612         34,714        59.4%
    Annuity.........................         14,892          461     --             14,431       --
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
      Total Premiums................  $      64,859  $    13,658  $  20,625  $      71,826        28.7%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               AMOUNT
                                                                                               ASSUMED
DECEMBER 31, 1993                         GROSS         CEDED      ASSUMED        NET          TO NET
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Life Insurance in Force.............  $   3,726,676  $   667,040  $   4,177  $   3,063,813         0.1%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
  Premiums:
    Life............................         28,098        3,943        594         24,749         2.4%
    Accident and Health.............         23,625        9,285     18,482         32,822        56.3%
    Annuity.........................         19,679        1,205     --             18,474       --
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
      Total Premiums................  $      71,402  $    14,433  $  19,076  $      76,045        25.1%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    (b) The maximum amount retained on any one life by the Company is $500,000.
 
    (c)   Reinsurance  recoveries,  which  reduced  death  and  other  benefits,
approximated $7,667,000, $6,720,000 and $8,477,000 respectively, for each of the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
    The Company's reinsurance  arrangements do  not relieve it  from its  direct
obligation to its insureds.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
    (a)  The  Company  is  party  to  several  reinsurance  agreements  with its
affiliates covering  certain  life  and accident  and  health  insurance  risks.
Premium  income  and commission  ceded to  affiliates  amounted to  $800,000 and
$(3,000), respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1995. Premium income and
commission ceded  for  1994 amounted  to  $574,000 and  $(3,000),  respectively.
Premium  income and commission ceded for 1993 amounted to $849,000 and $(2,000),
respectively.  Premium  income  and  ceding  commission  expense  assumed   from
affiliates  aggregated  $19,679,000  and  $(141,000),  respectively,  for  1995,
compared to $19,331,000 and $98,000, respectively, for 1994, and $17,189,000 and
$5,000, respectively, for 1993.
 
    (b) The Company provides life insurance coverage to employees of the  Parent
and  its domestic subsidiaries in connection  with the Parent's employee benefit
plans. The statement of income includes $4,080,000 in premiums relating to  this
business for 1995, $3,952,000 for 1994, and $3,908,000 for 1993.
 
    (c)  The  Company  is party  to  several  cost sharing  agreements  with its
affiliates. Generally, these agreements provide for the allocation of costs upon
either the specific identification basis or a proportional cost allocation basis
which management believes  to be reasonable.  For the years  ended December  31,
1995,  1994  and 1993,  the Company  was  charged $19,148,000,  $17,401,000, and
$14,907,000, respectively, for expenses attributed  to the Company but  incurred
by  affiliates. During the same period, the Company received reimbursements from
affiliates aggregating $20,920,000,  $19,505,000 and $18,579,000,  respectively,
for costs incurred by the Company but attributable to affiliates.
 
    (d)  The Company received cash surplus  contributions of $78,000,000 in 1993
from AIG, Inc., the  Parent and American Home  Assurance Company, an  affiliated
insurer.
 
    (e)  During 1993, the Company  sold a mortgage loan  to Atlanta 17th Street,
Inc., for the aggregate unpaid principal balance of $17,500,000.
 
    (f) During  1995,  the Company  sold  a mortgage  loan  to AIG  Real  Estate
Investment  and Management Company for the aggregate unpaid principal balance of
$5,000,000.
 
<PAGE>
   
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                      FOR
 
                              INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP
                      SINGLE PREMIUM AND FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                                    DEFERRED
                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
                                   ISSUED BY
 
                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
 
                                      AND
 
                 AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY
                                  OF NEW YORK
                                 80 PINE STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
 
    This  Prospectus sets forth the information  a prospective investor ought to
know before investing.
 
    The  Individual  Deferred  Variable   Annuity  Contracts  (the   "Individual
Contracts")  and Group  Deferred Variable Annuity  Contracts ("Group Contracts")
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  described  in  this  Prospectus  provide  for
accumulation  of Contract  Values and payment  of monthly  annuity payments. The
Contracts may be used in retirement plans  which do not qualify for federal  tax
advantages  ("Non-Qualified Contracts")  or in connection  with retirement plans
which may qualify as Individual  Retirement Annuities ("IRA") under Section  408
of  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or Section 403(b)
of the Code ("403(b) Plans"). The Contracts will not be available in  connection
with  retirement plans designed by American International Life Assurance Company
of New  York  (the "Company")  which  qualify  for the  federal  tax  advantages
available  under Sections 401 and  457 of the Code.  Purchasers intending to use
the Contracts in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan should seek competent tax
advice.
 
    Premiums  allocated  among  the  Subaccounts  of  Variable  Account  A  (the
"Variable  Account") will be  invested in shares  of corresponding portfolios as
selected by the Owner from the following 17 choices: the Conservative  Investors
Portfolio,  Growth Investors Portfolio,  Growth Portfolio, or  Growth and Income
Portfolio of the ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS  SERIES FUND, INC.; the High  Income
Portfolio,  Growth Portfolio, Money Market  Portfolio, Overseas Portfolio, Asset
Manager  Portfolio,  or  Investment  Grade   Bond  Portfolio  of  the   FIDELITY
INVESTMENTS  VARIABLE  INSURANCE PRODUCTS  FUNDS; the  Dreyfus Zero  Coupon 2000
Portfolio of  the  DREYFUS  VARIABLE  INVESTMENT  FUND;  the  Gold  and  Natural
Resources  Portfolio or Worldwide  Balanced Portfolio, of  the VAN ECK WORLDWIDE
INSURANCE TRUST;  the DREYFUS  STOCK INDEX  FUND; or  the Short-Term  Retirement
Portfolio,   Medium-Term  Retirement  Portfolio   or  the  Long-Term  Retirement
Portfolio of the TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST.
 
    Additional information  about  the Contracts  and  the Variable  Account  is
contained  in the "Statement of Additional  Information" which is available upon
request at no charge by calling or writing American International Life Assurance
Company of New York; Attention  Variable Products, One Alico Plaza,  Wilmington,
Delaware 19801, 1-800-340-2765 or call the service office at 1-800-255-8402. The
Statement  of Additional Information dated May 1,  1996, has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and is hereby incorporated by reference.  The
Table  of Contents for the  Statement of Additional Information  can be found on
page   of this Prospectus.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY
       OR  ADEQUACY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE
                                CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    PLEASE READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CAREFULLY  AND  RETAIN  IT  FOR  YOUR  FUTURE
REFERENCE.
 
    THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
 
                                                 Date of Prospectus: May 1, 1996
    

<PAGE>
   
                                 TABLE CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Definitions................................................................................................           3
Highlights.................................................................................................           4
Summary of Expenses........................................................................................           6
Condensed Financial Information............................................................................           8
  Calculation of Performance Data..........................................................................           8
The Company................................................................................................           9
The Variable Account.......................................................................................           9
The Funds..................................................................................................          10
The Contract
  Parties to the Contract..................................................................................          14
  How to Purchase a Contract...............................................................................          14
  Discount Purchase Programs...............................................................................          15
  Distributor..............................................................................................          15
  Administration of the Contracts..........................................................................          15
  Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options........................................................          15
  Right to Examine Contract Period.........................................................................          16
  Unit Value and Contract Value............................................................................          16
  Transfers................................................................................................          16
  Dollar Cost Averaging....................................................................................          16
  Asset Rebalancing Option.................................................................................
Charges and Deductions.....................................................................................          18
Annuity Benefits...........................................................................................          20
Death Benefit..............................................................................................          22
Distributions Under the Contract...........................................................................          23
Taxes......................................................................................................          25
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information...............................................          30
Appendix -- General Account Option.........................................................................         A-1
  Guaranteed Account.......................................................................................         A-1
  Guarantee Periods........................................................................................         A-1
  Market Value Adjustment..................................................................................         A-2
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
    

<PAGE>
   
                                  DEFINITIONS
 
ACCUMULATION  UNIT  --  An accounting  unit  of  measure used  to  calculate the
Contract Value prior to the Annuity Date.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE -- The Annuity Service Office of the Company: c/o Delaware
Valley Financial Services,  Inc., 300  Berwyn Park,  P.O. Box  3031, Berwyn,  PA
19312-0031.
 
ANNUITANT  -- The person designated by the Owner upon whose continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.
 
ANNUITY DATE -- The date on which annuity payments are to commence.
 
ANNUITY OPTION --  An arrangement under  which annuity payments  are made  under
this Contract.
 
ANNUITY UNIT -- An accounting unit of measure used to calculate annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.
 
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY -- An anniversary of the Effective Date of the Contract.
 
CONTRACT  VALUE --  The dollar  value as  of any  Valuation Date  of all amounts
accumulated under this Contract.
 
CONTRACT YEAR -- Each period of twelve (12) months commencing with the Effective
Date.
 
EFFECTIVE DATE -- The date on which the first Contract Year begins.
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT -- A  part of our General  Account, which earns a  Guaranteed
Rate of interest.
 
MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- An  adjustment applied as a  result of a transfer or
surrender of an  amount allocated to  the Guaranteed Account  which occurs on  a
date prior to the end of an applicable Guarantee Period.
 
OWNER  -- The person named in the Contract Schedule, unless changed, and who has
all rights under the Contract.
 
PREMIUM -- Purchase payments for the Contract are referred to as Premium.
 
PREMIUM YEAR --  Any period of  twelve (12)  months commencing with  the date  a
Premium  payment is made and  ending on the same  date in each succeeding twelve
(12) month period thereafter.
 
SURRENDER CHARGE  --  Contingent  deferred  sales charges  are  referred  to  as
Surrender Charges.
 
VALUATION  DATE -- Each day that We and the New York Stock Exchange are open for
trading.
 
VALUATION PERIOD -- The  period between the close  of business on any  Valuation
Date and the close of business for the next succeeding Valuation Date.
 
WE, OUR, US -- American International Life Assurance Company of New York.
 
YOU, YOUR -- The Owner of this Contract.
 
                                       3
    

<PAGE>
   
                                   HIGHLIGHTS
 
    This  Prospectus  describes  the  Individual  Contracts  or  Group Contracts
(collectively, the "Contracts") and a segregated investment account of  American
International  Life Assurance Company of New  York (the "Company") which account
has been designated Variable Account  A (the "Variable Account"). The  Contracts
are  designed to assist in financial  planning by providing for the accumulation
of capital on a tax-deferred basis for retirement and other long-term  purposes,
and  providing  for the  payment  of monthly  annuity  income. Contracts  may be
purchased by  qualified retirement  plans  or with  the  intent to  qualify  for
special   Federal  income  tax  treatment  ("Qualified  Contracts"),  or  as  an
Individual Retirement Annuity ("IRA").  The Contract may  also be purchased  for
retirement  plans, deferred compensation  plans and other  purposes which do not
qualify  for  such   special  Federal  income   tax  treatment   ("Non-Qualified
Contracts"). (See "Taxes" on page   .)
 
    A  Contract  is  purchased with  a  minimum  initial premium  of  $5,000 for
Non-qualified Contracts and  $2,000 for a  Qualified Contract. If  you choose  a
flexible  premium Contract, additional premium is permitted at any time, subject
to certain limitations. (See "Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options"
on page    .) You, as the  Owner of the Contract,  may allocate your premium  so
that it accumulates on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both.
 
    Premium  allocated  among  the  Subaccounts  of  the  Variable  Account will
accumulate on a variable basis and will be invested in shares of one or more  of
the  following 17  underlying portfolios: the  Conservative Investors Portfolio,
Growth Investors Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, or Growth and Income Portfolio  of
the  ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS  SERIES FUND, INC.  ("Alliance Funds"); the High
Income Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio, Overseas  Portfolio,
Asset  Manager Portfolio,  or Investment  Grade Bond  Portfolio of  the FIDELITY
INVESTMENTS VARIABLE INSURANCE  PRODUCTS FUNDS ("Fidelity  Funds"); the  Dreyfus
Zero  Coupon 2000  Portfolio of the  DREYFUS VARIABLE  INVESTMENT FUND ("Dreyfus
Fund");  the  Gold  and  Natural  Resources  Portfolio  or  Worldwide   Balanced
Portfolio,  of  the VAN  ECK WORLDWIDE  INSURANCE TRUST  ("Van Eck  Funds"); the
DREYFUS STOCK INDEX  FUND; or the  Short-Term Retirement Portfolio,  Medium-Term
Retirement Portfolio or the Long-Term Retirement Portfolio of the TOMORROW FUNDS
RETIREMENT  TRUST ("Tomorrow Funds"). Your value in any one of these Subaccounts
will vary according to  the investment performance  of the underlying  portfolio
chosen  by you. You bear the entire investment risk for all premium allocated to
the Variable Account.
 
    The Company  does  not  deduct  Sales Charges  from  any  premium  received.
However, the Contracts provide for a Surrender Charge (contingent deferred sales
charge)  that may  be assessed in  the event that  an Owner surrenders  all or a
portion of the Contract Value within  seven contract years following payment  of
any  premium. The maximum Surrender Charge is  6% of premium to which the charge
is applicable for flexible  premium contracts and 6%  of the Contract Value  for
single  premium contracts. (See "Summary  of Expenses" on page    , and "Charges
and Deductions -- Deduction for Surrender Charge"  on page   .) Withdrawals  and
Surrenders  from  the  Guaranteed  Account  may be  subject  to  a  Market Value
Adjustment (See "Market Value Adjustment," Appendix , page   .)
 
    A penalty free  withdrawal is  available. Generally, there  is no  Surrender
Charge  imposed on the greater  of the Contract Value  less premiums paid or the
portion of the withdrawal that does not exceed 10% of premium otherwise  subject
to the Surrender Charge. (See "Withdrawals" on page   .)
 
    Surrenders and Withdrawals may be taxable and subject to a penalty tax. (See
"Taxes" beginning on page   .)
 
    The Company deducts daily a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal
on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset value of the Variable
Account. There are no Mortality and Expense Risk Charges deducted for amounts in
the  Guaranteed Account. (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge" on page   .)
 
    The Company deducts  daily an  Administrative Charge  which is  equal on  an
annual  basis to  0.15% of  the average  daily net  asset value  of the Variable
Account. The Administrative Charge is not assessed
 
                                       4
    
<PAGE>
   
to the Guaranteed Account. In addition,  the Company deducts, from the  Contract
Value,  an annual Contract Maintenance  Fee which is $30  per year. The Contract
Maintenance Fee is waived if the Contract  Value is greater than $50,000 on  the
date  of the  charge. These  Charges are designed  to reimburse  the Company for
administrative expenses relating to maintenance of the Contract and the Variable
Account. (See "Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Administrative Charge and
Contract Maintenance Fee" on page   .)
 
    There are deductions  and expenses paid  out of  the assets of  each of  the
Funds which are described in the accompanying Prospectuses for the Funds.
 
    The  Owner  may return  the Contract  within  ten (10)  days (the  "Right to
Examine Contract Period") after it is received by returning it to the  Company's
Administrative Office. The return of the Contract by mail will be effective when
the  postmark is affixed  to a properly addressed  and postage prepaid envelope.
The Company will refund the Contract Value.  In the case of Contracts issued  in
connection  with an IRA the Company will  refund the greater of the Premium less
any withdrawals, or the Contract Value. However, if the laws of a state  require
that  the Company refund, during the Right to Examine Contract Period, an amount
equal to the premium paid less any withdrawals, the Company will refund such  an
amount.
 
                                   FEE TABLE
 
CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    ALL
                                                    SUBACCOUNTS
                                                    -----
<S>                                                 <C>
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases...................  None
Surrender Charge (as a percentage of amount surrendered):
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      SINGLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS             FLEXIBLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                                    <C>
Contract Year 1                       Premium Year 1                                     6%
Contract Year 2                       Premium Year 2                                     6    %
Contract Year 3                       Premium Year 3                                     5    %
Contract Year 4                       Premium Year 4                                     5    %
Contract Year 5                       Premium Year 5                                     4    %
Contract Year 6                       Premium Year 6                                     3    %
Contract Year 7                       Premium Year 7                                     2    %
Contract Year 8 and thereafter        Premium Year 8 and thereafter                None
 
Exchange Fee:
  First 12 Per Contract Year...............................................        None
  Thereafter...............................................................            $10
 
Annual Contract Fee........................................................            $30
 
Separate Account Expenses
(as a percentage of average account value)
  Mortality and Expense Risk Fees..........................................           1.25    %
  Account Fees and Expenses................................................           0.15    %
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.....................................           1.40    %
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
    
<PAGE>
   
                              SUMMARY OF EXPENSES
 
ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES NET OF ANY EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                                    OTHER       PORTFOLIO
PORTFOLIO                                                                       MANAGEMENT FEE     EXPENSES      EXPENSES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                             <C>              <C>           <C>
Alliance Conservative Investors...............................................         0.00%           0.95%         0.95%
Alliance Growth Investors.....................................................         0.00            0.95          0.95
Alliance Growth...............................................................         0.43            0.52          0.95
Alliance Growth and Income....................................................         0.63            0.16          0.79
Fidelity High Income..........................................................         0.60            0.11          0.71
Fidelity Growth...............................................................         0.61            0.09          0.70
Fidelity Money Market.........................................................         0.24            0.09          0.33
Fidelity Overseas.............................................................         0.76            0.15          0.91
Fidelity Asset Manager........................................................         0.71            0.08          0.79
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond................................................         0.45            0.14          0.59
Dreyfus Zero Coupon 2000......................................................         0.00            0.68          0.68
Van Eck Gold and Natural Resources............................................         0.96            0.00          0.96
Van Eck Worldwide Balanced....................................................         0.00            0.00          0.00
Dreyfus Stock Index...........................................................         0.30            0.09          0.39
Tomorrow Short-Term Retirement................................................         0.00            1.50          1.50
Tomorrow Medium-Term Retirement...............................................         0.00            1.50          1.50
Tomorrow Long-Term Retirement.................................................         0.00            1.50          1.50
</TABLE>
 
    The  purpose  of  the  table set  forth  above  is to  assist  the  Owner in
understanding the various costs and expenses that an Owner will bear directly or
indirectly. The table reflects expenses of  the Variable Account as well as  the
Funds.  The  Annual Administrative  Charge for  purposes  of the  Expense Table,
above, was based  upon the assessment  of a $30  charge on a  Contract Value  of
$5,000.  (See "Charges  and Deductions" on  page    of this  Prospectus and each
Fund's Prospectus for further information.)
 
    No deduction will be made for any premium or other taxes levied by any State
unless imposed by the State where you reside. Premium taxes currently imposed by
certain states on the  Contracts range from  0% to 3.5%  of premiums paid.  (See
"Charges and Deductions -- Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes" on page   .)
 
    "Other  Expenses" are  based upon  the expenses  outlined under  the section
discussing the management of a Fund in each Fund's attached Prospectus.
- ------------------------
    *Operating  expenses  for  the  following  Portfolios  in  the  absence   of
reimbursement  by the relevant Fund's investment  adviser, for the period ending
December 31, 1995, would have been as follows: Alliance Conservative  Investors,
4.26%;  Alliance  Growth  Investors,  6.17%;  Alliance  Growth,  1.27%; Fidelity
Growth, 1.13%; Fidelity Asset Manager,  1.13%; and, Van Eck Worldwide  Balanced,
78.40%;  of  the  average daily  net  assets.  Fund operating  expenses  for the
following Portfolios,  before reimbursement  by the  relevant Fund's  investment
adviser, are estimated, for the period ending December 31, 1996, to be 2.51% for
the Short-Term Retirement, 2.70% for the Medium-Term and 3.71% for the Long-Term
Retirement Portfolios, of the average daily net assets. Voluntary reimbursements
by  the  investment  advisers are  not  required to  be  continued indefinitely;
however, reimbursements are expected to continue in 1996.
 
                                       6
    
<PAGE>
   
EXPENSES ON A HYPOTHETICAL $1,000 POLICY, ASSUMING 5% GROWTH:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 IF YOU SURRENDER
                                                                --------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO                                                         1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Alliance Conservative Investors...............................   $      80    $     124    $     169    $     275
Alliance Growth Investors.....................................          80          124          169          275
Alliance Growth...............................................          80          124          169          275
Alliance Growth and Income....................................          78          119          162          258
Fidelity High Income..........................................          78          117          158          250
Fidelity Growth...............................................          77          117          157          249
Fidelity Money Market.........................................          74          106          139          211
Fidelity Overseas.............................................          79          123          168          271
Fidelity Asset Manager........................................          78          119          162          258
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond................................          76          113          152          238
Dreyfus Zero 2000 Coupon......................................          79          121          165          266
Van Eck Gold and Natural Resources............................          80          124          170          276
Van Eck Worldwide Balanced....................................          71           96          123          175
Dreyfus Stock Index...........................................          74          108          142          217
Tomorrow Short-Term Retirement................................          85          130          196          328
Tomorrow Medium-Term Retiremenet..............................          85          139          196          328
Tomorrow Long-Term Retirement.................................          85          139          196          328
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                               IF YOU ANNUITIZE OR
                                                                             IF YOU DO NOT SURRENDER
                                                                --------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO                                                         1 YEAR       3 YEARS      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Alliance Conservative Investors...............................   $      24    $      75    $     129    $     275
Alliance Growth Investors.....................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Growth...............................................          24           75          129          275
Alliance Growth and Income....................................          23           70          120          258
Fidelity High Income..........................................          22           68          116          250
Fidelity Growth...............................................          22           68          116          249
Fidelity Money Market.........................................          18           56           97          211
Fidelity Overseas.............................................          24           74          127          271
Fidelity Asset Manager........................................          23           70          120          258
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond................................          21           64          110          238
Dreyfus Zero Coupon 2000......................................          24           72          124          266
Van Eck Gold and Natural Resources............................          25           75          129          276
Van Eck Worldwide Balanced....................................          15           46           80          175
Dreyfus Stock Index...........................................          19           58          100          217
Tomorrow Short-Term Retirement................................          30           92          156          328
Tomorrow Medium-Term Retirement...............................          30           92          156          328
Tomorrow Long-Term Retirement.................................          30           92          156          328
</TABLE>
 
    The Example should  not be  considered a  representation of  past or  future
expenses and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.
 
                                       7
    
<PAGE>
   
                        CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                           ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995            1994          1993         1992
                                                         ---------------  -------------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
ALLIANCE CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.03           0.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.59          10.03          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       164,400.64       6,977.55          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE GROWTH INVESTORS
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................             9.83           0.00          N/A         N/A
    End of Period......................................            11.70           9.83          N/A         N/A
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................        62,762.43       3,185.25          N/A         N/A
ALLIANCE GROWTH
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            10.48          11.13        10.00       10.00
    End of Period......................................            13.99          10.48        11.13       10.00
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       777,108.88      56,106.84    35,271.53    2,081.43
ALLIANCE GROWTH & INCOME
  Accumulation Unit Value
    Beginning of Period................................            11.57          11.73        10.66       10.00
    End of Period......................................            15.52          11.57        11.76       10.66
  Accum Units o/s @ end of period......................       502,667.80     179,245.69    37,573.04    7,731.36
</TABLE>
 
    Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Growth and Income Portfolio                   April 17, 1992
Growth Investors Portfolio                   August 16, 1994
Growth (Alliance) Portfolio                  August 16, 1994
Conservative Investors Portfolio             August 24, 1994
</TABLE>
 
    No  financial information has been provided for the Dreyfus Zero Coupon 2000
Portfolio,  Dreyfus  Stock  Index  Portfolio,  Money  Market  Portfolio,  Growth
(Fidelity)  Portfolio, Overseas  Portfolio, Asset  Manager Portfolio, Investment
Grade Bond Portfolio,  High Income  Portfolio, Worldwide  Balance Portfolio,  or
Gold   and  Natural   Resources  Portfolio,   Short-Term  Retirement  Portfolio,
Medium-Term Retirement Portfolio or Long-Term Retirement Portfolio, because, for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 1995, the Variable Account had not commenced
operations with respect to such Portfolios.
 
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA
 
    The Company may, from  time to time,  advertise certain performance  related
information  concerning one or more of the Subaccounts, including information as
to total return and yield. Performance  information about a Subaccount is  based
on  the Subaccount's past performance only and  is not intended as an indication
of future performance.
 
    When the Company advertises the average annual total return of a Subaccount,
it will usually be calculated  for one, five, and ten  year periods or, where  a
Subaccount  has been in existence for a period less than one, five or ten years,
for such lesser period. Average annual total return is measured by comparing the
value of the investment in a Subaccount at the beginning of the relevant  period
to  the value of the investment at the end of the period (assuming the deduction
of any Surrender Charge which would be  payable if the account were redeemed  at
the end of the period) and calculating the
 
                                       8
    
<PAGE>
   
average  annual compounded rate of return necessary  to produce the value of the
investment at the  end of  the period.  The Company  may simultaneously  present
returns  that  do not  assume  a surrender  and,  therefore, do  not  deduct the
Surrender Charge.
 
    When the Company advertises the yield of a Subaccount it will be  calculated
based  upon a given 30-day  period. The yield is  determined by dividing the net
investment income earned per Accumulation Unit during the period by the value of
an Accumulation Unit on the last day of the period.
 
    When the Company advertises the  performance of the Money Market  Subaccount
it  may  advertise in  addition  to the  total return  either  the yield  or the
effective yield. The yield of the  Money Market Subaccount refers to the  income
generated  by  an investment  in that  Subaccount over  a seven-day  period. The
income is  then  annualized  (i.e.,  the  amount  of  income  generated  by  the
investment  during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage  of the investment). The effective yield  is
calculated  similarly but when annualized the  income earned by an investment in
the Money Market  Subaccount is assumed  to be reinvested.  The effective  yield
will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment during a 52-week period.
 
    Total  return  at the  Variable  Account level  is  reduced by  all contract
charges:  sales  charges,   mortality  and   expense  risk   charges,  and   the
administrative  charges, and is therefore lower than  the total return at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges.  Likewise, yield and effective yield  at
the Variable Account level take into account all recurring charges (except sales
charges),  and are therefore lower than the  yield and effective yield at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges. Performance information for a Subaccount
may be  compared to:  (i)  the Standard  & Poor's  500  Stock Index,  Dow  Jones
Industrial  Average,  Donoghue  Money  Market  Institutional  Averages,  indices
measuring corporate bond and  government security prices  as prepared by  Lehman
Brothers,  Inc. and Salomon Brothers or other indices measuring performance of a
pertinent group  of securities  so  that investors  may compare  a  Subaccount's
results  with those  of a  group of securities  widely regarded  by investors as
representative of the securities markets in general; (ii) other variable annuity
separate accounts  or other  investment products  tracked by  Lipper  Analytical
Services,  a widely used independent research  firm which ranks mutual funds and
other investment companies  by overall performance,  investment objectives,  and
assets,  or  tracked  by  other ratings  services,  companies,  publications, or
persons who  rank separate  accounts  or other  investment products  on  overall
performance  or  other criteria;  (iii) the  Consumer  Price Index  (measure for
inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in the Contract;
and (iv)  indices or  averages of  alternative financial  products available  to
prospective  investors, including the  Bank Rate Monitor  which monitors average
returns of various bank instruments.
 
FINANCIAL DATA
 
    Financial Statements  of  the Company  may  be  found in  the  Statement  of
Additional  Information. No financial  statements for the  Variable Account have
been provided in  the Statement of  Additional Information, because,  as of  the
date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Subaccounts  were  not  yet  in  operation and
consequently had no assets invested in the underlying portfolios of the Funds.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    American International Life Assurance Company of New York (the "Company") is
a stock life insurance company which was  organized under the laws of the  State
of  New York in  1962. The Company provides  a full range  of life insurance and
annuity plans.  The Company  is a  subsidiary of  American International  Group,
Inc.,  which serves as the holding company  for a number of companies engaged in
the international  insurance  business,  both  life and  general,  in  over  130
countries and jurisdictions around the world.
 
                                       9
    
<PAGE>
   
    The   Company  may  from  time-to-time   publish  in  advertisements,  sales
literature and reports to Owners, the ratings and other information assigned  to
it  by one or more independent rating  organizations such as A. M. Best Company,
Moody's, and Standard &  Poor's. The purpose  of the ratings  is to reflect  the
financial strength and/or claims-paying ability of the Company and should not be
considered  as  bearing on  the  investment performance  of  assets held  in the
separate account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial  status
of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's Ratings. These
ratings  reflect A. M. Best's current opinion of the relative financial strength
and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms  of
the  life/ health insurance industry. In  addition, the claims-paying ability of
the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings Services, and the
financial strength of the Company as measured by Moody's Investors Services, may
be referred to  in advertisements,  sales literature  or in  reports to  Owners.
These  ratings are their opinions of  an operating insurance company's financial
capacity to meet  the obligations  of its  life insurance  policies and  annuity
contracts  in accordance  with their  terms. In regard  to their  ratings of the
Company, these  ratings are  explicitly  based on  the  existence of  a  Support
Agreement,  dated as of  December 31, 1991,  between the Company  and its parent
American International Group, Inc. ("AIG"), pursuant to which AIG has agreed  to
cause  the Company to maintain  a positive net worth  and to provide the Company
with funds on a timely basis sufficient to meet the Company's obligations to its
policyholders. The  Support Agreement  is  not, however,  a direct  or  indirect
guarantee  by  AIG  to  any  person  of the  payment  of  any  of  the Company's
indebtedness, liabilities  or other  obligations (including  obligations to  the
Company's policyholders).
 
    The ratings are not recommendations to purchase the Company's life insurance
or  annuity products, or to hold or sell  these products, and the ratings do not
comment on the suitability of such products for a particular investor. There can
be no assurance that any  rating will remain in effect  for any given period  of
time  or that any rating  will not be lowered or  withdrawn entirely by a rating
organization if, in such organization's judgment, future circumstances  relating
to  the Support Agreement, such as a lowering of AIG's long-term debt rating, so
warrant. The ratings do not reflect  the investment performance of the  Variable
Account  or the  degree of  risk associated with  an investment  in the Variable
Account.
 
                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
    The Company authorized the organization of the Variable Account in 1986. The
Variable Account is maintained pursuant  to Delaware insurance law. The  Company
has  caused  the  Variable Account  to  be  registered with  the  Securities and
Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust pursuant to the provisions of the
Investment Company Act of 1940. The  Variable Account meets the definition of  a
"Separate Account" under Federal securities laws. The SEC does not supervise the
management or the investment practices of the Variable Account.
 
    The  Company owns the  assets in the Variable  Account and obligations under
the Contract are general  corporate obligations. The  Variable Account and  each
Subaccount,  however,  are separate  from the  Company's other  assets including
those of the General Account and from any other separate accounts. The assets of
the Variable Account, equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities  with
respect to the Variable Account, are not chargeable with liabilities arising out
of  any other business  the Company may  conduct. Investment income,  as well as
both realized  and unrealized  gains  and losses  are,  in accordance  with  the
Contracts, credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to
income,  gains or losses arising out of any  other business of the Company. As a
result, the investment performance of  each Subaccount and the Variable  Account
is entirely independent of the investment performance of the General Account and
of any other separate account maintained by the Company.
 
    The  Variable Account is  divided into Subaccounts, with  the assets of each
Subaccount invested  in shares  of a  corresponding portfolio  of the  available
Funds.  The Company may, from time to time, add additional portfolios of a Fund,
and, when appropriate, additional funds to  act as the funding vehicles for  the
Contracts. If deemed to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights
under the
 
                                       10
    
<PAGE>
   
Contract, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company under the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, may be deregistered under such Act in the event
such registration is no  longer required, or  may be combined  with one or  more
other  separate accounts. The Company may offer other variable annuity contracts
which  also  invest  in  Variable  Account   A,  and  are  described  in   other
prospectuses.
 
                                   THE FUNDS
 
    Alliance  Funds, Fidelity Funds,  Dreyfus Funds, Van  Eck Funds and Tomorrow
Funds (collectively,  the  "Funds")  are  each registered  with  the  SEC  as  a
diversified  open-end management investment company under  the 1940 Act. Each is
made up  of different  series funds  or Portfolios  ("Portfolios"). The  Dreyfus
Stock  Index  Fund  (also  a  "Fund"  herein)  is  an  open-end, non-diversified
management investment company. A summary  of the investment objectives for  each
portfolio  is contained  in the  description of  the Funds  below. More detailed
information, including  the advisory  fee of  each portfolio  and other  charges
assessed  by each  Fund, may  be found  in the  relevant Fund  prospectus, which
contains a  discussion of  the risks  involved in  investing in  such Fund.  The
prospectuses  for each  Fund are included  with this  Prospectus. The investment
objectives of the portfolios are as follows:
 
ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERIES FUND, INC.
 
    CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks  the  highest  total  return  without  undue  risk  to
principal  by  investing in  a  diversified mix  of  publicly traded  equity and
fixed-income securities.
 
    GROWTH INVESTORS PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks  the highest  total reaturn  available with  reasonable
risk   by  investing  in  a  diversified  mix  of  publicly  traded  equity  and
fixed-income securities.
 
    GROWTH PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks the long term growth of capital by investing  primarily
in comon stocks and other equity securities.
 
    GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio seeks to balance the objectives of reasonable current income
and  opportunities   for   appreciation   through   investments   primarily   in
dividend-paying common stocks of good quality.
 
    Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc., is managed by Alliance Capital
Management L.P., ("Alliance"). The Fund also includes other portfolios which are
not  available  for  use  by the  Separate  Account.  More  detailed information
regarding management  of the  Fund, investment  objectives, investment  advisory
fees  and other charges,  may be found  in the current  Alliance Fund prospectus
which contains a  discussion of the  risks involved in  investing. The  Alliance
Fund prospectus is included with this Prospectus.
 
DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND
 
    ZERO COUPON 2000 PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio  seeks  to  provide  as  high  an  investment  return  as is
consistent with the preservation of capital. This portfolio invests primarily in
debt obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have been stripped of their unmatured
interest coupons, interest coupons that have been stripped from debt obligations
issued by the U.S.  Treasury, receipts and certificates  for such stripped  debt
obligations,  and stripped coupons and zero coupon securities issued by domestic
corporations. This  portfolio's  assets  will  consist  primarily  of  portfolio
securities  which will mature on  or about December 31,  2000, at which time the
portfolio will be liquidated.  Prior to December 31,  2000, you will be  offered
the  opportunity to exchange your investment  to another Subaccount. The Dreyfus
Corporation serves as this portfolio's investment adviser.
 
                                       11
    
<PAGE>
   
DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND
 
    This Fund seeks to provide investment  results that correspond to the  price
and  yield performance  of publicly  traded common  stocks in  the aggregate, as
represented by  the  Standard &  Poor's  500  Composite Stock  Price  Index.  In
anticipation  of taking a market position, the Fund is permitted to purchase and
sell stock index futures. The Fund  is neither sponsored by nor affiliated  with
Standard  & Poor's Corporation. Wells  Fargo Nikko Investment Advisers ("WFNIA")
serves as the index fund manager of the Dreyfus Stock Index Fund.
 
FIDELITY INVESTMENT VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS
 
    GROWTH PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks  to aggressively achieve  capital appreciation  through
investments primarily in common stock.
 
    HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio seeks to obtain a high  level of current income by investing
primarily in  high-yielding,  high-risk,  lower-rated,  fixed-income  securities
(commonly  referred  to  as  "junk bonds"),  while  also  considering  growth of
capital. The potential for high yield is accompanied by higher risk. For a  more
detailed  discussion of  the investment  risks associated  with such securities,
please refer to the Fidelity Fund's attached prospectus.
 
    OVERSEAS PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio  seeks  the long-term  growth  of capital  primarily  through
investments in securities of companies and economies outside the United States.
 
    MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
 
    This  portfolio seeks  to obtain  as high  a level  of current  income as is
consistent with preserving capital and  providing liquidity. The portfolio  will
invest  only in high quality U.S.  dollar-denominated money market securities of
domestic and foreign  issuers. An investment  in the Money  Market Portfolio  is
neither  insured nor  guaranteed by  the U.S.  government, and  there can  be no
assurance that the portfolio will maintain a stable $1.00 share price.
 
    ASSET MANAGER PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks to provide a  high total return with reduced risk  over
the long term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term income
instruments.
 
    INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO
 
    This portfolio seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with
the  preservation of capital  by investing in a  broad range of investment-grade
fixed-income securities. The portfolio  will maintain a dollar-weighted  average
portfolio maturity of ten years or less.
 
    Fidelity Management & Research Company ("FMR") is the investment advisor for
the  Variable  Insurance Products  Funds. FMR  has  entered into  a sub-advisory
agreement with FRM  Texas, Inc.,  on behalf of  the Money  Market Portfolio.  On
behalf  of the Overseas Portfolio, FMR  has entered into sub-advisory agreements
with Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc., (FMR U.K.), Fidelity Management
& Research (Far East) Inc. (FMR Far East), and Fidelity International Investment
Advisors (FIIA). FMR U.K. and  FMR Far East also  are sub-advisors to the  Asset
Manager  Portfolio.  Fidelity  Funds  include  other  portfolios  which  are not
available under  this Prospectus  as funding  vehicles for  the Contracts.  More
detailed  information regarding management of  the funds, investment objectives,
investment advisory fees and  other charges assesed by  the Fidelity Funds,  are
contained  in  the  prospectuses  of  the  Fidelity  Funds,  included  with this
Prospectus.
 
                                       12
    
<PAGE>
   
VAN ECK WORLDWIDE INSURANCE TRUST
 
    WORLDWIDE BALANCED FUND
 
    This portfolio seeks  long term capital  appreciation together with  current
income  by  investing  its  assets  in the  United  States  and  other countries
throughout the  world, and  by allocating  its assets  among equity  securities,
fixed-income securities and short-term instruments.
 
    GOLD AND NATURAL RESOURCES FUND
 
    This  portfolio seeks long-term capital  appreciation by investing in equity
and debt  securities  of  companies engaged  in  the  exploration,  development,
production  and  distribution  of  gold and  other  natural  resources,  such as
strategic and  other metals,  minerals, forest  products, oil,  natural gas  and
coal. Current income is not an investment objective.
 
    Van  Eck Associates Corporation is the investment advisor and manager of Van
Eck  Funds.  Van  Eck  Associates  Corporation  has  entered  into  sub-advisory
agreements  to provide investment  advice for certain portfolios  of the Van Eck
Funds. Fiduciary  International Inc.  ("FII")  serves as  a sub-advisor  to  the
Worldwide  Balanced Fund. Van  Eck Funds include other  portfolios which are not
available under  this prospectus  as funding  vehicles for  the Contracts.  More
detailed  information regarding management of  the funds, investment objectives,
investment advisory fees and  other charges assessed by  the Van Eck Funds,  are
contained in the relevant Fund prospectus included with this Prospectus.
 
TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST
 
    SHORT-TERM RETIREMENT FUND
 
    This  portfolio seeks to  satisfy the retirement goals  of investors who are
currently between 51  and 65 years  of age  and with an  average remaining  life
expectancy in the range of 20-30 years.
 
    MEDIUM-TERM RETIREMENT FUND
 
    This  portfolio seeks to  satisfy the retirement goals  of investors who are
currently between 36  and 50 years  of age  and with an  average remaining  life
expectancy in the range of 35-50 years.
 
    LONG-TERM RETIREMENT FUND
 
    This  portfolio seeks to  satisfy the retirement goals  of investors who are
currently between 22  and 35 years  of age  and with an  average remaining  life
expectancy in the range of 50 years or more.
 
    Each  Tomorrow Funds  portfolio invests  its assets,  in varying  amonts, in
equity and fixed-income securities of all types. The amount of assets  allocated
to  equity securities  is currently  invested, in  varying amounts,  among large
capitalization stocks, medium capitalization stocks, small capitalization stocks
and,  indirectly  through  other   investment  companies,  foreign   securities.
Typically,  the  longer  the average  life  expectancy  of the  target  class of
investors in a Tomorrow Funds portfolio, the greater the allocation of assets of
that portfolio to securities with higher growth potential and,  correspondingly,
more  risk, such  as small  capitalization stocks.  Conversely, the  shorter the
average life expectancy  of the target  class of investors  in a Tomorrow  Funds
portfolio,  the greater the emphasis on  current income and capital preservation
of assets and, therefore, the greater the allocation of assets of that portfolio
to fixed-income securities. Each Tomorrow  Funds portfolio will be managed  more
conservatively as the average age of its target class of investors increases.
 
    Weiss, Peck & Greer, L.L.C. is the investment adviser for the Tomorrow Funds
portfolios.  Tomorrow  Funds include  other portfolios  which are  not available
under this  Prospectus as  funding  vehicles for  the Contracts.  More  detailed
information regarding management of the funds, investment objectives, investment
advisory  fees and other charges assesed by the Tomorrow Funds, are contained in
the prospectuses of the Tomorrow Funds, included with this Prospectus.
 
    THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT ANY  OF THE PORTFOLIOS WILL ACHIEVE THEIR  STATED
OBJECTIVES.
 
                                       13
    
<PAGE>
   
VOTING RIGHTS
 
    As  previously stated,  all of  the assets  held in  the Subaccounts  of the
Variable Account will be invested in shares of a corresponding portfolio of  the
relevant  Fund. Based on the  Company's view of present  applicable law, we will
vote  the  portfolio  shares  held  in  the  Variable  Account  at  meetings  of
shareholders  in  accordance with  instructions  received from  Owners  having a
voting interest in the  portfolio. However, if the  1940 Act or its  regulations
are  amended, or if  our interpretation of  present law changes  to permit us to
vote the portfolio shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.
 
    Prior to  the  Annuity Date,  the  Owner holds  a  voting interest  in  each
portfolio in which there is value in the corresponding Subaccount. The number of
portfolio  shares which are attributable to  the Owner is determined by dividing
the corresponding value in a particular Subaccount by the net asset value of one
portfolio share. The number of  votes which an Owner will  have a right to  cast
will be determined as of the record date established by each portfolio.
 
    We  will  solicit  voting  instructions by  mail  prior  to  the shareholder
meetings. An Owner having a voting interest  in a Subaccount will be sent  proxy
material, reports and other materials as provided by the relevant Fund, relating
to  the appropriate portfolios. The Company  will vote shares in accordance with
instructions received from the Owner having  a voting interest. At the  meeting,
the  Company will vote shares for which  it has received no instructions and any
shares not attributable to Owners in the same proportion as it votes shares  for
which it has received instructions from Owners.
 
    The  voting rights relate only to  amounts invested in the Variable Account.
There are no  voting rights with  respect to funds  allocated to the  Guaranteed
Account.
 
    Shares  of the  Funds may  be sold  to separate  accounts of  life insurance
companies. The shares  of the Funds  will be  sold to separate  accounts of  the
Company  and its affiliate, AIG  Life Insurance Company, as  well as to separate
accounts of other affiliated  or unaffiliated life  insurance companies to  fund
variable   annuity  contracts  and  variable  life  insurance  policies.  It  is
conceivable that, in  the future, it  may be disadvantageous  for variable  life
insurance  separate accounts and variable annuity separate accounts to invest in
the Funds simultaneously. Although neither  the Company nor the Funds  currently
foresee  any such disadvantages, either  to variable life insurance policyowners
or to  variable annuity  Owners, each  Fund's Board  of Directors  will  monitor
events  in order  to identify  any material  irreconcilable conflicts  which may
possibly arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response
thereto. If a  material irreconcilable conflict  were to occur,  each Fund  will
take  whatever steps it deems necessary, at  its expense, to remedy or eliminate
the irreconcilable material conflict. If such  a conflict were to occur, one  or
more  insurance company separate accounts might withdraw its investments in such
Fund. This might force such Fund to sell securities at disadvantageous prices.
 
SUBSTITUTION OF SHARES
 
    If the shares of a Fund (or any portfolio within a Fund) should no longer be
available for investment by the Variable Account  or if, in the judgment of  the
Company,  further investment in such shares  should become inappropriate in view
of the purpose of  the Contracts, the Company  may substitute shares of  another
mutual  fund (or portfolio within the fund) for Fund shares already purchased or
to be purchased in the future under the Contracts. No substitution of securities
may take  place  without any  required  prior  approval of  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission and under such requirements as it may impose.
 
                                  THE CONTRACT
 
    The  Contract described in  this Prospectus is  a deferred variable annuity.
Single premium Contracts do not permit the payment of additional premiums  after
the  Contract Date. Flexible premium Contracts  permit the payment of additional
Premiums at any time.
 
                                       14
    
<PAGE>
   
PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT
 
    OWNER
 
    As the purchaser of the Contract, You may exercise all rights and privileges
provided in the Contract, subject to any  rights that You, as Owner, may  convey
to  an irrevocable beneficiary. As Owner, You will also be the Annuitant, unless
You name in writing some other person as Annuitant.
 
    ANNUITANT
 
    The Annuitant  is the  person who  receives annuity  payments and  upon  the
continuance  of whose life  these payments are based.  You may designate someone
other than yourself as Annuitant.  If the Annuitant is  a person other than  the
Owner,  and the  Annuitant dies  before the  Annuity Date,  You will  become the
Annuitant unless you designate someone else as the new Annuitant.
 
    BENEFICIARY
 
    The Beneficiary You  designate will receive  the death proceeds  if You  die
prior  to the Annuity Date. If no Beneficiary  is living at that time, the death
proceeds are payable  to Your estate.  If the Annuitant  dies after the  Annuity
Date,  the Beneficiary will  receive any remaining  guaranteed payments under an
Annuity Option.  If  no  Beneficiary  is living  at  that  time,  the  remaining
guaranteed payments are payable to Your estate.
 
    CHANGE OF ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY
 
    Prior  to the Annuity Date, You may  change the Annuitant and Beneficiary by
making a written request  to Our Administrative Office.  After the Annuity  Date
only  a change of  Beneficiary may be  made. Once We  have accepted Your written
request, any change will  become effective on the  date You signed it.  However,
any  change will be subject to any payment or other action taken by Us before We
record the change. If the Owner is  not a natural person, under current  Federal
tax law, the Contract may be subject to unintended and adverse tax consequences.
For  possible tax considerations of these changes, see FEDERAL TAX MATTERS, page
  .
 
HOW TO PURCHASE A CONTRACT
 
    At the time of application, the Owner must pay at least the minimum  Premium
required  and provide instructions regarding the allocation of the Premium among
the Subaccounts. Acceptance of the Premium and form of application is subject to
Our requirements  and  We  reserve the  right  to  reject any  Premium.  If  the
application  and Premium are accepted in the  form received, the Premium will be
credited and  allocated to  the  Subaccounts within  two  business days  of  its
receipt. The date the Premium is credited to the Contract is the Effective Date.
 
    If  within  five days  of the  receipt of  the initial  Premium We  have not
received sufficient information to issue a Contract, You will be contacted.  The
reason for the delay will be explained to You. If You consent We will retain the
Premium  until the necessary requirements  are fulfilled. Otherwise, the Premium
will be immediately refunded to You.
 
DISCOUNT PURCHASE PROGRAMS
 
    Purchases made by officers, directors  and employees of either the  Company,
an affiliate of the Company or any individual, firm or company that has executed
the  necessary agreements  to sell  the Contracts and  members of  each of their
immediate families will not be subject  to the Surrender Charge. Such  purchases
include  retirement  accounts  and must  be  for  accounts in  the  name  of the
individual or qualifying family member.
 
DISTRIBUTOR
 
    AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), 80 Pine Street, New York, New York, acts as
the distributor of the Contracts. AESC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AIG,  and
an  affiliate of the Company.  Commissions not to exceed  6% of Premiums will be
paid to entities which  sell the Contract. Additional  payments may be made  for
other  services not directly related to the  sale of the Contract, including the
recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature  and
similar services.
 
                                       15
    
<PAGE>
   
    Under  the Glass-Steagall Act  and other laws,  certain banking institutions
may be prohibited from distributing variable  annuity contracts. If a bank  were
to  be prohibited from performing certain  agency or administrative services and
receiving fees from AESC, Owners who purchased Contracts through the bank  would
be  permitted to retain their Contracts  and alternate means for servicing those
Owners would be sought.  It is not expected,  however, that Owners would  suffer
any  loss of services  or adverse financial  consequences as a  result of any of
these occurrences.
 
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    While the Company has primary  responsibility for all administration of  the
Contracts  and the  Variable Account, it  has retained the  services of Delaware
Valley  Financial  Services,  Inc.   ("DVFS")  pursuant  to  an   administrative
agreement.  Such administrative services  include issuance of  the Contracts and
maintenance of  Owners' records.  DVFS serves  as the  administrator to  various
insurance companies offering variable contracts.
 
PREMIUM AND ALLOCATION TO YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
 
    The  initial Premium must be at least $5,000 for Non-Qualified Contracts and
$2,000 for a Contract purchased in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan. If you
chose a Flexible Premium Contract, You  may make additional payments of  Premium
prior  to the Annuity  Date, in amounts of  at least $1000.  There is no maximum
limit on the  additional Premiums You  may pay  or on the  numbers of  payments;
however,  the Company reserves the right to  reject any Premium on any Contract.
You specify at the time of issue or subsequently how the remaining amount, known
as Additional Premium will be allocated.
 
    Except for any Contract issued as  an IRA, the initial Premium is  allocated
among the Subaccounts and Guaranteed Account on the Effective Date. For IRAs the
initial  Premium will be allocated to the  Money Market Subaccount until the end
of the Right to  Examine Contract Period,  after which Your  value in the  Money
Market  Subaccount will then be reallocated among the Subaccounts and Guaranteed
Account in accordance with Your allocation instructions. (See "Right to  Examine
Contract Period" on Page , and "Individual Retirement Annuities" on page   .)
 
    Your  allocation instructions will  specify what percentage  of Your initial
Premium is to  be credited  to each Subaccount  and to  the Guaranteed  Account.
Allocation  instructions must be expressed in whole percentages of not less than
10%. Allocations for additional Premium  will be made on  the same basis as  the
initial  Premium  unless  We receive  a  written notice  with  new instructions.
Additional Premium will be credited to  the Contract Value and allocated at  the
close  of the first Valuation  Date on or after  which the Additional Premium is
received at Our Administrative Office.
 
    ALL  PREMIUM  TO  QUALIFIED  CONTRACTS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH  THE   APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS  IN THE CODE  AND THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS  OF YOUR RETIREMENT PLAN.
ADDITIONAL PREMIUM COMMINGLED IN AN IRA WITH A ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION FROM  OTHER
RETIREMENT  PLANS MAY  RESULT IN UNFAVORABLE  TAX CONSEQUENCES.  YOU SHOULD SEEK
LEGAL COUNSEL AND TAX ADVICE REGARDING THE SUITABILITY OF THE CONTRACT FOR  YOUR
SITUATION. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS" ON PAGE   .)
 
RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT PERIOD
 
    The  Contract provides a 10 day Right  to Examine Contract Period giving You
the opportunity  to cancel  the  Contract. You  must  return the  Contract  with
written  notice to Us. If We receive the Contract and Your written notice within
10 days after  it is  received by  You, the Contract  will be  voided. With  the
exception  of Contracts issued in connection with  an IRA, in those states whose
laws do not require that We assume the  risk of market loss during the Right  to
Examine  Contract Period, should You decide  to cancel Your Contract, the amount
to be returned  to You will  be the Contract  Value (on the  day We receive  the
Contract)  plus any charges deducted for  State Taxes, without imposition of the
Surrender Charge.  The amount  returned to  you may  be more  or less  than  the
initial Premium. (See "Charges and Deductions" on page   .) For Contracts issued
in  those states that require we return the  premium, we will do so. In the case
of Contracts  issued in  connection with  an IRA,  the Company  will refund  the
greater of the Premium, less any withdrawals, or the Contract Value.
 
                                       16
    

<PAGE>
   
    State  laws governing the  duration of the Right  to Examine Contract Period
may vary from state to state. We will comply with the laws of the state in which
the Owner  resides  at  the time  the  Contract  is applied  for.  Federal  laws
governing  IRAs require a minimum  seven day right of  revocation. We provide 10
days from the date the Contract was  mailed or otherwise delivered to you.  (See
"Individual Retirement Annuities" on page   .)
 
UNIT VALUE AND CONTRACT VALUE
 
    After  the  deduction of  certain charges  and  expenses, amounts  which You
allocate  to  a  Subaccount  of  the  Variable  Account  are  used  to  purchase
Accumulation Units in that Subaccount, not shares of the Portfolio in which that
Subaccount  invests.  The  number of  Accumulation  Units you  purchase  will be
determined by dividing the amount allocated to each Subaccount by the Unit Value
of the  Subaccount  for  the  Valuation  Period  during  which  the  amount  was
allocated.
 
    The  Unit Value for each  Subaccount will vary from  one Valuation Period to
the next,  based on  the investment  experience of  the Portfolio  in which  the
Subaccount  invests  and  the deduction  of  certain charges  and  expenses. The
Statement of  Additional  Information contains  a  detailed explanation  of  how
Accumulation Units are valued.
 
    Your  value in  any given Subaccount  is determined by  multiplying the Unit
Value for the Subaccount by the number  of Units You own. Your value within  the
Variable  Account is the  sum of your  values in all  the Subaccounts. The total
value of your Contract, known  as the Contract Value,  equals your Value in  the
Variable Account plus Your value in the Guaranteed Account.
 
TRANSFERS
 
    Prior  to the Annuity Date, You may make Transfers among the Subaccounts and
into and out of the Guaranteed Account subject to certain rules.
 
    At the present time there is no  limit on the number of transfers which  can
be  made among the  Subaccounts and the  Guaranteed Account in  any one Contract
Year. We reserve the right to limit  the number of transfers to 12 per  Contract
Year. There are no fees for the first 12 transfers in any one Contract Year. For
each transfer in excess of 12 within one Contract Year, We impose a transfer fee
of  $10.  A transfer  fee,  if any,  is  deducted from  the  amount transferred.
Transfers of Contract Value in the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment. (See Appendix , "Guaranteed Account Transfers," page   .)
 
    Transfers may be made by written request or by telephone as described in the
Contract or  specifically  authorized in  writing.  The Company  will  undertake
reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are
genuine.  All calls will be recorded. All transfers will be confirmed in writing
to the Owner.  The Company  is not  liable for any  loss, cost,  or expense  for
action  on telephone instructions which are believed to be genuine in accordance
with these procedures.
 
    After the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer the Contract Value  allocated
to the Variable Account among the Subaccounts. However, the Company reserves the
right  to refuse any more  than one transfer per month.  The transfer fee is the
same as before the  Annuity Date. This  transfer fee, if  any, will be  deducted
from the next annuity payment after the transfer. If following the transfer, the
Annuity  Units  remaining in  the Subaccount  would  generate a  monthly annuity
payment of less than $100,  the Company will transfer  the entire amount in  the
Subaccount.
 
    Once  the transfer  is effected,  the Company  will recompute  the number of
Annuity Units  for  each  Subaccount.  The number  of  Annuity  Units  for  each
Subaccount  will remain the same for the  remainder of the payment period unless
the Owner requests another change.
 
    The minimum amount which may be transferred at any one time is the lesser of
$1,000 or  the  value of  the  Subaccount or  Guarantee  Period from  which  the
transfer  is made.  However, the minimum  amount for transfers  under our Dollar
Cost Averaging program is $100 per Subaccount. (See "Dollar Cost Averaging") For
additional limitations regarding  transfers out of  the Guaranteed Account,  see
"The Guaranteed Account" in the Appendix, page   .)
 
                                       17
    
<PAGE>
   
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING
 
    The  Company currently offers  an option under which  Owners may dollar cost
average their allocations in the  Subaccounts under the contract by  authorizing
the  Company  to  make  periodic  allocations of  Contract  Value  from  any one
Subaccount to one or more of the  other Subaccounts. Dollar cost averaging is  a
systematic  method of  investing in  which securities  are purchased  at regular
intervals in  fixed dollar  amounts so  that  the cost  of the  securities  gets
averaged  over time  and possibly  over various  market cycles.  The option will
result in the allocation of Contract Value to one or more Subaccounts, and these
amounts will be credited  at the Accumulation  Unit value as of  the end of  the
Valuation  Dates  on  which  the exchanges  are  effected.  Amounts periodically
transferred under this option are not included in the 12 transfers per  Contract
Year  discussed under "Transfers"  on page    . Since  the value of Accumulation
Units will  vary, the  amounts allocated  to  a Subaccount  will result  in  the
crediting  of a greater number of units  when the Accumulation Unit value is low
and a  lesser  number  of  units  when the  Accumulation  Unit  value  is  high.
Similarly,  the amounts exchanged from a Subaccount will result in a debiting of
a greater number of units when  the Subaccount's Accumulation Unit value is  low
and  a lesser number of  units when the Accumulation  Unit value is high. Dollar
cost averaging does not guarantee profits, nor does it assure that an Owner will
not have losses.
 
    A Dollar Cost Averaging  Request form is  available from the  Administrative
Office  upon request.  On the  form, the  Owner must  designate whether Contract
Value is to  be exchanged  on the  basis of a  specific dollar  amount, a  fixed
period  or earnings only,  the Subaccount or  Subaccounts to and  from which the
transfers will be made, the desired frequency of the transfers, which may be  on
a monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis, and the length of time during
which  the transfers  shall continue  or the total  amount to  be exchanged over
time. The Owner may specify that such transfers be made on any day of any  month
with the exception of the 29th, 30th or 31st of a month.
 
    To  elect the Dollar Cost Averaging  Option, the Owner's Contract Value must
be at least  $12,000 ($2,000 for  a Contract  funding a Qualified  Plan), and  a
Dollar  Cost Averaging Request in  proper form must be  received by the Company.
The Dollar Cost Averaging Request form will not be considered complete until the
Contract Value is at least the required amount. An Owner may not have in  effect
at the same time Dollar Cost Averaging and Asset Rebalancing Options.
 
    The  Dollar Cost  Averaging Option  may be canceled  at any  time by written
request or if the  Accumulation Unit value  is less than  $5,000, or such  lower
amount as the Company may determine.
 
ASSET REBALANCING OPTION
 
    The  Company currently offers an option under which Owners may authorize the
Company to  automatically exchange  Contract Value  each quarter  to maintain  a
particular percentage allocation among the Subaccounts as selected by the Owner.
The Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount will grow or decline in value at
different   rates  during  the  quarter,  and  Asset  Rebalancing  automatically
reallocates the Contract Value in the Subaccounts each quarter to the allocation
selected by the Owner. Asset Rebalancing is intended to exchange Contract  Value
from  those Subaccounts that  have increased in value  to those Subaccounts that
have declined in value. Over  time, this method of  investing may help an  Owner
buy  low  and  sell  high,although  there can  be  no  assurance  of  this. This
investment method does not guarantee profits,  nor does it assure that an  Owner
will not have losses.
 
    To  elect the Asset  Rebalancing Option, the Contract  Value in the Contract
must be at least $12,000 ($2,000 for a Contract funding a Qualified Plan) and an
Asset Rebalancing Request  in proper form  must be received  by the Company.  An
Owner  may not have in  effect at the same time  Dollar Cost Averaging and Asset
Rebalancing Options.  An  Asset  Rebalancing  Request  form  is  available  upon
request. On the form, the Owner must indicate the applicable Subaccounts and the
percentage of Contract Value which should be allocated to each of the applicable
Subaccounts  each  quarter  under the  Asset  Rebalancing Option.  If  the Asset
Rebalancing Option is elected, all  Contract Value allocated to the  Subaccounts
must be included in the Asset Rebalancing Option.
 
                                       18
    
<PAGE>
   
    This  option will result in the transfer of Contract Value to one or more of
the Subaccounts on the date specified by the Owner or, if no date is  specified,
on  the date of the Company's receipt of the Asset Rebalancing Request in proper
form and on each  quarterly anniversary of the  applicable date thereafter.  The
amounts  transferred will be credited  to the Accumulation Unit  Value as of the
end of  the  Valuation  Dates  on which  the  transfers  are  effected.  Amounts
periodically  transferred under this option are not included in the 12 transfers
per Contract Year discussed under "Transfers" on page   .
 
    An Owner may instruct the  Company at any time  to terminate this option  by
written  request. Once terminated, this option  may not be reselected during the
same Contract Year.
 
                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
    Various charges and deductions are made from Premium, the Contract Value and
the Variable Account. These charges and deductions are as follows:
 
DEDUCTION FOR PREMIUM AND OTHER STATE TAXES
 
    We do not deduct premium taxes unless assessed by the state of residence  of
the  Owner. Any premium  or other taxes  levied by any  governmental entity with
respect to  the Contracts  will  be charged  at  Our discretion  against  either
Premium  or Contract Value. Premium taxes currently imposed by certain states on
the Contracts range  typically from  0% to 3.5%  of premiums  paid. Some  states
assess  premium taxes  at the  time Premium  is received;  others assess premium
taxes at the time of annuitization.  Premium taxes are subject to being  changed
or  amended by  state legislatures,  administrative interpretations  or judicial
acts.
 
    The Company will also deduct from any amount payable under the Contracts any
income taxes  a governmental  authority requires  the Company  to withhold  with
respect to that amount.
 
DEDUCTION FOR MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
 
    The  Company deducts for each Valuation  Period a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value of the Variable Account. The mortality risks assumed by the Company  arise
from  its contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the Annuity Date
for the life of the Annuitant, to waive the Surrender Charge in the event of the
death of the Owner prior to the  Annuity Date and to provide the death  benefit.
The  expense risk assumed by the Company  is that the costs of administering the
Contracts and  the  Variable  Account  will  exceed  the  amount  received  from
Administrative and Contract Maintenance Charges.
 
    If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to cover the actual
costs, the loss will be borne by the Company. Conversely, if the amount deducted
proves  more than  sufficient, the  excess will  be profit  to the  Company. The
Mortality and Expense  Risk Charge is  guaranteed by the  Company and cannot  be
increased.  The  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk  Charge  is  deducted  during the
Accumulation Period and after the Annuity Date.
 
    The Company currently  offers annuity payment  options that are  based on  a
life  contingency. (See  "Annuity Period --  Annuity Options"  on page    .) The
Company in its  discretion may offer  additional payment options  which are  not
based  on a life contingency. If this should occur and if a Owner should elect a
payment option not based on a  life contingency, the Mortality and Expense  Risk
Charge  is still deducted but the Owner receives no benefit from that portion of
the charge attributable to mortality risk.
 
DEDUCTION FOR ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT
 
    If the Owner has elected the  Accidental Death Benefit, the Company  deducts
for each Valuation Period, an Accidental Death Benefit Charge equal on an annual
basis to 0.10% of the average daily net asset value in the Variable Account.
 
                                       19
    
<PAGE>
   
DEDUCTION FOR SURRENDER (DEFERRED SALES) CHARGES
 
    In  the event that an  Owner makes a withdrawal  from or surrenders Contract
Value in  excess  of the  Free  Withdrawal Amount,  a  Surrender Charge  may  be
imposed.  The Free Withdrawal Amount  for a single premium  Contract is equal to
10% of the Contract  Value at the  time of the  withdrawal. The Free  Withdrawal
Amount  for a flexible premium Contract is  equal to the greater of the Contract
Value less premiums paid or the portion  of the withdrawal that does not  exceed
10%  of the total Premium otherwise subject  to the Surrender Charge paid to the
time of withdrawal, less any prior withdrawals. In the case of flexible  premium
Contracts,  the Surrender Charge applies only to Premium received by the Company
within six (6)  years of  the date  of the withdrawal  and will  vary in  amount
depending  upon the time which has elapsed  since the date Premium was received.
In calculating  the  Surrender  Charge,  Premium  is  allocated  to  the  amount
surrendered  on  a first-in,  first out  basis.  In the  case of  single premium
Contracts, the Surrender Charge will vary in amount depending upon the number of
Contract Years that a contract has been in effect. The amount of any  withdrawal
which  exceeds  the Free  Withdrawal  Amount will  be  subject to  the following
charges:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                APPLICABLE
                                                                             SURRENDER CHARGE
      SINGLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS             FLEXIBLE PREMIUM CONTRACTS           PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                   <C>                                    <C>
Contract Year 1                       Premium Year 1                                    6%
Contract Year 2                       Premium Year 2                                    6%
Contract Year 3                       Premium Year 3                                    5%
Contract Year 4                       Premium Year 4                                    5%
Contract Year 5                       Premium Year 5                                    4%
Contract Year 6                       Premium Year 6                                    4%
Contract Year 7                       Premium Year 7                                    2%
Contract Year 8 and thereafter        Premium Year 8 and thereafter                   None
</TABLE>
 
    No Surrender  Charge is  imposed against:  (1) Transfers  of Contract  Value
under  Dollar  Cost  Averaging,  Asset  Rebalancing,  or  Systematic  Withdrawal
options; (2) Contract Value upon Annuitization; (3) a Death Benefit.
 
    The Surrender  Charge is  intended  to reimburse  the Company  for  expenses
incurred  which are related to  Contract sales. The Company  does not expect the
proceeds from  the Surrender  Charge to  cover all  distribution costs.  To  the
extent  such charge is insufficient to cover all distribution costs, the Company
may use any of its corporate assets, including potential profit which may  arise
from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any difference.
 
    Certain  restrictions  on  surrenders  are imposed  on  Contracts  issued in
connection with  retirement plans  which qualify  under Code  Section 403(b)  (a
"403(b) Plan"). (See "Taxes -- 403(b) Plans" on page   .)
 
DEDUCTION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES
 
    The  Company deducts for each Valuation Period a daily Administrative Charge
which is equal on an annual basis to  .15% of the average daily net asset  value
of   the  Variable  Account.  This  charge  is  intended  to  reimburse  Us  for
administrative expenses, both during the  accumulation period and following  the
Annuity Date. We do not expect to recover an amount in excess of our accumulated
expenses through the deduction of the Administrative Charge.
 
DEDUCTION FOR CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE
 
    The  Company also deducts  an annual Contract Maintenance  Charge of $30 per
year, from  the  Contract  Value  on each  Contract  Anniversary.  The  Contract
Maintenance  Fee is waived if the Contract  Value is greater than $50,000 on the
date of deduction  of the charge.  These charges are  designed to reimburse  the
Company  for the costs  it incurs relating  to maintenance of  the Contract, the
Variable Account, and the Guaranteed Account. If the Contract is surrendered, we
will deduct the Contract Maintenance Charge at the time of surrender,  pro-rata,
for  the current Contract Year. The  deduction will be made proportionally based
on   your   value   in   each    Subaccount   and   the   Guaranteed    Account.
 
                                       20
    
<PAGE>
   
After  the  Annuity  Date, the  Contract  Maintenance  Charge is  deducted  on a
pro-rata basis from each annuity income  payment and is guaranteed to remain  at
the same amount as at the Annuity Date. This charge is not expected to result in
a profit to the Company.
 
DEDUCTION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company deducts from the Contract Value and/or the Variable Account any
Federal income taxes resulting from the  operation of the Variable Account.  The
Company does not currently anticipate incurring any Federal income taxes.
 
OTHER EXPENSES
 
    There  are deductions from and expenses paid  out of the assets of the Funds
which are described in the accompanying Prospectuses for each Fund.
 
GROUP AND GROUP SPONSORED ARRANGEMENTS
 
    In  certain  instances,  we  may   reduce  the  Surrender  Charge  and   the
Administrative Charge or change the minimum premium requirements for the sale of
Contracts  to certain groups, including those in which a trustee or an employer,
for example, purchases  Contracts covering  a group  of individuals  on a  group
basis.
 
    Our  costs for sales, administration, and  mortality generally vary with the
size and stability of the group among  other factors. We take all these  factors
into  account when reducing charges. To qualify  for reduced charges, a group or
similar arrangement must meet  certain requirements, including our  requirements
for size and number of years in existence. Group or group sponsored arrangements
that  have been set  up solely to buy  Contracts or that  have been in existence
less than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.
 
    We will  make  any reductions  according  to our  rules  in effect  when  an
application  or enrollment form for a Contract  is approved. We may change these
rules from time to time. Any variation in the Surrender Charge or Administrative
Charge will reflect differences  in costs or services  and will not be  unfairly
discriminatory.
 
                                ANNUITY BENEFITS
 
ANNUITIZATION
 
    Annuitization  is an  election you  make to apply  the Contract  Value to an
Annuity Option in order to  provide a series of  annuity payments. The date  the
Annuity Option becomes effective is the Annuity Date.
 
ANNUITY DATE
 
    The  latest Annuity Date is: the later of  (a) the first day of the calendar
month following the later of the Annuitant's 90th birthday; or (b) such  earlier
date as may be set by applicable law.
 
    The  Owner may designate an  earlier date or may  change the Annuity Date by
making a written request  at least thirty  (30) days prior  to the Annuity  Date
being  changed. However, any Annuity Date must be no later than the date defined
above; and, the first day of a calendar month.
 
    Without the approval of the Company, the new Annuity Date cannot be  earlier
than  one year after  the Effective Date. In  addition, for Qualified Contracts,
certain provisions of your retirement plan or the Code may further restrict your
choice of an Annuity Date. (See "Federal Tax Matters," page   ).
 
ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
    The Owner may choose annuity payments which are fixed, or which are based on
the Variable Account, or a combination of the two. The Owner may, upon at  least
30  days prior  written notice  to us, at  any time  prior to  the Annuity Date,
select or change an Annuity Option.  If the Owner elects annuity payments  which
are  based on the Variable Account, the amount of the payments will be variable.
The amount  of  the annuity  payment  based on  the  value of  a  Subaccount  is
determined  through  a  calculation  described in  the  Statement  of Additional
Information, under the caption "Annuity Provisions".
 
                                       21
    
<PAGE>
   
The Owner may not  transfer Contract Values between  the Guaranteed Account  and
the  Variable  Account  after the  Annuity  Date,  but may,  subject  to certain
conditions, transfer Contract Values from one Subaccount to another  Subaccount.
(See " Transfer of Contract Values" on page   .)
 
    If  the  Owner has  not made  any  annuity payment  option selection  at the
Annuity Date, the  Contract Value  will be applied  to purchase  Option 2  fixed
basis  annuity  payments  and  Option  2  variable  basis  annuity  payments, in
proportion to the  amount of Contract  Value in the  Guaranteed Account and  the
Variable Account, respectively.
 
    The annuity payment options are:
 
    OPTION  1:  LIFE INCOME.  The  Company will make annuity payments during the
lifetime of the Annuitant.
 
    OPTION 2:  LIFE INCOME  WITH 10 YEARS OF  PAYMENTS GUARANTEED.  The  Company
will  make monthly annuity payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. If, at
the death of  the Annuitant, payments  have been  made for less  than 10  years,
payments   will  be  continued  during  the  remainder  of  the  period  to  the
Beneficiary.
 
    OPTION 3:  JOINT AND  LAST SURVIVOR INCOME.   The Company will make  annuity
payments for as long as either the Annuitant or a Contingent Annuitant is alive.
In the event that the Contract is issued in connection with an IRA, the payments
in  this Option  will be  made only to  the Owner  as Annuitant  and the Owner's
spouse.
 
    The annuity payment  options are more  fully explained in  the Statement  of
Additional Information. The Company may also offer additional options at its own
discretion.
 
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
    If  the  Contract Value  applied  to annuity  payment  options is  less than
$2,000, the Company reserves the right to pay  the amount in a lump sum in  lieu
of  annuity  payments. The  Company makes  all  other annuity  payments monthly.
However, if  the total  monthly annuity  payment  would be  less than  $100  the
Company reserves the right to make payments semi-annually or annually.
 
    If  fixed annuity payments are selected, the amount of each fixed payment is
determined by multiplying the Contract Value allocated to purchase fixed annuity
payments by the factor shown in the annuity table specified in the Contract  for
the option selected, divided by 1,000.
 
    If  variable annuity payments are selected, the Annuitant receives the value
of a fixed  number of  Annuity Units  each month.  The actual  dollar amount  of
variable  annuity payments is dependent upon: (i) the Contract Value at the time
of annuitization; (ii) the  annuity table specified in  the Contract; (iii)  the
Annuity  Option  selected; (iv)  the  investment performance  of  the Subaccount
selected; and (v) the pro-rata portion of the Contract Maintenance charge.
 
    The annuity  tables contained  in the  Contract are  based on  a 5%  assumed
investment  rate. If  the actual net  investment rate exceeds  5%, payments will
increase. Conversely,  if the  actual rate  is less  than 5%,  variable  annuity
payments will decrease.
 
                                 DEATH BENEFIT
 
PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    In  the event of  Your death prior to  the Annuity Date,  a death benefit is
payable to the Beneficiary. The value of the death benefit will be determined as
of the date We receive proof of death  in a form acceptable to Us. If there  has
been  a  change of  Owner,  the death  benefit  will equal  the  Contract Value.
Otherwise, We will pay the death benefit equal to the greatest of: (a) the total
of all Premium, reduced proportionately  by withdrawals and surrenders; (b)  the
Contract  Value; (c) the greatest of the  Contract Value at the seventh Contract
Anniversary if attained  prior to  Owner's attained age  76 or  at the  Contract
Anniversary  every seven  years thereafter, plus  any Premium paid  and less any
surrenders subsequent to that Contract Anniversary.
 
                                       22
    
<PAGE>
   
    The Beneficiary  may elect  the death  benefit to  be paid  as follows:  (a)
payment  of the entire death  benefit within 5 years of  the date of the Owner's
death; or  (b) payment  over the  lifetime of  the designated  Beneficiary  with
distribution  beginning within 1 year of the date  of death of the Owner; or (c)
if the designated Beneficiary is Your  spouse, he/she can continue the  contract
in his/her own name.
 
    If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement will be made at the
end of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of proof of death.
 
AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    If  the Owner is a person other than the Annuitant, and if the Owner's death
occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable under this
contract, except that any guaranteed payments remaining unpaid will continue  to
be  paid to the Annuitant pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at the date of
the Owner's death.
 
ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT
 
    If an Accidental Death  Benefit has been elected,  the cost of this  benefit
will be equal on an annual basis to 0.10% of the average daily net assets in the
Variable Account.
 
    The Accidental Death Benefit, if any, is equal to the lesser of the Contract
Value as of the date the death benefit is determined or $250,000. The Accidental
Death  Benefit is payable if the death of  the primary Owner occurs prior to the
Contract Anniversary next following his 75th birthday as a result of an  Injury.
The  death must also  occur before the Annuity  Date and within  365 days of the
date of the accident  which caused the Injury.  The Accidental Death Benefit  is
paid to the Beneficiary.
 
    The  Accidental Death Benefit  will not be  paid for any  death caused by or
resulting (in whole or in part) from the following:
 
    (a) suicide  or  attempted  suicide  while  sane  or  insane;  intentionally
       self-inflicted injuries;
 
    (b)  sickness, disease or  bacterial infection of  any kind, except pyogenic
       infections which occur as a result  of an injury or bacterial  infections
       which result from the accidental ingestion of contaminated substances;
 
    (c) hernia;
 
    (d)  injury sustained as  a consequence of riding  in, including boarding or
       alighting from, any vehicle or  device used for aerial navigation  except
       if   the  Owner  is  a  passenger   on  any  aircraft  licensed  for  the
       transportation of passengers;
 
    (e) declared or undeclared war or any act thereof; or
 
    (f) service in the military, naval or air service of any country.
 
DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT
 
    If the Annuitant is a person other than the Owner, and if the Annuitant dies
before the Annuity Date, a  new Annuitant may be named  by the Owner. If no  new
Annuitant  is  named within  sixty  (60) days  of Our  receipt  of proof  of the
Annuitant's death, the Owner will be  deemed the new Annuitant. If an  Annuitant
dies  after  the  Annuity Date,  the  remaining  payments, if  any,  will  be as
specified  in  the  Annuity  Option  elected.  We  will  require  proof  of  the
Annuitant's  death.  Death benefits,  if  any, will  be  paid to  the designated
Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the Annuitant's death.
 
                        DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT
 
WITHDRAWALS
 
    The Owner  may withdraw  Contract  Values prior  to  the Annuity  Date.  Any
withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:
 
    (a) the Company must receive a written request;
 
                                       23
    
<PAGE>
   
    (b) the amount requested must be at least $500;
 
    (c) any applicable Surrender Charge will be deducted;
 
    (d)  the Contract Value will  be reduced by the  sum of the amount requested
       plus the amount of any applicable Surrender Charge;
 
    (e) the Company will deduct the  amount requested plus any Surrender  Charge
       from  each Subaccount  of the  Variable Account  and from  the Guaranteed
       Account either as specified or in the proportion that each Subaccount and
       the Guaranteed Account bears to the Contract Value; and
 
    We reserve the right  to consider any withdrawal  request that would  reduce
the  Value of the Accumulation  Account to less than $2,000  to be a request for
Surrender. In  this event,  the Surrender  Value will  be paid  to You  and  the
Contract will terminate.
 
    Each  withdrawal is subject to Federal  income taxes on the taxable portion.
Unless otherwise directed  by You, We  must withhold federal  income taxes  from
each  withdrawal. In addition, a 10% penalty  tax may be assessed on withdrawals
if You are  under age  59 1/2. This  includes withdrawals  under the  Systematic
Withdrawal program (described below) and withdrawals You may make to pay fees to
Your investment advisor, if any.
 
SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL
 
    The  systematic  withdrawal  program  involves  making  regularly  scheduled
withdrawals from Your value in the  Contract. In order to initiate the  program,
your  total Contract Value must  be at least $24,000.  The program allows You to
prearrange the withdrawal  of a  specified dollar amount  of at  least $200  per
withdrawal,  on a monthly  or quarterly payment  basis. A maximum  of 10% of the
Contract Value may be  withdrawn in a Contract  Year. Surrender Charges are  not
imposed  on withdrawals under this program.  If you elect this program Surrender
Charges will be  imposed on any  withdrawal, other than  withdrawals made  under
Your  systematic withdrawal program, when the withdrawal is from Premium paid in
the last six years.  You may not elect  this program if you  have taken a  prior
withdrawal  during the same  Contract Year. (See  "Withdrawals" on page    , and
"Surrender Charges" on page   .)
 
    Systematic withdrawals will  begin on  the first  scheduled withdrawal  date
selected  by You  following the  date We  process Your  request. If  the day You
designate is not a Valuation Date, the withdrawal will be made on the  following
Valuation  Date. In the event  that Your value in  a specified Subaccount or the
Guaranteed Account is not sufficient to  deduct a withdrawal or if Your  request
for  systematic withdrawal does not specify the Guaranteed Account or from which
Subaccounts withdrawals  are  to  be  deducted,  withdrawals  will  be  deducted
proportionally  based  on  Your  value in  each  Subaccount  and  the Guaranteed
Account.
 
    All parties to the Contract are cautioned  that the rights of any person  to
implement  the systematic  withdrawal program  under Qualified  Contracts may be
subject to the terms  and conditions of the  retirement plan, regardless of  the
terms  and conditions of the Qualified Contract issued in connection with such a
retirement plan. (See "Federal Tax Matters" on page   .)
 
    The systematic withdrawal  program may be  canceled at any  time by  written
request  or automatically by Us should the  Contract Value fall below $1,000. In
the event the systematic withdrawal program is canceled, the Owner may not elect
to participate in such program until the next Contract Anniversary.
 
    An Owner  may change  once per  Contract  Year the  amount or  frequency  of
withdrawals on a systematic basis.
 
                                       24
    
<PAGE>
   
    The  Free Withdrawal  Amount (see "Charges  and Deductions  -- Deduction for
Surrender Charge" on  page    )  is not available  while an  Owner is  receiving
systematic  withdrawals. An Owner will be entitled to the free withdrawal amount
on and after  the Contract  Anniversary next  following the  termination of  the
systematic withdrawal program.
 
    Implementation  of the systematic withdrawal program may subject an Owner to
adverse tax consequences, including a 10%  tax penalty. (See "Taxes --  Taxation
of  Annuities in General" on page    for a discussion of the tax consequences of
withdrawals.)
 
    THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE THIS PROGRAM AT ANY TIME.
 
SURRENDER
 
    Prior to the Annuity Date you  may Surrender the Contract for the  Surrender
Value  by  withdrawing the  entire  Contract Value.  You  must submit  a written
request for Surrender and return the Contract to Us. The Surrender Value will be
based on the Contract Value at the end of the Valuation Period during which  the
Surrender  request  is received  as  described below.  The  Contract may  not be
surrendered after the Annuity Date.
 
SURRENDER VALUE
 
    The Surrender  Value  of the  Contract  varies  each day  depending  on  the
investment  results of the Subaccounts selected  by the Owner. Contract Value in
the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. (See "Market
Value Adjustment", Appendix   .) The Surrender Value will be the Contract Value,
subject to any applicable  Market Value Adjustment, as  of the date the  Company
receives  Your surrender request,  reduced by the  following: (1) any applicable
taxes not  previously  deducted; (2)  any  applicable portion  of  the  Contract
Maintenance Charge; and (3) any applicable Surrender Charge.
 
PAYMENT OF WITHDRAWALS AND SURRENDER VALUES
 
    Payments  of Withdrawals and Surrender Values will ordinarily be sent to the
Owner within seven  (7) days  of receipt  of the  written request,  but see  the
Deferment  of  Payment  discussion  below.  (Also  see  Statement  of Additional
Information -- "Delay of Payments.")
 
    The Company reserves the right to ensure that an Owner's check or other form
of Premium has been  cleared for payment prior  to processing any withdrawal  or
redemption request occurring shortly after a Premium payment.
 
    If, at the time You make a request for a Withdrawal or a Surrender, You have
not  provided  Us with  a  written election  not  to have  Federal  income taxes
withheld, We must by law  withhold such taxes from  the taxable portion of  Your
payment  and remit that amount to the  IRS. Mandatory withholding rules apply to
distributions  from  qualified   plans  and  Code   section  403(b)   annuities.
Additionally, the Code provides that a 10% penalty tax may be imposed on certain
early  Withdrawals and Surrenders.  (See "Federal Tax  Matters" on page    , and
"Qualified Contracts" on page   .)
 
DEFERRAL OF PAYMENT
 
    Payment of any Withdrawal,  Surrender, or lump sum  death proceeds from  the
Variable  Account will usually occur  within seven days. We  may be permitted to
defer such payment if: (1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other  than
usual  weekends or holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;
(2) an emergency exists as defined by  the SEC or the SEC requires that  trading
be  restricted; (3) the SEC permits a delay for protection of Owners; or (4) the
check used to pay any Premium has  not cleared through the banking system  (this
may take up to 15 days).
 
    We  may defer  payment of  any Withdrawal  or Surrender  from the Guaranteed
Account for up to six months from the date we receive Your written request.
 
                                       25
    
<PAGE>
   
                                     TAXES
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    The Contracts  are designed  to accumulate  Contract Values  for  retirement
plans  which, except for IRAs and  403(b) Plans, are generally not tax-qualified
plans ("Qualified Plans"). The  ultimate effect of Federal  income taxes on  the
amounts held under a Contract, on annuity payments, and on the economic benefits
to  the Owner, Annuitant or  Beneficiary depend on the  Company's tax status and
upon the tax  status of  the individual concerned.  Accordingly, each  potential
Owner  should consult a competent tax  adviser regarding the tax consequences of
purchasing a Contract.
 
    The following discussion  is general in  nature and is  not intended as  tax
advice.  No attempt is made to consider  any applicable state or other tax laws.
Moreover, the  discussion  is based  upon  the Company's  understanding  of  the
Federal  income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. No representation is
made regarding the likelihood  of continuation of the  Federal income tax  laws,
the Treasury Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service"). For a discussion of Federal income taxes as they relate
to the Funds, please see the accompanying relevant Fund Prospectus.
 
COMPANY TAX STATUS
 
    The  Company is taxed as a life insurance company under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986,  as amended  (the "Code").  Since the  Variable Account  is not  a
separate  entity from the Company and its operations form a part of the Company,
it will  not be  taxed  separately as  a  "regulated investment  company"  under
Subchapter  M of the Code.  Investment income and realized  capital gains on the
assets of  the  Variable  Account  are reinvested  and  taken  into  account  in
determining  the  Contract Value.  Under existing  Federal  income tax  law, the
Variable Account's investment income, including  realized net capital gains,  is
not taxed to the Company. The Company reserves the right to make a deduction for
taxes  from  the assets  of the  Variable  Account should  they be  imposed with
respect to such items in the future.
 
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL -- NON-QUALIFIED PLANS
 
    Code Section 72 governs the taxation  of annuities. In general, an Owner  is
not  taxed on increases in value under  a Contract until some form of withdrawal
or  distribution   is  made   under  the   Contract.  However,   under   certain
circumstances,  the  increase in  value may  be subject  to tax  currently. (See
"Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons," and "Diversification Standards".)
 
    WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    Code Section 72 provides that a total or partial withdrawal from a  Contract
prior  to the Annuity Date  will be treated as taxable  income to the extent the
amounts held under the Contract on the date of withdrawal exceed the "investment
in the contract," as that term is defined under the Code. The "investment in the
contract" can generally be described as  the cost of the Contract. It  generally
constitutes  the sum  of all  purchase payments made  for the  contract less any
amounts received under  the Contract that  are excluded from  gross income.  The
taxable portion is taxed as ordinary income. For purposes of this rule, a pledge
or  assignment of a  Contract is treated as  a payment received  on account of a
partial withdrawal of a Contract.
 
    WITHDRAWALS ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE
 
    Upon receipt of a lump sum payment or an annuity payment under the Contract,
the recipient is taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the investment
in the Contract. Ordinarily, the taxable portion of payments under the  Contract
will be taxed as ordinary income.
 
    For fixed annuity payments, the taxable portion of each payment is generally
determined  by using a formula known as the "exclusion ratio", which establishes
the ratio that the investment in the Contract bears to the total expected amount
of annuity payments for the term of the Contract. That ratio is then applied  to
each  payment to determine the nontaxable  portion of the payment. The remaining
portion of  each payment  is  taxed as  ordinary  income. For  variable  annuity
payments, the
 
                                       26
    
<PAGE>
   
taxable  portion is determined by a  formula which establishes a specific dollar
amount of each payment  that is not  taxed. The dollar  amount is determined  by
dividing the investment in the Contract by the total number of expected periodic
payments. The remaining portion of each payment is taxed as ordinary income.
 
    The  Company  is obligated  to withhold  Federal  income taxes  from certain
payments unless the recipient elects otherwise. Prior to the first payment,  the
Company  will notify the payee of the right to elect out of withholding and will
furnish a form on which the election may be made. The payee must properly notify
the Company  of that  election  in advance  of the  payment  in order  to  avoid
withholding.
 
    PENALTY TAX ON CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS
 
    With respect to amounts withdrawn or distributed before the taxpayer reaches
age  59 1/2, a 10% penalty tax is  imposed upon the portion of such amount which
is includable  in gross  income. However,  the  penalty tax  will not  apply  to
withdrawals:  (i) made on or after the death of the Owner (or where the Owner is
not an individual, the death of the  "primary annuitant", who is defined as  the
individual,  the  events  in the  life  of  whom are  of  primary  importance in
affecting the  timing  or  amount  of  the  payout  under  the  Contract);  (ii)
attributable  to the taxpayer's becoming totally  disabled within the meaning of
Code Section 72(m)(7); (iii) which are  part of a series of substantially  equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy)  of the taxpayer, or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
the taxpayer and his beneficiary; (iv)  allocable to investment in the  Contract
before  August 14, 1982; (v) under a qualified funding asset (as defined in Code
Section 130(d)); (vi)  under an immediate  annuity contract; or  (vii) that  are
purchased  by an employer on termination of certain types of qualified plans and
which are held by the employer until the employee separates from service.
 
    If the  penalty tax  does not  apply  to a  withdrawal as  a result  of  the
application  of item  (iii) above, and  the series of  payments are subsequently
modified (other than by reason  of death or disability),  the tax for the  first
year  in which the modification  occurs will be increased  by an amount equal to
the tax that  would have been  imposed but  for item (iii)  above as  determined
under Treasury Regulations, plus interest for the deferral period. The foregoing
rule applies if the modification takes place: (a) before the close of the period
which  is five years from  the date of the first  payment and after the taxpayer
attains age 59 1/2; or (b) before the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.
 
    ASSIGNMENTS
 
    Any assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral for a loan may result
in a taxable event and the excess of the Contract Value over total Premium  will
be  taxed to the  assignor as ordinary  income. Please consult  your tax adviser
prior to making an assignment of the Contract.
 
    DISTRIBUTION-AT-DEATH RULES
 
    In order  to  be treated  as  an annuity  contract  for Federal  income  tax
purposes,  a Contract must generally provide  for the following two distribution
rules: (i) if the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, and before the entire
interest in the  Contract has been  distributed, the remaining  portion of  such
interest  will be distributed at least as quickly as the method in effect on the
Owner's death; and  (ii) if a  Owner dies  before the Annuity  Date, the  entire
interest  must  generally be  distributed within  five years  after the  date of
death. To  the extent  such interest  is payable  to a  designated  Beneficiary,
however,  such interest may be  annuitized over the life  of that Beneficiary or
over a period not extending beyond  the life expectancy of that Beneficiary,  so
long  as distributions commence within one year  after the date of death. If the
Beneficiary is the spouse of the Owner, the Contract may be continued  unchanged
in the name of the spouse as Owner.
 
    If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant" (as defined under
the  Code)  is considered  the  Owner. In  addition, when  the  Owner is  not an
individual, a change in  the primary annuitant  is treated as  the death of  the
Owner.
 
                                       27
    
<PAGE>
   
    GIFTS OF CONTRACTS
 
    Any  transfer of a Contract prior to the Annuity Date for less than full and
adequate consideration will generally trigger tax  on the gain in the  Contract.
The  transferee will receive a  step-up in basis for  the amount included in the
transferor's income. This provision, however, does not apply to those  transfers
between  spouses or  incident to  a divorce which  are governed  by Code Section
1041(a).
 
    CONTRACTS OWNED BY NON-NATURAL PERSONS
 
    If the Contract is held by a non-natural person (for example, a  corporation
or  trust) the  Contract is  generally not  treated as  an annuity  contract for
Federal income  tax purposes,  and the  income on  the Contract  (generally  the
excess of the Contract Value over the purchase payments) is includable in income
each  year. The  rule does not  apply where  the non-natural person  is only the
nominal owner such as a trust or other  entity acting as an agent for a  natural
person. The rule also does not apply when the Contract is acquired by the estate
of a decedent, when the Contract is held under certain qualified plans, when the
Contract  is  a qualified  funding asset  for  structured settlements,  when the
Contract is purchased on behalf of  an employee upon termination of a  qualified
plan, and in the case of an immediate annuity.
 
    SECTION 1035 EXCHANGES
 
    Code  Section 1035 provides that no gain  or loss shall be recognized on the
exchange of  an annuity  contract for  another annuity  contract. A  replacement
contract  obtained in a tax-free exchange of contracts succeeds to the status of
the surrendered contract.  Special rules  and procedures apply  to Code  Section
1035  transactions. Prospective owners wishing to take advantage of Code Section
1035 should consult their tax advisers.
 
    MULTIPLE CONTRACTS
 
    Annuity contracts that are issued by the Company (or affiliate) to the  same
Owner  during  any calendar  year will  be  treated as  one annuity  contract in
determining the  amount includable  in the  taxpayer's gross  income. Thus,  any
amount received under any such contract prior to the contract's annuity starting
date will be taxable (and possibly subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent
of  the combined income in all such contracts. The Treasury has broad regulatory
authority to prevent avoidance of the  purposes of this aggregation rule. It  is
possible  that, under  this authority, Treasury  may apply this  rule to amounts
that are  paid  as annuities  (on  or after  the  starting date)  under  annuity
contracts  issued by the same company to the same Owner during any calendar year
period. In this  case, annuity  payments could  be fully  taxable (and  possibly
subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent of the combined income in all such
contracts  and  regardless  of  whether any  amount  would  otherwise  have been
excluded from income. Owners should consult a tax adviser before purchasing more
than one Contract or other annuity contracts.
 
DIVERSIFICATION STANDARDS
 
    To comply  with  the  diversification  regulations  promulgated  under  Code
Section  817(h) (the  "Diversification Regulations"),  after a  start-up period,
each Subaccount is  required to diversify  its investments. The  Diversification
Regulations generally require that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar
year  no more than 55% of the value of the assets of a Subaccount is represented
by any one investment, no more than  70% is represented by any two  investments,
no  more than 80% is represented by any  three investments, and no more than 90%
is represented by any four investments. A "look-through" rule applies so that an
investment in a  Fund is  not treated  as one investment  but is  treated as  an
investment  in a  pro-rata portion  of each underlying  asset of  such Fund. All
securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment. In the case of
government securities, each Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a
separate issuer.
 
                                       28
    
<PAGE>
   
    In connection with the issuance of the Diversification Regulations, Treasury
announced that such regulations do not provide guidance concerning the extent to
which Owners may direct their investments to particular divisions of a  separate
account.  It  is  possible  that  if  and  when  additional  regulations  or IRS
pronouncements are issued, the Contract may  need to be modified to comply  with
such  rules. For  these reasons,  the Company reserves  the right  to modify the
Contract, as necessary, to prevent the Owner from being considered the owner  of
the assets of the Variable Account.
 
    The Company intends to comply with the Diversification Regulations to assure
that  the  Contracts continue  to be  treated as  annuity contracts  for Federal
income tax purposes.
 
QUALIFIED PLANS
 
    The Contracts may be used to create an IRA. The Contracts are also available
for use in connection with a  previously established 403(b) Plan. No attempt  is
made  herein  to provide  more than  general  information about  the use  of the
Contracts with IRAs or 403(b) Plans.  The information herein is not intended  as
tax advice. A prospective Owner considering use of the Contract to create an IRA
or in connection with a 403(b) Plan should first consult a competent tax adviser
with  regard to  the suitability  of the Contract  as an  investment vehicle for
their qualified plan.
 
    A Contract  may  be used  as  the investment  medium  for several  types  of
retirement  plans. Under  amendments to the  Internal Revenue  Code which became
effective in 1993, distributions from  a qualified plan (other than  non-taxable
distributions  representing  a  return  of  capital,  distributions  meeting the
minimum distribution requirement, distributions for the life or life  expectancy
of the recipient(s) or distributions that are made over a period of more than 10
years)  are  eligible  for tax-free  rollover  within  60 days  of  the  date of
distribution, but are also  subject to federal income  tax withholding at a  20%
rate  unless paid directly to another qualified plan. If the recipient is unable
to take full advantage of the tax-free rollover provisions, there may be taxable
income, and  the imposition  of a  10% penalty  if the  recipient is  under  age
59 1/2. We make no attempt to provide more than general information about use of
Qualified  Contracts  with the  various types  of  retirement plans.  Owners and
participants under retirement plans as well as Annuitants and Beneficiaries  are
cautioned  that  the  rights  of  any person  to  any  benefits  under Qualified
Contracts may be  subject to the  terms and conditions  of the retirement  plan,
regardless  of  the terms  and conditions  of the  Qualified Contract  issued in
connection with such a  retirement plan. Purchasers  of Qualified Contracts  for
use  with any retirement plan should consult their legal counsel and tax adviser
regarding the suitability of a Qualified Contract for their retirement plan.
 
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES
 
    Section 408 of  the Code permits  eligible individuals to  contribute to  an
IRA.  Contracts issued in connection  with an IRA are  subject to limitations on
eligibility, maximum contributions, and time of distribution. Distributions from
certain retirement plans  qualifying for  federal tax advantages  may be  rolled
over  into an  IRA. Sales  of the  Contracts for  use with  IRAs are  subject to
special requirements  imposed by  the Service,  including the  requirement  that
informational  disclosure be given to each  person desiring to establish an IRA.
The IRAs offered by this Prospectus are not available in all states.
 
403(B) PLANS
 
    Code Section 403(b)(11) imposes certain  restrictions on an Owner's  ability
to  make partial withdrawals from Code Section 403(b) Contracts, if attributable
to Premium paid under a  salary reduction agreement. Specifically, Code  Section
403(b)(11)  allows an Owner to  make a surrender or  partial withdrawal only (a)
when the employee attains age 59  1/2, separates from service, dies, or  becomes
disabled  (as defined in the Code), or (b)  in the case of hardship. In the case
of hardship, only an amount equal to the purchase payments may be withdrawn.  In
addition,  under  Code  Section 403(b)  the  employer must  comply  with certain
non-discrimination  requirements.  Owners  should  consult  their  employers  to
determine  whether the employer  has complied with these  rules. The 403(b) Plan
offered by this Prospectus is not available in all states.
 
                                       29
    

<PAGE>
   
                                    APPENDIX
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT OPTION
 
    Under  this  Guaranteed  Account option,  Contract  Values are  held  in the
Company's General  Account. The  General  Account includes  all of  Our  assets,
except  those assets segregated  in Our separate  accounts. Because of exemptive
and exclusionary  provisions, interests  in the  General Account  have not  been
registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  nor  is  the  General Account
registered as an investment  company under the Investment  Company Act of  1940.
The Company understands that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
has  not reviewed the disclosures in  this Prospectus relating to the Guaranteed
Account portion of  the Contract. Disclosures  regarding the Guaranteed  Account
may,  however,  be subject  to certain  generally  applicable provisions  of the
federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of  statements
made in prospectuses.
 
    During  the  Accumulation  Period  the Owner  may  allocate  amounts  to the
Guaranteed Account.  The initial  Premium  will be  invested in  the  Guaranteed
Account  if selected by the Owner at the time of application. Additional Premium
will be allocated in  accordance with the selection  made in the application  or
the  most recent instruction received at the Company Office. If the Owner elects
to withdraw  amounts from  the Guaranteed  Account, such  withdrawal, except  as
otherwise  provided in this Appendix, will be  subject to the same conditions as
imposed on withdrawals from the Variable Account. The Company reserves the right
to delay any payment from the Guaranteed  Account for up to six (6) months  from
the date it receives such request at its Office.
 
GUARANTEE PERIODS
 
    The  period(s) for which a guaranteed interest  rate is credited is called a
Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods may be offered or withdrawn at the Company's
discretion. The initial guarantee period(s) and the guaranteed interest  rate(s)
applicable to the initial Premium are as shown in the Contract. At least 15 days
but  no more  than 75 days  prior to the  expiration of a  Guarantee Period, the
Owner will be mailed a  notice of the guaranteed  interest rate applicable to  a
renewal  of  the Guarantee  Period. At  the expiration  of any  Guarantee Period
applicable to any portion  of the Contract Value,  that portion of the  Contract
Value  will be automatically  renewed for another Guarantee  Period for the same
duration as  the  expired  Guarantee  Period and  will  receive  the  guaranteed
interest  rate then in effect for  that Guarantee Period, unless other Guarantee
Periods or one or more  Subaccounts are requested in  writing by the Owner.  All
requests to change a Guarantee Period at the end of an existing Guarantee Period
must  be received in writing at the Company's Office within 30 days prior to the
end of that Guarantee Period.
 
ALLOCATIONS TO THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT
 
    The minimum amount that may be allocated to a Guarantee Period, either  from
the  initial  or  a  subsequent  Premium, is  $3,000.  Amounts  invested  in the
Guaranteed Account  are credited  with interest  on a  daily basis  at the  then
applicable  effective guarantee rate. The effective  guarantee rate is that rate
in effect  when the  Owner  allocates or  transfers  amounts to  the  Guaranteed
Account. If the Owner has allocated or transferred amounts at different times to
the  Guaranteed Account, each allocation or transfer may have a unique effective
guarantee rate and Guarantee Period  associated with that amount. The  effective
guarantee  rate will not be changed more than once per year and the minimum rate
will not be less than 3%.
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT TRANSFERS
 
    During the accumulation period the Owner may transfer, by written request or
telephone authorization, Contract Values to or from a subaccount of the Variable
Account to or from  a Guarantee Period  of the Guaranteed  Account at any  time,
subject to the conditions set out under Transfer of Contract Values Section.
 
    Prior  to  the  end  of  a  Guarantee  Period  the  Owner  may  specify  the
Subaccount(s) of the Variable Account or the applicable Guarantee Period of  the
Guaranteed  Account to  which the  Owner wants  the amounts  from the Guaranteed
Account  transferred  at  the  end  of  the  Guarantee  Period.  If  the   Owner
 
                                      A-1
    
<PAGE>
   
does  not notify us  prior to the end  of the Guarantee  Period, we will reapply
that amount to  a new  Guarantee Period  of the  same duration,  provided it  is
available. If a new Guarantee Period of the same duration is not available, that
portion of Your Contract Value shall be transferred to the Guarantee Period next
shortest  in  duration.  The amount  so  applied  is then  subject  to  the same
conditions as the original  Guarantee Period, including  the condition that  the
amount  may not be  transferred until the  end of that  Guarantee Period. In the
event of a  non-specified renewal, there  is a  grace period of  30 days  within
which  the Owner can have transferred amounts reapplied. The effective guarantee
rate applicable to the new Guarantee Period may be different from the  effective
guaranteed  rate applicable  to the  original Guarantee  Period. These transfers
will be handled at no charge to the Owner.
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
    Unless accomplished on the expiration date  of a Guarantee Period or  during
the  grace period, a transfer, withdrawal, surrender or annuitization of amounts
allocated to the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
The adjusted value is  determined by multiplying the  amount to be  transferred,
withdrawn,  surrendered or annuitized  from a Guarantee  Period by the following
formula:
 
    .75 X (A - B) X [N/12], where:
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>
A          =          The guaranteed interest rate applicable to a Guarantee Period for that portion of
                      proceeds being transferred, withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized.
B          =          The guaranteed interest rate currently available for the same length of Guarantee
                      Period as that  remaining in the  period applicable to  that portion of  proceeds
                      being  transferred, withdrawn,  surrendered or  annuitized. If  no such Guarantee
                      Period is  then offered,  the  guaranteed interest  rate  will be  calculated  by
                      straight  line  interpolation  of  the  guaranteed  interest  rates  of available
                      Guarantee Periods.
N          =          The number of complete and partial months  remaining to the end of the  Guarantee
                      Period  applicable  to that  portion  of proceeds  being  transferred, withdrawn,
                      surrendered or annuitized.
</TABLE>
 
    The Market Value Adjustment is not applicable on the date a Guarantee Period
expires; however, a Withdrawal or Surrender  on such date may remain subject  to
Surrender Charges. Applicable Surrender Charges will be applied after any Market
Value Adjustment to Guaranteed Account values.
 
MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE
 
    The  minimum Surrender Value for amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Account
equals the  amounts  so allocated  less  withdrawals, with  interest  compounded
annually at the rate of 3%, reduced by any applicable Surrender Charge.
 
                                      A-2
    

<PAGE>
   
          TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
General Information........................................................................................
  The Company..............................................................................................
  Independent Accountants..................................................................................
  Legal Counsel............................................................................................
  Distributor..............................................................................................
  Calculation of Performance Related Information...........................................................
  Delay of Payments........................................................................................
  Transfers................................................................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values......................................................................
Annuity Provisions.........................................................................................
Annuity Benefits...........................................................................................
  Annuity Options..........................................................................................
  Variable Annuity Payment Values..........................................................................
  Annuity Unit.............................................................................................
  Net Investment Factor....................................................................................
  Additional Provisions....................................................................................
Financial Statements.......................................................................................
Appendix -- General Account Option.........................................................................        A-1
  Guaranteed Account.......................................................................................        A-1
  Guarantee Periods........................................................................................        A-1
  Market Value Adjustment..................................................................................        A-2
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
    

<PAGE>










                                        PART B



<PAGE>

   
                                        PART B
                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                         DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS



                                      issued by



                                  VARIABLE ACCOUNT A



                                         and



               AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK



         THIS IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE  DEFERRED VARIABLE
ANNUITY CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

         THE PROSPECTUS CONCISELY SETS FORTH INFORMATION THAT A PROSPECTIVE
INVESTOR OUGHT TO KNOW BEFORE INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY
1, 1996 CALL OR WRITE:  American International Assurance Company of New York; 
Attention: Variable Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, 
1-800-340-2765.

DATE OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:  May 1, 1996





                                           

<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

General Information.........................................................
    The Company.............................................................
    Independent Accountants.................................................
    Legal Counsel...........................................................
    Distributor.............................................................
    Calculation of Performance Related Information..........................
    Delay of Payments.......................................................
    Transfers...............................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values.......................................
Annuity Provisions..........................................................
    Annuity Benefits........................................................
    Annuity Options.........................................................
    Variable Annuity Payment Values.........................................
    Annuity Unit............................................................
    Net Investment Factor...................................................
    Additional Provisions...................................................
Financial Statements........................................................


                                        B - 2


<PAGE>


                                 GENERAL INFORMATION


THE COMPANY

         A description of American Life Assurance Company of New York (the 
"Company"), and its ownership is contained in the Prospectus.  The Company
will provide for the safekeeping of the assets of Variable Account A 
(the "Variable Account").

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

         The audited financial statements of the Company have been audited by
Coopers and Lybrand, L.L.P., independent certified public accountants, whose
offices are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

LEGAL COUNSEL

         Legal matters relating to the Federal securities laws in connection
with the Contracts described herein and in the Prospectus are being passed upon
by the law firm of Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP, Washington, D.C..

DISTRIBUTOR

    AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of American
International Group, Inc. and an affiliate of the Company, acts as the
distributor.  The offering is on a continuous basis.  Commissions in the amount
of $27,878 were retained by the Distributor.  

CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION

         A.   YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD QUOTATIONS FOR THE MONEY MARKET
              SUBACCOUNT
         
         The yield quotation for the Money Market Subaccount to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be for the seven days ended on the date of the most recent
balance sheet of the Variable Account included in the registration statement,
and will be computed by determining the net change, exclusive of capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one Accumulation Unit in the Money Market Subaccount at the beginning of the
period, subtracting a hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from Owner
accounts, and dividing the difference by the value of the account at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return, and multiplying
the base period return by (365/7) with the resulting figure carried to at least
the nearest hundredth of one percent.

         Any effective yield quotation for the Money Market Subaccount to be
set forth in the Prospectus will be for the seven days ended on the date of the
most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account included in the registration
statement, and will be carried at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent,
and will be computed by determining the net change, exclusive of capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one Accumulation Unit in the Money Market Subaccount at the beginning of the
period, subtracting a hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from Owner
accounts, and dividing the difference by the value of the account at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return, and then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal
to 365 divided by 7 and subtracting 1 from the result, according to the
following formula:
   
         EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)365/7]-1.


                                        B - 3

<PAGE>


         For purposes of the yield and effective yield computations, the
hypothetical charge reflects all deductions that are charged to all Owner
accounts in proportion to the length of the base period.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the Money Market
Subaccount's mean account size.  The yield and effective yield quotations do not
reflect the Surrender Charge that may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in
an amount ranging up to 6% of the requested withdrawal amount, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase payment was held under the Contract and whether withdrawals had
been previously made during that Contract Year.  (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Surrender Charge" on page    of the Prospectus)  No deductions or
sales loads are assessed upon annuitization under the Contracts.  Realized gains
and losses from the sale of securities and unrealized appreciation and
depreciation of the Money Market Subaccount and the Fund are excluded from the
calculation of yield.

    B.   TOTAL RETURN QUOTATIONS

         The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth
in the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one,
five, and ten year periods (or, where a Subaccount has been in existence for a
period of less than one, five or ten years, for such lesser period) ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period
from the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid
date.  The quotations are computed by finding the average annual compounded
rates of return over the relevant periods that would equate the initial amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                             P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV

         Where:    P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                   T = average annual total return

                   n = number of years

                   ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                   payment made at the beginning of the particular period at
                   the end of the particular period.

         For the purposes of the total return quotations for all of the 
Subaccounts, the calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all
Owner accounts.  For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the
account size is assumed to be the respective Subaccount's mean account size. 
The calculations also assume a total withdrawal as of the end of the particular
period.

    No standardized or non-standardized total return quotations have been
provided for the Zero Coupon 2000, Dreyfus Stock Index, Money Market, Growth,
Overseas, Asset Manager, Investment Grade Bond, High Income, Worldwide Balance,
Gold and Natural Resources, Short-Term Retirement, Medium-Term Retirement, or
Long-Term Retirement Portfolios, because, for the fiscal year ending December
31, 1995, such portfolios were not yet in operation.


                                        B - 4

<PAGE>


Annualized total return for certain Subaccounts as of December 31, 1995, were as
follows:  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                One Year      Three Years      Inception to Date
                                --------      -----------      -----------------
     <S>                        <C>           <C>              <C>
     Conservative Investors     10.05%        N/A              3.21%
     Growth Investors           13.36%        N/A              3.73%
     Growth                     27.91%        N/A              19.96%
     Growth and Income          28.44%        11.93%           10.09%

</TABLE>

*Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

     Conservative Investors  August 24, 1994
     Growth Investors        August 16, 1994
     Growth                  August 16, 1994
     Growth and Income       July 8, 1992

    C.   YIELD QUOTATIONS FOR EACH SUBACCOUNT OTHER THAN THE MONEY MARKET
         SUBACCOUNT

    The yield quotations for each Subaccount other than the Money Market
Subaccount will be based on a thirty-day period. The computation is made by
dividing the net investment income per Accumulation Unit earned during the 
period by the Unit Value on the last day of the period, according to the
following formula:  

                     Yield = 2[(a - b + 1)(to the power of 6 - 1]
                                 -----
                                   cd

         Where:         a =  net investment income earned during the period by
                             the corresponding portfolios of the Funds
                             attributable to shares owned by the Subaccount.

                        b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of
                             reimbursements).

                        c =  the average daily number of Accumulation Units
                             outstanding during the period.

                        d =  the maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit
                             on the last day of the period.

    For the purposes of the yield quotations for the Subaccounts, the
calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner accounts. 
For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account size is assumed
to be the respective Subaccount's mean account size.  The calculations do not
take into account the Deferred Sales Charge or any transfer charges.

         A Surrender Charge may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in an
amount ranging up to 6% of the requested withdrawal amount, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase payment was held under the Contract, and whether withdrawals had
been previously made during that Contract Year.  (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Surrender Charge" on page ___ of the Prospectus)  There is
currently a transfer charge of $10 per transfer after a specified number of
transfers in each Contract Year.  (See Transfer of Contract Values" on page 15
of the Prospectus)


                                        B - 5

<PAGE>


    D.   NON - STANDARDIZED PERFORMANCE DATA

         1.   Total Return Quotations

         The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth
in the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one,
five, and ten year periods (or, where a Subaccount has been in existence for a
period of less than one, five or ten years, for such lesser period) ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period
from the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid
date.  The quotations are computed by finding the average annual compounded
rates of return over the relevant periods that would equate the initial amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                P(1+T)to the power of n = ERV

              Where:    P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                        T = average annual total return

                        n = number of years

                        ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                        payment made at the beginning of the particular period
                        at the end of the particular period.
 
    For the purposes of the total return quotations, the calculations take into
effect all fees that are charged to all Owner accounts.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the respective 
Subaccount's mean account size.  The calculations do not, however, assume a
total withdrawal as of the end of the particular period and, therefore, no
Surrender Charge is reflected.

    Annualized total return quotations for certain Subaccounts as of December
31, 1995, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          One Year      Three Years       Inception to Date
                          --------      -----------       -----------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>               <C> 
Conservative Investors   15.51%        N/A               11.46%
Growth Investors         18.82%        N/A               11.82%
Growth                   33.37%        N/A               27.65%
Growth and Income        33.90%        13.16%            13.69%

</TABLE>

    2.   Tax Deferred Accumulation

    In reports or other communications to You or in advertising or sales
materials, the Company may also describe the effects of tax-deferred compounding
on the Variable Account's investment returns or upon returns in general.  These
effects may be illustrated in charts or graphs and may include comparisons at
various points in time of returns under the Contract or in general on a tax-
deferred basis with the returns on a taxable basdis.  Different tax rates may be
assumed.

    In general, individuals who own annuity contracts are not taxed on inreases
in the value under the annuity contract until some form of distribution is made
from the contract.  Thus, the annuity contract will benefit from tax deferral
during the accumulation period, which generally will have the effect of
permitting an investment in an annuity contract to grow more rapidly than a
comparable investment under which increases in value are taxed on a current
basis.  The following chart illustrates this benefit by comparing accumulation
under the Contract with accumulations from an investment on 


                                        B - 6

<PAGE>



which gains are taxed on a current basis.  The chart shows accumulations on an
initial investment or Premium payment of $25,000, assuming hypothetical gross
annual return of 0%, 4% and 8%, compounded annually, and a tax rate of 31%.  The
values shown for the taxable investment do not include any deduction for
management fees or other expenses but assume that taxes are deducted annually
from investment returns.  The values shown for the Contract reflect the
deduction of contractual expenses such as the 1.25% mortality and expense risk
charge, the 0.15% Administrative Charge and the $30 Contract Maintenance Charge,
but not the expenses of an underlying investment vehicle, such as the Fund.  In
addition, these values assume that the Owner does not surrender the Contract or
make any withdrawals until the end of the period shown.  The chart assumes a
full withdrawal, at the end of the period shown, of all contract value and the
payment of taxes at the 31% rate on the amount in excess of the Premium payment.

    The rates of return illustrated are hypothetical and are not an estimate or
guaranty of performance.  Actual tax rates may vary for different taxpayers from
that illustrated and withdrawals by Owners who have not reached age 59 1/2 may
be subject to a tax penalty of 10%.



                                    [INSERT CHART]


                                        B - 7

<PAGE>


DELAY OF PAYMENTS

         Any payments due under the Contracts will generally be sent to the
Owner within seven (7) days of a completed request for payment.  However, the
Company has reserved the right to postpone any type of payment from the Variable
Account for any period when:

              (a)  the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than
                   customary weekends and holidays, or trading on the Exchange
                   is otherwise restricted;

              (b)  an emergency exists as a result of which it is not
                   reasonably practicable to dispose of securities held in the
                   Variable Account or determine their value;

              (c)  an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission permits
                   delay for the protection of security holders; or

              (d)  the check used to pay any Premium has not cleared through
                   the banking system (this may take up to 15 days).

         The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission shall
govern as to whether the conditions in (a) and (b) exist.


                        METHOD OF DETERMINING CONTRACT VALUES

         The Contract Value will fluctuate in accordance with the investment
results of the underlying Portfolio of the Fund held within the Subaccount.  In
order to determine how these fluctuations affect Contract Values, Accumulation
Units are utilized.  The value of an Accumulation Unit applicable during any
Valuation Period is determined at the end of that period.

         When the first shares of the respective Portfolios of the Funds were
purchased for the Subaccounts, the Accumulation Units for the Subaccounts were
valued at $10.  The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Subaccount on any
Valuation Date thereafter is determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

         (a)   is equal to:

              (i)  the total value of the net assets attributable to
                   Accumulation Units in the Subaccount, minus

              (ii) the daily charge for assuming the risk of guaranteeing
                   mortality factors and expense charges which is equal on an
                   annual basis to 1.25% multiplied by the daily net asset
                   value of the Subaccount; minus

              (iii)the daily charge for providing certain
                   administrative functions which is equal on an annual basis
                   to 0.15% multiplied by the daily net asset value of the
                   Subaccount; minus or plus


                                        B - 8

<PAGE>


              (iv) a charge or credit for any tax provision established for the
                   Subaccount.  The Company is not currently making any
                   provision for taxes.

         (b)  is the total number of Accumulation Units applicable to that
              Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period.

         The resulting value of each Subaccount Accumulation Unit is multiplied
by the respective number of Subaccount Accumulation Units for a Contract.  The
Contract Value of the Variable Account is the sum of all Subaccount 
values for the Contract.

         An Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease in value from Valuation
Date to Valuation Date.


                                  ANNUITY PROVISIONS

ANNUITY BENEFITS

         A description of the Annuity Benefits and Annuity Options is provided
in the prospectus

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT VALUES

         A Variable Annuity is an annuity with payments which (1) are not
predetermined as to dollar amount and (2) will vary in amount with the net
investment results of the applicable Subaccount(s) of the Variable Account.  At
the Annuity Date the Contract Value in each Subaccount will be applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables contained in the Contract.  The Annuity Table used
will depend upon the payment option chosen.  The same Contract Value amount
applied to each payment option may produce a different initial annuity payment. 
If, as of the Annuity Date, the then current annuity rates applicable to  this
class of contracts will provide a larger income than that guaranteed for the
same form of annuity under the Contracts described herein, the larger amount
will be paid.

         The first annuity payment for each Subaccount is determined by
multiplying the amount of the Contract Value allocated to that Subaccount by the
factor shown in the table for the option selected, divided by 1000.

         The dollar amount of Subaccount annuity payments after the first is
determined as follows:

              (a)  The dollar amount of the first annuity payment is divided by
                   the value for the Subaccount Annuity Unit as of the Annuity
                   Date.  This establishes the number of Annuity Units for each
                   monthly payment.  The number of Annuity Units remains fixed
                   during the Annuity payment period, subject to any transfers.

              (b)  The fixed number of Annuity Units is multiplied by the
                   Annuity Unit value for the Valuation Period 14 days prior to
                   the date of payment.

         The total dollar amount of each Variable Annuity payment is the sum of
all Subaccount variable annuity payments less the pro-rata amount of the annual
Administrative Charge.

ANNUITY UNIT


                                        B - 9

<PAGE>


         The value of an Annuity Unit for each Subaccount was arbitrarily set
initially at $10.  This was done when the first Fund shares were purchased.  The
Subaccount Annuity Unit value at the end of any subsequent Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying the Subaccount Annuity Unit value for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

         (a)  is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which
              the Subaccount Annuity Unit value is being determined; and

         (b)  is the assumed investment factor for such Valuation Period.  The
              assumed investment factor adjusts for the interest assumed in
              determining the first variable annuity payment.  Such factor for
              any Valuation Period shall be the accumulated value, at the end
              of such period, of $1.00 deposited at the beginning of such
              period at the assumed investment rate of 5%.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

         The net investment factor is used to determine how investment results
of a Fund affect the Subaccount Annuity Unit value from one Valuation Period to
the next.  The net investment factor for each Subaccount for any Valuation
Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result,
where:

         (a)   is equal to:

               (i) the net asset value per share of the relevant Fund held in
                   the Subaccount determined at the end of that Valuation
                   Period; plus

              (ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain
                   distribution made by such Fund held in the Subaccount if the
                   "ex-dividend" date occurs during that same Valuation Period;
                   plus or minus

              (iii)a per share charge or credit, which is determined by the
                   Company, for changes in tax reserves resulting from
                   investment operations of the Subaccount.

         (b)  is equal to:

              (i)  the net asset value per share of the relevant Fund held in
                   the Subaccount determined as of the end of the prior
                   Valuation Period; plus or minus

              (ii) the per share charge or credit for any change in tax
                   reserves for the prior Valuation Period.

         (c)  is equal to:

              (i)  the percentage factor representing the Mortality and Expense
                   Risk Charge, plus 

              (ii) the percentage factor representing the daily Administrative
                   Charge.

The net investment factor may be greater or less than the assumed investment
factor; therefore, the Subaccount Annuity Unit value may increase or decrease
from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.


                                        B - 10

<PAGE>


ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

         The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before
making any life annuity payment provided for by the Contract.  If the age of the
Annuitant has been misstated the Company will compute the amount payable based
on the correct age.  If annuity payments have begun, any underpayments that may
have been made will be paid in full with the next annuity payment, including
interest at the annual rate of 5%.  Any overpayments, including interest at the
annual rate of 5%, unless repaid to the Company in one sum, will be deducted
from future annuity payments until the Company is repaid in full.

         If a Contract provision requires that a person be alive, the Company
may require due proof that the person is alive before the Company acts under
that provision.

         The Company will give the payee under an annuity payment option a
settlement contract for the payment option.

         You may assign this Contract prior to the Annuity Date.  A written
request, dated and signed by you must be sent to our Administrative Office.  A
duly executed copy of any assignment must be filed with our Administrative
Office.  We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment.


                                 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The financial statements of the Company included herein shall be 
considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its 
obligations under the Contracts.


                                     B-11

    
<PAGE>
                     AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE
                              COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                         (A WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
                      AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.)
 
                    REPORT ON AUDITS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)
 
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
American International Life Assurance Company of New York:
 
    We  have audited the  accompanying balance sheets  of American International
Life Assurance  Company  of New  York  (a wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  American
International  Group, Inc.) as  of December 31,  1995 and 1994,  and the related
statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the  three
years  in the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of American International  Life
Assurance  Company of New York as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for  each of the three years in the  period
ended  December  31,  1995,  in conformity  with  generally  accepted accounting
principles.
 
    As discussed in Note 1 (h) to the financial statements, the Company  changed
in  1993, its  method of  accounting for  investments in  certain fixed maturity
securities.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 22, 1996
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                       1995           1994
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>
Investments and cash:
  Fixed maturities:
    Bonds available for sale, at market value (cost: 1995-$4,139,170: 1994 --
     $3,807,500).................................................................  $   4,434,329  $   3,700,640
  Equity securities:
    Common stock (cost: 1995-$8,540: 1994 -- $8,382..............................         17,703         17,201
    Non-redeemable preferred stocks (cost: 1995 -- $4,564; 1994 -- $5,027).......          4,570          4,701
Mortgage loans on real estate, net...............................................        448,700        399,695
Real estate, net of accumulated depreciation of $6,009 in 1995; and $4,861 in
 1994............................................................................         33,029         34,155
Policy loans.....................................................................         10,991         10,317
Other invested assets............................................................         69,360         63,941
Short-term investments...........................................................        103,040        130,415
Cash.............................................................................          2,460          5,363
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
      Total investments and cash.................................................      5,124,182      4,366,428
Amounts due from related parties.................................................          1,186          2,304
Investment income due and accrued................................................         74,355         67,623
Premium and insurance balances receivable -- net.................................         13,289         14,536
Reinsurance assets...............................................................         22,552         26,313
Deferred policy acquisition cost.................................................         31,225         29,626
Deferred incomes taxes...........................................................       --               44,926
Separate and variable accounts...................................................         68,151         27,630
Other assets.....................................................................         16,814          1,800
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
      Total assets...............................................................  $   5,351,754  $   4,581,186
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                           BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                  LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                       1995           1994
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>
Policyholders' funds on deposit..................................................  $   3,060,581  $   2,742,412
Future policy benefits...........................................................      1,561,760      1,446,327
Reserve for unearned premiums....................................................         10,808         13,099
Policy and contract claims.......................................................         37,201         37,092
Reserve for commissions, expenses and taxes......................................          4,433          3,077
Insurance balances payable.......................................................          7,771          9,128
Federal income tax payable.......................................................          3,477          1,353
Deferred income taxes............................................................         62,252       --
Amounts due to related parties...................................................          5,260          7,654
Separate and variable accounts...................................................         68,151         27,468
Other liabilities................................................................         23,553         26,640
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
    Total Liabilities............................................................      4,845,247      4,314,250
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, $200 par value; 16,125 shares authorized, issued and outstanding...          3,225          3,225
Additional paid-in capital.......................................................        197,025        197,025
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments, net of future policy
 benefits and taxes of $82,352 in 1995 and $(32,471) in 1994;....................        152,941        (60,305)
Retained Earnings................................................................        153,316        126,991
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity.................................................        506,507        266,936
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......................................  $   5,351,754  $   4,581,186
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
                                                                                   -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                                                                1995         1994         1993
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Premiums.................................................................  $    84,357  $    71,826  $    76,045
  Net investment income....................................................      386,666      335,823      308,089
  Realized capital gains...................................................        1,436        1,932       18,767
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenues.........................................................      472,459      409,581      402,901
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Benefits and expenses:
  Benefits to policyholders................................................      167,319      163,585      156,707
  Increase in future policy benefits and policyholders' funds on deposit...      209,512      165,291      155,434
  Acquisition and insurance expenses.......................................       54,808       62,759       57,758
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total benefits and expenses............................................      431,639      391,635      369,899
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes.................................................       40,820       17,946       33,002
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Income taxes (benefits):
  Current..................................................................       22,142       18,986       19,330
  Deferred.................................................................       (7,647)     (12,152)      (9,007)
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total income taxes.....................................................       14,495        6,834       10,323
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income.................................................................  $    26,325  $    11,112  $    22,679
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                               1995          1994         1993
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year.............................................  $      3,225  $      3,225  $     3,225
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................         3,225         3,225        3,225
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of year:............................................       197,025       197,025      119,025
Capital contribution.....................................................       --            --            78,000
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................       197,025       197,025      197,025
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
UNREALIZED APPRECIATION (DEPRECIATION) OF INVESTMENTS, NET
Balance at beginning of year.............................................       (60,305)       58,102        1,887
Change during year.......................................................       404,070      (182,164)       6,497
Changes due to deferred income tax benefit (expense) and future policy
 benefits................................................................      (190,824)       63,757       (2,302)
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes of $28,011..........       --            --            52,020
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................       152,941       (60,305)      58,102
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year.............................................       126,991       115,879       93,200
Net income...............................................................        26,325        11,112       22,679
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
Balance at end of year...................................................       153,316       126,991      115,879
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................................  $    506,507  $    266,936  $   374,231
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                                           ------------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                                            1995          1994           1993
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income.........................................................  $    26,325  $     11,112  $       22,679
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Non-cash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income:
    Change in insurance reserves.......................................       37,251        45,554          44,151
    Change in premiums and insurance balances receivable and payable --
     net...............................................................         (110)         (138)          2,251
    Change in reinsurance assets.......................................        3,761         5,570           5,240
    Change in deferred policy acquisition costs........................       (1,599)         (213)          1,632
    Change in investment income due and accrued........................       (6,732)       (8,153)         (7,937)
    Realized capital gains.............................................       (1,436)       (1,932)        (18,767)
    Change in current and deferred income taxes -- net.................       (5,523)       (6,895)        (21,332)
    Change in reserves for commissions, expenses and taxes.............        1,356           149           1,054
    Change in other assets and liabilities -- net......................      (33,021)        7,526          (1,568)
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
      Total adjustments................................................       (6,053)       41,468           4,724
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by operating activities..........................       20,272        52,580          27,403
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Cost of fixed maturities, at market sold.............................       65,623        63,695         309,595
  Cost of fixed maturities, at market matured or redeemed..............      247,551       255,229         341,223
  Cost of equity securities sold.......................................        1,310           958           6,738
  Realized capital gains...............................................        3,436         4,715          24,542
  Purchase of fixed maturities.........................................     (627,188)     (837,973)     (1,050,415)
  Purchase of equity securities........................................       (1,005)         (137)         (4,449)
  Mortgage loans granted...............................................     (111,402)      (77,824)        (61,932)
  Repayments of mortgage loans.........................................       60,476         9,621          20,397
  Change in policy loans...............................................         (674)          601             870
  Change in short-term investments.....................................       27,375        (7,485)        (59,065)
  Change in other invested assets......................................       (4,083)       (6,479)         (7,164)
  Other -- net.........................................................       (2,763)       (1,086)        (17,821)
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
    Net cash used in investing activities..............................     (341,344)     (596,165)       (497,481)
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in policyholders' funds on deposit............................      318,169       542,729         395,889
  Proceeds from capital contribution...................................      --            --               78,000
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities..........................      318,169       542,729         473,889
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Change in cash.........................................................       (2,903)         (856)          3,811
Cash at beginning of year..............................................        5,363         6,219           2,408
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
Cash at end of year....................................................  $     2,460  $      5,363  $        6,219
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
                                                                         -----------  ------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
           See accompanying notes to statutory financial statements.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    (a)   BASIS OF PRESENTATION:   American International Life Assurance Company
of New York (the Company) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of American International
Group, Inc. (the  Parent). The  financial statements  of the  Company have  been
prepared  on the basis  of generally accepted  accounting principles (GAAP). The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires  management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date of
the financial  statements and  the  reported amounts  of revenues  and  expenses
during  the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The Company is  licensed to sell  life and  accident & health  insurance in  the
District of Columbia and all states except Arizona, Conneticut and Maryland. The
Company is also licensed in America Samoa, Virgin Islands and Guam.
 
    The  Company  also files  financial statements  prepared in  accordance with
statutory practices prescribed or permitted  by the Insurance Department of  the
State  of New York.  Financial statements prepared  in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles  differ in  certain respects  from the  practices
prescribed  or permitted by regulatory  authorities. The significant differences
are:  (1)  statutory  financial  statements  do  not  reflect  fixed  maturities
available  for  sale  at market  value;  (2) policy  acquisition  costs, charged
against operations as incurred for  regulatory purposes, have been deferred  and
are  being amortized over the anticipated  life of the contracts; (3) individual
life and  annuity policy  reserves  based on  statutory requirements  have  been
adjusted  based  upon mortality,  lapse and  interest assumptions  applicable to
these coverages, including provisions  for reasonable adverse deviations;  these
assumptions  reflect  the  Company's  experience  and  industry  standards;  (4)
deferred income taxes not recognized for regulatory purposes have been  provided
for  temporary  differences  between the  bases  of assets  and  liabilities for
financial reporting  purposes and  tax purposes;  (5) for  regulatory  purposes,
future  policy benefits,  policyholders' funds  on deposit,  policy and contract
claims and reserve for unearned premiums are presented net of ceded reinsurance;
and (6)  an  asset valuation  reserve  and interest  maintenance  reserve  using
National  Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC)  formulas are set up for
regulatory purposes.
 
    (b)  INVESTMENTS:   Fixed maturities available for  sale, where the  company
may  not have  the ability  or positive  intent to  hold these  securities until
maturity, are carried at  market value. Included  in fixed maturities  available
for sale are collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO's). Premiums and discounts
arising  from the purchase  of CMO'S are  treated as yield  adjustments over the
estimated life.  Common  stocks and  preferred  stocks available  for  sale  are
carried  at  market value.  Short-term investments  are  carried at  cost, which
approximates market.
 
    Unrealized gains and losses from  investment in equity securities and  fixed
maturities  available for  sale are  reflected in  stockholders' equity,  net of
amounts recorded  as future  policy  benefits and  any related  deferred  income
taxes.
 
    Realized  capital gains  and losses  are determined  principally by specific
identification. Where declines in values  of securities below cost or  amortized
cost  are considered to be other than temporary, a charge is reflected in income
for the difference between cost or  amortized cost and estimated net  realizable
value.
 
    Mortgage  loans on real estate are  carried at unpaid principal balance less
unamortized loan origination fees and costs less an allowance for  uncollectible
loans.
 
    Real  estate  is  carried  at  depreciated  cost  and  is  depreciated  on a
straight-line basis over  31.5 years. Expenditures  for maintenance and  repairs
are  charged to income as incurred; expenditures for betterments are capitalized
and depreciated over their estimated lives.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    Policy loans are carried at the aggregate unpaid principal balance.
 
    Other invested  assets consist  primarily of  limited partnership  interests
which  are  carried  at  market  value. Unrealized  gains  and  losses  from the
revaluation of these investments are  reflected in stockholders' equity, net  of
any  related  taxes. Also  included in  this  category is  an interest  rate cap
agreement, which is carried at its amortized cost. The cost of the cap is  being
amortized  against investment income on  a straight line basis  over the life of
the cap.
 
    (c)  INCOME TAXES:  The Company  joins in a consolidated federal income  tax
return with the Parent and its domestic subsidiaries. The Company and the Parent
have  a written tax allocation agreement whereby the Parent agrees not to charge
the Company a greater portion of the consolidated tax liability than would  have
been  paid by the Company  if it had filed  a separate return. Additionally, the
Parent agrees to reimburse the Company for  any tax benefits arising out of  its
net  losses within ninety days after the  filing of that consolidated tax return
for the year in which these  losses are utilized. Deferred federal income  taxes
are  provided  for  temporary differences  related  to the  expected  future tax
consequences of  events that  have been  recognized in  the Company's  financial
statements or tax returns.
 
    (d)   PREMIUM  RECOGNITION AND RELATED  BENEFITS AND EXPENSES:   Premiums on
traditional life insurance and life contingent annuity contracts are  recognized
when  due. Revenues for  universal life and  investment-type products consist of
policy charges for the cost of insurance, administration, and surrenders  during
the  period. Premiums  on accident and  health insurance are  reported as earned
over the contract term. The portion of accident and health premiums which is not
earned at  the end  of a  reporting  period is  recorded as  unearned  premiums.
Estimates of premiums due but not yet collected are accrued. Policy benefits and
expenses   are  associated  with  earned  premiums  on  long-duration  contracts
resulting in a  level recognition of  profits over the  anticipated life of  the
contracts.
 
    Policy  acquisition  costs  for  traditional  life  insurance  products  are
generally deferred and amortized over the  premium paying period of the  policy.
Deferred  policy  acquisition  costs  and  policy  initiation  costs  related to
universal life  and  investment-type  products  are  amortized  in  relation  to
expected gross profits over the life of the policies (see Note 3).
 
    The  liability  for  future  policy  benefits  and  policyholders'  contract
deposits is established using assumptions described in Note 4.
 
    (e)  POLICY AND CONTRACT CLAIMS:  Policy and contract claims include amounts
representing: (1) the actual  in-force amounts for reported  life claims and  an
estimate  of incurred  but unreported  claims; and  (2) an  estimate, based upon
prior experience, for accident and  health reported and incurred but  unreported
losses.  The methods  of making  such estimates  and establishing  the resulting
reserves are  continually reviewed  and updated  and any  adjustments  resulting
therefrom are reflected in income currently.
 
    (f)   SEPARATE  AND VARIABLE ACCOUNTS:   These accounts  represent funds for
which investment income and investment gains  and losses accrue directly to  the
policyholders.  Each account has specific  investment objectives, and the assets
are carried at  market value. These  assets are legally  segregated and are  not
subject to claims which arise out of any other business of the Company.
 
    (g)   REINSURANCE ASSETS:  Reinsurance  assets include the balances due from
both reinsurance  and  insurance companies  under  the terms  of  the  Company's
reinsurance arrangements for ceded unearned premiums, future policy benefits for
life  and  accident  and  health insurance  contracts,  policyholders'  funds on
deposit and  policy and  contract  claims. It  also  includes funds  held  under
reinsurance treaties.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    (h)    ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS:    In  March  1995,  the  Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB)  issued Statement of  Financial Accounting Standards  No.
121  "Accounting  for the  Impairment of  Long-lived  Assets and  for Long-lived
Assets to Be Disposed  Of" (FASB 121). This  statement requires that  long-lived
assets  and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable and an impairment loss must be recognized.
 
    FASB 121  is effective  for  the Company  commencing  January 1,  1996.  The
Company  believes  that the  adoption of  this  statement in  1996 will  have an
immaterial  impact  on  the  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and
liquidity.
 
    In December 1995, FASB issued "Special Report, a Guide to the Implementation
of  Statement No. 115 on  Accounting for Certain Investments  in Debt and Equity
Securities". Among other things, this guide provided for a transition  provision
permitting  a one-time  transfer of  debt securities  from the  held to maturity
classification to the  available for  sale classification. The  Company did  not
transfer  any securities from  the held to  maturity classification to available
for sale classification.
 
    In 1994,  the American  Institute of  Certified Public  Accountants  (AICPA)
issued  a Statement  of Position (SOP)  94-6 "Disclosure  of Certain Significant
Risks and Uncertainties" (SOP 94-6). Pursuant to SOP 94-6, the Company has  made
certain  disclosures as to the nature of the Company's operations and the use of
estimates in the  preparation of  its 1995 financial  statements. Certain  other
disclosures  were  not  necessary  as  the Company  did  not  meet  the required
criteria.
 
    In November of 1992, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 112 "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" (FASB 112). FASB 112
established accounting standards for employers who provide benefits to former or
inactive employees after employment but before retirement. FASB 112 was  adopted
effective  January  1, 1994,  and  had no  significant  effect on  the Company's
results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
 
    In October 1994, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
118 "Accounting by  Creditors for  Impairment of a  Loan-Income Recognition  and
Disclosures"  (FASB 118). FASB  118 amends FASB  114 to allow  a creditor to use
existing methods to recognize interest income on an impaired loan. FASB 118 also
amends certain disclosure requirements of FASB 114. The Company adopted FASB 114
and FASB 118 effective December 31,  1994. The adoption of these statements  did
not  cause  any  significant  impact on  the  Company's  results  of operations,
financial condition or liquidity.
 
    In October 1994, FASB issued  Statement of Financial Accounting Standard  No
119  "Disclosure  about  Derivative  Financial  Instruments  and  Fair  Value of
Financial Instruments" (FASB 119). FASB 119 requires disclosure about derivative
financial instruments  and  amends FASB  105  "Disclosure of  Information  about
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Financial Instruments with
Concentrations  of Credit Risk" (FASB 105) and Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 107 "Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments".
 
    FASB 119  requires  disclosure  about  the  amounts,  nature  and  terms  of
derivatives that are not subject to FASB 105. Also, FASB 119 requires disclosure
about  financial instruments  held or issued  for trading  purposes and purposes
other than trading. This statement was adopted by the Company effective December
31, 1994.
 
    In May  1993, the  FASB issued  Statement of  Accounting Standards  No.  115
"Accounting  for Certain Investments  on Debt and  Equity Securities" (FASB 115)
and the Company adopted this standard at December 31, 1993. The pretax  increase
in carrying value of fixed maturities available for
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
sale  as a result of marking to  market was $242,000,000. A portion was recorded
as a component of future policy  benefits. Thus, the unrealized appreciation  of
investments increased $52,020,000, net of taxes of $28,011,000.
 
    (i)  Certain amounts  in the  1994 balance  sheet have  been reclassified to
conform to the 1995 presentation.
 
2.  INVESTMENT INFORMATION
 
    (a)  STATUTORY DEPOSITS:  Securities with a carrying value of $9,381,000 and
$8,289,000 were  deposited  by  the Company  under  requirements  of  regulatory
authorities as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    (b)   NET  INVESTMENT INCOME:   An analysis  of net investment  income is as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                            1995         1994         1993
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities.......................................  $   334,828  $   289,374  $   271,962
Equity securities......................................        1,006        1,156        1,190
Mortgage loans.........................................       40,383       33,251       29,163
Real estate............................................        3,446        3,771        3,305
Policy loans...........................................          733          764          846
Cash and short-term investments........................        4,124        6,839        3,593
Other invested assets..................................        6,381        4,465        1,661
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total investment income............................      390,901      339,620      311,720
Investment expenses....................................        4,235        3,797        3,631
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net investment income..............................  $   386,666  $   335,823  $   308,089
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    (c)  INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES:   The net realized capital gains  (losses)
and  change in unrealized  appreciation (depreciation) of  investments for 1995,
1994 and 1993 are summarized below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                            1995          1994        1993
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>
Net realized gains (losses) on investments:
  Fixed maturities.....................................  $      (115) $        (75) $  20,106
  Equity securities....................................        3,515         2,046     (2,415)
  Mortgage loans.......................................       (2,000)       (2,783)    (5,775)
  Other invested assets................................           36         2,744      6,851
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
  Net realized gains...................................  $     1,436  $      1,932  $  18,767
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of
 investments:
  Fixed maturities.....................................  $   402,020  $   (186,892) $  --
  Equity securities....................................          677          (853)     6,499
  Other invested assets................................        1,373         5,581         (2)
  Cumulative effect of accounting change...............      --            --          80,031
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
  Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of
   investments.........................................  $   404,070  $   (182,164) $  86,528
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
                                                         -----------  ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  INVESTMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    Proceeds from the sale of investments in fixed maturities during 1995,  1994
and 1993 were $80,003,000, $79,504,000 and $59,251,000, respectively.
 
    During  1995,  1994  and  1993,  gross  gains  of  $624,000,  $4,861,000 and
$30,195,000,  respectively,  and  gross  losses  of  $739,000,  $4,936,000   and
$10,089,000, respectively, were realized on dispositions of fixed maturities.
 
    During  1995,  1994  and 1993,  gross  gains of  $3,516,000,  $2,047,000 and
$516,000, respectively,  and  gross losses  of  $1,000, $1,000  and  $2,931,000,
respectively, were realized on dispositions of equity securities.
 
    (d)    MARKET  VALUE  OF FIXED  MATURITIES  AND  UNREALIZED  APPRECIATION OF
INVESTMENTS:   At  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  unrealized  appreciation  of
investments  in equity securities (before applicable taxes) included gross gains
of $9,650,000  and  $9,341,000  and  gross  losses  of  $480,000  and  $848,000,
respectively.
 
    The  amortized  cost and  estimated market  values  of investments  in fixed
maturities at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             GROSS        GROSS
                                                             AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
1995                                                           COST          GAINS       LOSSES     MARKET VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  U.S. Government and government agencies and
   authorities...........................................  $      84,063  $    19,982  $        39  $     104,006
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions......        883,646       56,568           89        940,125
  Foreign governments....................................         33,927        5,291           75         39,143
  All other corporate....................................      3,137,534      224,452       10,931      3,351,055
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
    Total fixed maturities...............................  $   4,139,170  $   306,293  $    11,134  $   4,434,329
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                             GROSS        GROSS
                                                             AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED
1994                                                           COST          GAINS       LOSSES     MARKET VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  U.S. Government and government agencies and
   authorities...........................................  $      89,861  $     4,381  $     3,235  $      91,007
  States, municipalities and political subdivisions......        819,297        7,687       46,602        780,382
  Foreign governments....................................         34,230        1,481        2,310         33,401
  All other corporate....................................      2,886,112       36,160      104,422      2,795,850
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
    Total fixed maturities...............................  $   3,807,500  $    49,709  $   156,569  $   3,700,640
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                           -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  INVESTMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
    The amortized cost and estimated market value of fixed maturities  available
for  sale at  December 31,  1995, by contractual  maturity, are  shown below (in
thousands). Actual maturities could  differ from contractual maturities  because
certain  borrowers have the right to call  or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AMORTIZED      ESTIMATED
                                                                   COST       MARKET VALUE
                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Due in one year or less......................................  $     310,922  $     326,318
Due after one year through five years........................      1,110,307      1,172,894
Due after five years through ten years.......................      1,632,691      1,759,253
Due after ten years..........................................      1,085,250      1,175,864
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               $   4,139,170  $   4,434,329
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    (e)   CMO'S:   CMOs are  U.S. Government  and Government  agency backed  and
triple  A-rated securities. In the preceding  table, CMO's are included in other
corporate fixed maturities. At December 31,  1995 and 1994, the market value  of
the  CMO  portfolio  was  $1,114,196,000  and  $967,179,000,  respectively;  the
estimated  amortized  cost   was  approximately  $1,049,450,000   in  1995   and
$989,346,000  in 1994. The Company's CMO  portfolio is readily marketable. There
were no derivative  (high risk)  CMO securities  contained in  the portfolio  at
December 31, 1995.
 
    (f)   FIXED  MATURITIES BELOW  INVESTMENT GRADE:   At December  31, 1995 and
1994, the fixed maturities held by the Company that were below investment  grade
had  an aggregate amortized cost of $204,254,000 and $205,986,000, respectively,
and an aggregate market value of $206,442,000 and $195,443,000, respectively.
 
    (g)    NON-INCOME  PRODUCING  ASSETS:    Non-income  producing  assets  were
insignificant.
 
    (h)   INVESTMENTS GREATER THAN 10% EQUITY:   The market value of investments
in the following companies and institutions exceeded 10% of the Company's  total
stockholders' equity at December 31, 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Fixed Maturities:
  Standard Credit Card...................................  $ 113,683
  Morgan Stanley Mortgage Trust..........................  $  80,482
  General Motors Acceptance Corporation..................  $  71,742
  Transamerica Finance...................................  $  57,329
</TABLE>
 
3.  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
    The  following reflects the policy  acquisition costs deferred (commissions,
direct solicitation  and other  costs) which  will be  amortized against  future
income and the related current amortization charged to income, excluding certain
amounts deferred and amortized in the same period (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             -------------------------------
                                                               1995       1994       1993
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of year...............................  $  29,626  $  29,413  $  31,045
Acquisition costs deferred.................................      5,933      3,286      2,157
Amortization charged to income.............................     (4,334)    (3,073)    (3,789)
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance at end of year.....................................  $  31,225  $  29,626  $  29,413
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4.  FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS AND POLICYHOLDERS' FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
 
    (a)  The analysis of the future  policy benefits and policyholders' funds on
deposit liabilities as at December 31, 1995 and 1994 follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1995           1994
                                                               -------------  -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Future policy benefits:
  Long duration contracts....................................  $   1,549,758  $   1,436,875
                                                               -------------  -------------
  Short duration contracts...................................         12,002          9,452
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               $   1,561,760  $   1,446,327
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
Policyholder funds on deposit:
  Annuities..................................................  $   2,131,609  $   1,974,234
  Guaranteed investment contracts (GICs).....................        739,947        667,968
  Universal life.............................................         84,741         94,998
  Other investment contracts.................................        104,284          5,212
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               $   3,060,581  $   2,742,412
                                                               -------------  -------------
                                                               -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    (b) Long duration contract liabilities  included in future policy  benefits,
as  presented in the  table above, result from  traditional life products. Short
duration contract liabilities  are primarily accident  and health products.  The
liability  for  future  policy  benefits has  been  established  based  upon the
following assumptions:
 
        (i) Interest  rates  for traditional  life  insurance products  are  9.5
    percent graded to 7.0 percent over 30 years. The liability for future policy
    benefits for universal life insurance has been established using FASB 97 and
    assumes  a  1.0  percent  investment margin.  Interest  rates  (exclusive of
    immediate/terminal funding annuities),  which vary by  year of issuance  and
    products,  range  from  3.0  percent  to  10.0  percent.  Interest  rates on
    immediate/terminal funding annuities are  at a maximum  of 12.2 percent  and
    grade to not greater than 7.5 percent.
 
        (ii)  Mortality and  withdrawal rates  are based  upon actual experience
    modified to allow for variations in policy form. The weighted average  lapse
    rate, including surrenders, for individual life approximated 14.8 percent.
 
    (c)  The liability for  policyholders' fund on  deposit has been established
based on the following assumptions:
 
        (i) Interest  rates  credited on  deferred  annuities vary  by  year  of
    issuance  and range from 4.0 percent  to 8.3 percent. Credited interest rate
    guarantees are  generally  for a  period  of one  year.  Withdrawal  charges
    generally  range from  6.0 percent  to 10.0 percent  grading to  zero over a
    period of 6 to 10 years.
 
        (ii)  GICs  have  market  value  withdrawal  provisions  for  any  funds
    withdrawn  other than  benefit responsive payments.  Interest rates credited
    generally range from 4.7 percent to 9.1 percent and maturities range from  2
    to 7 years.
 
       (iii)  The  universal  life funds  have  credited interest  rates  of 6.1
    percent to  7.0 percent  and  guarantees ranging  from  4.0 percent  to  5.5
    percent  depending on the year of  issue. Additionally, universal life funds
    are subject to  surrender charges  that amount to  7.5 percent  of the  fund
    balance and grade to zero over a period not longer than 20 years.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES
 
    (a)  The Federal income  tax rate applicable  to ordinary income  is 35% for
1995, 1994 and 1993. Actual tax  expense on income from operations differs  from
the  "expected" amount computed by applying  the Federal income tax rate because
of the following (in thousands except percentages):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1995                      1994                     1993
                                     ------------------------  ------------------------  ----------------------
                                                 PERCENT OF                PERCENT OF               PERCENT OF
                                                   PRE-TAX                   PRE-TAX                  PRE-TAX
                                                  OPERATING                 OPERATING                OPERATING
                                      AMOUNT       INCOME       AMOUNT       INCOME       AMOUNT      INCOME
                                     ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
"Expected" income tax expense......  $  14,288        35.0%    $   6,281        35.0%    $  11,551      135.0%
Prior year federal income tax
 benefit...........................     --           --           --           --           (1,954)      (5.9)
State income tax...................        627         1.5           714         4.0           758        2.3
Other..............................       (420)       (1.0)         (161)       (0.9)          (32)      (0.1)
                                     ---------         ---     ---------         ---     ---------      -----
Actual income tax expense..........  $  14,495        35.5%    $   6,834        38.1%    $  10,323       31.3%
                                     ---------         ---     ---------         ---     ---------      -----
                                     ---------         ---     ---------         ---     ---------      -----
</TABLE>
 
    (b) The components  of the net  deferred tax liability  were as follows  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                              31,
                                                                     ---------------------
                                                                       1995        1994
                                                                     ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Adjustments to mortgage loans and investment income..............  $   5,420  $    4,672
  Unrealized depreciation on investments...........................     --          32,471
  Adjustment to life reserves......................................     23,835      13,752
                                                                     ---------  ----------
  Other............................................................      1,571       2,336
                                                                        30,826      53,231
                                                                     ---------  ----------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs................................  $   1,637  $    2,501
  Fixed maturities discount........................................      8,745       5,497
  Unrealized appreciation on investments...........................     82,352      --
  Other............................................................        344         307
                                                                     ---------  ----------
                                                                        93,078       8,305
                                                                     ---------  ----------
Net deferred tax liability (asset).................................  $  62,252  $  (44,926)
                                                                     ---------  ----------
                                                                     ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    (c)  At December 31,  1995, accumulated earnings of  the Company for Federal
income tax purposes include approximately $2,879,000 of "Policyholders' Surplus"
as defined  under  the  Code.  Under provisions  of  the  Code,  "Policyholders'
Surplus"  has not been  currently taxed but  would be taxed  at current rates if
distributed  to  the  Parent.  There  is  no  present  intention  to  make  cash
distributions  from "Policyholders'  Surplus" and accordingly,  no provision has
been made for taxes on this amount.
 
    (d) Income  taxes paid  in 1995,  1994, and  1993 amounted  to  $19,056,000,
$13,537,000, and $23,984,000, respectively.
 
6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
    The Company, in common with the insurance industry in general, is subject to
litigation, including claims for punitive damages, in the normal course of their
business. The Company does not believe that such litigation will have a material
effect on its operating results and financial condition.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    (a)  Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 107 "Disclosures about
Fair Value  of Financial  Instruments" (FASB  107) requires  disclosure of  fair
value  information about  financial instruments for  which it  is practicable to
estimate such  fair  value.  These  financial instruments  may  or  may  not  be
recognized in the balance sheet. In the measurement of the fair value of certain
of  the financial instruments, quoted market prices were not available and other
valuation techniques  were  utilized. These  derived  fair value  estimates  are
significantly  affected  by  the  assumptions used.  FASB  107  excludes certain
financial instruments, including those related to insurance contracts.
 
    The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
the fair value of the financial instruments presented:
 
        CASH AND SHORT TERM INVESTMENTS:   The carrying amounts reported in  the
    balance sheet for these instruments approximate fair value.
 
        FIXED  MATURITIES:  Fair values for fixed maturity securities carried at
    market value  are generally  based upon  quoted market  prices. For  certain
    fixed  maturities for which  market prices were  not readily available, fair
    values  were  estimated  using  values  obtained  from  independent  pricing
    services.
 
        EQUITY  SECURITIES:  Fair  values for equity  securities were based upon
    quoted market prices.
 
        MORTGAGE AND POLICY LOANS:  Where practical, the fair values of loans on
    real estate were  estimated using  discounted cash  flow calculations  based
    upon the Company's current incremental lending rates for similar type loans.
    The  fair values of policy loans were not calculated as the Company believes
    it would have to expend excessive costs for the benefits derived. Therefore,
    the fair value of policy loans was estimated at carrying value.
 
        INTEREST RATE CAP:  Fair values for the interest rate cap were estimated
    using values obtained from an independent pricing service.
 
        POLICYHOLDERS' FUNDS ON DEPOSIT:   Fair values of policyholder  contract
    deposits  were estimated using discounted  cash flow calculations based upon
    interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts consistent with
    those remaining for the contracts being valued.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
    (b) The  fair value  and carrying  amounts of  financial instruments  is  as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          CARRYING
1995                                                                      FAIR VALUE       AMOUNT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
Cash and short-term investments........................................  $     105,500  $     105,500
Fixed maturities.......................................................      4,434,329      4,434,329
Equity securities......................................................         22,273         22,273
Mortgage and policy loans..............................................        489,768        459,691
Interest rate cap......................................................            433            510
                                                                         -------------  -------------
Policyholders' funds on deposit........................................  $   3,125,730  $   3,060,581
                                                                         -------------  -------------
                                                                         -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                          CARRYING
1994                                                                      FAIR VALUE       AMOUNT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
Cash and short-term investments........................................  $     135,778  $     135,778
Fixed maturities.......................................................      3,700,640      3,700,640
Equity securities......................................................         21,902         21,902
Mortgage and policy loans..............................................        414,354        410,012
Interest rate cap......................................................          1,567            736
                                                                         -------------  -------------
Policyholders' funds on deposit........................................  $   2,755,594  $   2,742,412
                                                                         -------------  -------------
                                                                         -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
8.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    (a)  The Company  may not distribute  dividends to the  Parent without prior
approval of  regulatory agencies.  Generally, this  limits the  payment of  such
dividends  to an  amount which,  in the opinion  of the  regulatory agencies, is
warranted by the financial condition of the Company.
 
    (b) The  Company's stockholders'  equity as  determined in  accordance  with
statutory  accounting  practices  was  $257,910,000  at  December  31,  1995 and
$214,273,000 at December 31, 1994. Statutory net income amounted to $49,059,000,
$21,226,000, and $2,298,000 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
    (a)  The  Company   participates  with  its   affiliates  in  a   qualified,
non-contributory,  defined  benefit pension  plan which  is administered  by the
Parent. All qualified employees  who have attained age  21 and completed  twelve
months  of  continuous service  are  eligible to  participate  in this  plan. An
employee with  5  or more  years  of service  is  entitled to  pension  benefits
beginning  at normal retirement age 65. Benefits  are based upon a percentage of
average final compensation multiplied by years of credited service limited to 44
years  of  credited  service.  Prior  to  January  1,  1996  the  average  final
compensation  is subject to certain limitations. Annual funding requirements are
determined based on the "projected unit  credit" cost method which attributes  a
pro  rata portion of the total projected benefit payable at normal retirement to
each year  of  credited service.  Pension  expense for  current  service  costs,
retirement  and termination benefits for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993 were approximately $225,000,  $190,000 and $323,000, respectively.  The
Parent's plans do not separately identify projected benefit obligations and plan
assets  attributable  to employees  of  participating affiliates.  The projected
benefit  obligations  exceeded  the  plan   assets  at  December  31,  1995   by
$59,620,000.
 
    (b) The Parent also sponsors a voluntary savings plan for domestic employees
(a  401(k) plan), which during  the two years ended  December 31, 1994, provided
for salary reduction contributions by
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
employees and matching  contributions by the  Parent up to  2 percent of  annual
salary.  Commencing  January  1, 1995,  the  401(k) plan  provided  for matching
contributions by the Parent of up to 6 percent of annual salary depending on the
employee's years of service.
 
    (c) On April 1, 1985, the  Parent terminated and replaced its then  existing
U.S.  pension  plan, a  contributory qualified  defined  benefit plan,  with the
current non-contributory  qualified  defined  benefit plan.  Settlement  of  the
obligations of the prior plan was accomplished through the purchase of annuities
from  the Company  for accrued  benefits as of  the date  of termination. Future
policy benefits reserves in the accompanying balance sheet that relate to  these
annuity  contracts  are  $73,171,000 at  December  31, 1995  and  $70,791,000 at
December 31, 1994.
 
    (d) In addition to the Parent's defined benefit pension plan, the Parent and
its subsidiaries provide a post-retirement benefit program for medical care  and
life  insurance.  Eligibility  in  the various  plans  is  generally  based upon
completion of a specified  period of eligible service  and reaching a  specified
age.
 
    (e)  Employees of the Company participate  in certain stock option and stock
purchase plans of the Parent. In general, under the stock option plans, officers
and other key employees are  granted options to purchase  AIG common stock at  a
price  not less  than fair market  value at the  date of grant.  In general, the
stock purchase plans  provide for  eligible employees to  receive privileges  to
purchase  AIG common stock at a  price equal to 85% of  the fair market value on
the date of grant of the purchase privilege.
 
10. LEASES
 
    (a) The  Company  occupies leased  space  in many  locations  under  various
long-term  leases and has entered into various leases covering the long-term use
of data processing  equipment. At December  31, 1995, the  future minimum  lease
payments under operating leases were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                        PAYMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>
1996.....................................................................  $     583
1997.....................................................................        463
1998.....................................................................        368
1999.....................................................................        153
2000.....................................................................         54
Remaining years after 2000...............................................     --
                                                                           ---------
    Total................................................................  $   1,621
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent  expense  approximated $661,000,  $801,000 and  $657,000 for  the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    (b) Sublease  Income  --  The  Company  does  not  participate  in  sublease
agreements.
 
11. REINSURANCE
 
    (a)  The  Company reinsures  portions of  its life  and accident  and health
insurance risks with unaffiliated companies. Life insurance risks are  reinsured
primarily  under coinsurance  and yearly  renewable term  treaties. Accident and
health insurance risks are reinsured primarily under coinsurance, excess of loss
and quota share treaties. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a
manner consistent with the assumptions  used for the underlying policy  benefits
and  are presented as a component  of reinsurance assets. A contingent liability
exists with respect to reinsurance ceded to
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)
the extent that any  reinsurer is unable to  meet the obligations assumed  under
the  reinsurance agreements. The Company also reinsures portions of its life and
accident and health insurance risks with affiliated companies (see Note 12).
 
    The effect of all reinsurance  contracts, including reinsurance assumed,  is
as follows (in thousands, except percentages):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               AMOUNT
                                                                                               ASSUMED
DECEMBER 31, 1995                         GROSS         CEDED      ASSUMED        NET          TO NET
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Life Insurance in Force.............  $   4,415,460  $   711,025  $   3,574  $   3,708,009         0.2%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
  Premiums:
    Life............................         25,939        3,368          6         22,577         0.0%
    Accident and Health.............         22,136        8,034     20,822         34,924        59.6%
    Annuity.........................         27,496          639     --             26,857       --
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
      Total Premiums................  $      75,571  $    12,041  $  20,828  $      84,358        24.7%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               AMOUNT
                                                                                               ASSUMED
DECEMBER 31, 1994                         GROSS         CEDED      ASSUMED        NET          TO NET
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Life Insurance in Force.............  $   4,241,039  $   512,028  $   3,980  $   3,732,991         0.1%
  Premiums:
    Life............................         26,345        3,677         13         22,681         0.1%
    Accident and Health.............         23,622        9,520     20,612         34,714        59.4%
    Annuity.........................         14,892          461     --             14,431       --
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
      Total Premiums................  $      64,859  $    13,658  $  20,625  $      71,826        28.7%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                               AMOUNT
                                                                                               ASSUMED
DECEMBER 31, 1993                         GROSS         CEDED      ASSUMED        NET          TO NET
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Life Insurance in Force.............  $   3,726,676  $   667,040  $   4,177  $   3,063,813         0.1%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
  Premiums:
    Life............................         28,098        3,943        594         24,749         2.4%
    Accident and Health.............         23,625        9,285     18,482         32,822        56.3%
    Annuity.........................         19,679        1,205     --             18,474       --
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
      Total Premiums................  $      71,402  $    14,433  $  19,076  $      76,045        25.1%
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                      -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    (b) The maximum amount retained on any one life by the Company is $500,000.
 
    (c)   Reinsurance  recoveries,  which  reduced  death  and  other  benefits,
approximated $7,667,000, $6,720,000 and $8,477,000 respectively, for each of the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
    The Company's reinsurance  arrangements do  not relieve it  from its  direct
obligation to its insureds.
 
<PAGE>
           AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
    (a)  The  Company  is  party  to  several  reinsurance  agreements  with its
affiliates covering  certain  life  and accident  and  health  insurance  risks.
Premium  income  and commission  ceded to  affiliates  amounted to  $800,000 and
$(3,000), respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1995. Premium income and
commission ceded  for  1994 amounted  to  $574,000 and  $(3,000),  respectively.
Premium  income and commission ceded for 1993 amounted to $849,000 and $(2,000),
respectively.  Premium  income  and  ceding  commission  expense  assumed   from
affiliates  aggregated  $19,679,000  and  $(141,000),  respectively,  for  1995,
compared to $19,331,000 and $98,000, respectively, for 1994, and $17,189,000 and
$5,000, respectively, for 1993.
 
    (b) The Company provides life insurance coverage to employees of the  Parent
and  its domestic subsidiaries in connection  with the Parent's employee benefit
plans. The statement of income includes $4,080,000 in premiums relating to  this
business for 1995, $3,952,000 for 1994, and $3,908,000 for 1993.
 
    (c)  The  Company  is party  to  several  cost sharing  agreements  with its
affiliates. Generally, these agreements provide for the allocation of costs upon
either the specific identification basis or a proportional cost allocation basis
which management believes  to be reasonable.  For the years  ended December  31,
1995,  1994  and 1993,  the Company  was  charged $19,148,000,  $17,401,000, and
$14,907,000, respectively, for expenses attributed  to the Company but  incurred
by  affiliates. During the same period, the Company received reimbursements from
affiliates aggregating $20,920,000,  $19,505,000 and $18,579,000,  respectively,
for costs incurred by the Company but attributable to affiliates.
 
    (d)  The Company received cash surplus  contributions of $78,000,000 in 1993
from AIG, Inc., the  Parent and American Home  Assurance Company, an  affiliated
insurer.
 
    (e)  During 1993, the Company  sold a mortgage loan  to Atlanta 17th Street,
Inc., for the aggregate unpaid principal balance of $17,500,000.
 
    (f) During  1995,  the Company  sold  a mortgage  loan  to AIG  Real  Estate
Investment  and Management Company for the aggregate unpaid principal balance of
$5,000,000.
 
<PAGE>








                                        PART C






<PAGE>

                                        PART C
                                  OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 24.      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

      a.      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

              The financial statements of American International Life Assurance
              Company of New York are included in Part B hereof.

      b.      EXHIBITS

                   1.        Resolution of Board of Directors of the Company
                             authorizing the establishment of the Variable
                             Account*

                   2.        Not Applicable

                   3. (i)    Principal Underwriter's Agreement**
                      (ii)   Broker-Dealer Agreement**
                      (iii)  General Agency Agreement***
                      (iv)   Distribution Agreement***
   
                   4. (i)    Individual Single Purchase Payment Deferred
                             Variable Annuity Contracts#
                      (ii)   Single and Flexible Premium Annuity Contract
                             (filed herewith electronically)
    
                   5.        Application for Annuity Contract#

                   6. (i)    Copy of Articles of Incorporation of the Company*
                      (ii)   Copy of the Bylaws of the Company*

                   7.        Not Applicable

                   8.        Administrative Agreement* (filed confidentially)
                   9.        Opinion and Consent of Counsel

                   10.(i)    Consent of Counsel
                      (ii)   Consent of Independent Accountants

                   11.       Not Applicable

                   12.       Agreement Governing Contribution*

                   13.       Performance Data***

                   14.       Powers of Attorney****

         *    Incorporated by reference to Registrant's initial filing on Form
              N-4, (File No. 33-9144) filed on October 7, 1986.

         **   Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment
              No. 3 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-9144), filed on May 1, 1989.



                                         II-1

<PAGE>

         ***  Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment
              No. 4 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-9144), filed on May 1, 1990.

         **** Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment
              No. 5 (File No. 33-9144), filed on May 1, 1991.

            # Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment
              No. 11 (File No. 33-39170), Filed May 1, 1992.

   
ITEM 25.      DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR.

              The following are the Officers and Directors of the Company:

OFFICERS:

Name and Principal                Position and Offices
 Business Address *                 with the Company
- ------------------                --------------------

Ernest E. Stempel(1)              Chairman of the Board
Robert J. O'Connell(2)            President
Michele L. Abruzzo(2)             Senior Vice President
James A. Bambrick(2)              Senior Vice President
Howard Gunton(3)                  Vice President & Comptroller
Jeffrey M. Kestenbaum(2)          Senior Vice President
Robert Liguori(3)                 Vice President and Counsel
Edward E. Matthews(1)             Senior Vice President - Finance
Jerome T. Muldowney(4)            Vice President - Domestic Investments
Michael Mullin(3)                 Vice President
Nicholas A. O'Kulich(1)           Vice President & Treasurer
John R. Skar(3)                   Vice President & Chief Actuary
Gerald W. Wyndorf(2)              Senior Vice President
Elizabeth M. Tuck(1)              Secretary - Corporate
David J. Walsh(1)                 Vice President

    (1)  Business address is:  70 Pine Street, New York, New York 10270
    (2)  Business address is:  80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005
    (3)  Business address is:  One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801
    (4)  Business address is:  One Chase Plaza, New York, New York 10005
    

                                         II-2

<PAGE>

Directors                    Address
- ---------                    -------

Peter J. Dalia               20281 East Country Club Drive
                             Apt. #2212
                             North Miami Beach, Florida 33180

Marion E. Fajen              5608 North Waterbury Road
                             Des Moines, Iowa 50312

Cecil Gamwell                American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

M.R. Greenberg               American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

J. Ernest Hansen             AIG Marketing, Inc.
                             505 Carr Road
                             Wilmington, Delaware

Dr. Jack Harnes              American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

John I. Howell               Indian Rock Corporation
                             P.O. Box 2606
                             Greenwick, Connecticut

Jeffrey Kestenbaum           American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New Yorkk 10270

Edwin A. G. Manton           American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

Jerome Muldowney             American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

Win J. Neuger                American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

Robert J. O'Connell          American International Life Assurance
                             Company of New York
                             80 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10005


                                         II-3

<PAGE>

Directors                    Address
- ---------                    -------

Nicholas A. O'Kulich         American International Group, Inc.
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

John Skar                    American International Life
                             Assurance Company of New York
                             One Alico Plaza, 600 King Street
                             Wilmington, DE   19801

Ernest E. Stempel            American International Companies
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10270

   
David J. Walsh               Amaerican International Companies
                             70 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10005
    

Geralad W. Wyndorf           American International Companies
                             80 Pine Street
                             New York, New York 10005




ITEM 26.      PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL
                   WITH THE DEPOSITOR OR REGISTRANT.

                          See Chart of Ownership


ITEM 27.      NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS.

              There were approximately  653 contractholders as of March 31,
              1995.

ITEM 28.      INDEMNIFICATION

         Incorporated by reference to Registrant's initial Form N-4 (File No.
         33-9144) filed  on October 7, 1986.


ITEM 29.      PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

      a.           AIG Equity Sales Corp., the principal underwriter for
                   Variable Account A, also acts as the principal underwriter
                   for other separate accounts of the Depositor, and for the
                   separate accounts of AIG Life Insurance Company, an
                   affiliated company.


                                         II-4

<PAGE>

      b.           The following information is provided for each director and
                   officer of the Principal Underwriter:

                   Name and Principal       Positions and Offices
                   Business Address*        with Underwriter
                   -----------------        ---------------------

                   Michele L. Abruzzo       Director and President
                   Kevin Clowe              Director and Vice President
                   Edward E. Matthews       Director and Chairman of
                                            the Board
                   Jerome T. Muldowney      Director
                   Robert J. O'Connell      Director
                   Ernest E. Stempel        Director
                   Kenneth F. Judkowitz     Vice President, Treasurer
                                            and Comptroller
                   Philomena Scamardella    Vice President and Senior
                                            Compliance Officer
                   Julia Perlman            Director of Marketing
                   Florence Davis           Director and General Counsel
                   Elizabeth M. Tuck        Secretary

                   *Business address is: 70 Pine Street, New York, New York
                    10270.



      c.
                           Net
           Name of         Underwriting   Compensation
           Principal       Discounts and    on         Brockerage
           Underwriter     Commissions    Redemption   Commissions Compensation
           -----------     -------------  ------------ ----------- ------------
           AIG Equity Sales
              Corp.        $659,435        0              0            0

ITEM 30.      LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

    Kenneth F. Judkowitz, Interim President and Treasurer of the Company, whose
address is 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, maintains physical
possession of the accounts, books or documents of the Variable Account required
to be maintained by Section 31(a) of Investment Act of 1940 and the rules
promulgated thereunder.


ITEM 31.      MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

    Not Applicable


ITEM 32.      UNDERTAKINGS.


                                         II-5

<PAGE>

         a.   Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment
              to this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to
              ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration
              statement are never more than sixteen (16) months old for so long
              as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted.

         b.   Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any
              application to purchase a Contract offered by the Prospectus, a
              space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of
              Additional Information, or (2) a postcard or similar written
              communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the
              applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional
              Information.

         c.   Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of
              Additional Information and any financial statements required to
              be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral
              request.

         d.   Registrant represents that in connection with 403(b) Plans, it is
              relying on the November 28, 1988 no-action letter issued by the
              SEC to the American Council of Life Insurance.

         e.   Registrant represents that Variable Account A meets the
              definition of a separate account under the federal securities
              laws.


                                         II-6
<PAGE>

                                                                
   
SUBSIDIARIES OF AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  % of
                                                                                                                  Voting
                                                                                                                  Securities
                                                                                                                  Owned by
                                                                                                                  its
                                                                                         Jurisdiction of          Immediate
Name of Corporation                                                                      Incorporation            Parent(1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                                      <C>                      <C>
Starr                                                                                    Delaware                      (2)
SICO                                                                                     Panama                        (2)
    AIG (Registrant)(3)                                                                  Delaware                      (4)
         AICCO                                                                           New Hampshire            100%
         AIG Asset Management Group, Inc.                                                Delaware                 100%
         AIG Aviation, Inc.                                                              Georgia                  100%
         AIG Capital Corp.                                                               Delaware                 100%
         AIG Capital Management Corp.                                                    Delaware                 100%
         AIG Capital Partners, Inc.                                                      Delaware                 100%
         AIG Claim Services, Inc.                                                        Delaware                 100%
         AIG Consumer Finance, Inc.                                                      Delaware                 100%
         AIG Financial Products Corp.                                                    Delaware                 100%
         AIG Funding, Inc.                                                               Delaware                 100%
         AIG Global Investment Group, Inc.                                               Delaware                 100%
         AIG Life Insurance Company                                                      Delaware                 78.9%(5)
         AIG Life Insurance Company of Puerto Rico                                       Puerto Rico              100%
         AIG Marketing, Inc.                                                             Delaware                 100%
         AIG Realty, Inc.                                                                New Hampshire                 (6)
              American International Realty Corp.                                        Delaware                 100%
         AIG Risk Management, Inc.                                                       New York                 100%
         AIG Trading Group Inc.                                                          Delaware                  80%
         AIU Insurance Company                                                           New York                  52% (7)
         AIU North America, Inc.                                                         New York                 100%
         American International Underwriters Corporation                                 New York                 100%
         American Home                                                                   New York                 100%
              AIG Hawaii Insurance Company, Inc.                                         Hawaii                   100%
              American International Insurance Company                                   New York                 100%
                American International Insurance Company of California                   California               100%
                Minnesota Insurance Company                                              Minnesota                100%
              Transatlantic Holdings, Inc.                                               Delaware                 34.12%(8)
         American International Group Data Center, Inc.                                  New Hampshire            100%
         American International Life Assurance Company of New York                       New York                 77.52%(9)
         American International Reinsurance Company Limited                              Bermuda                  100%
              AIA                                                                        Hong Kong                100%
                Australian American Assurance Company Limited                            Australia                100%
              American International Assurance Company (Bermuda) Limited                 Bermuda                  100%
              Nan Shan Life Insurance Company, Ltd.                                      Taiwan                   94.12%
         AIUO                                                                            Bermuda                  100%
              AIG Europe (Ireland) Ltd.                                                  Ireland                  100%

</TABLE>
                                         II-7

<PAGE>

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT-- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                  % of Voting
                                                                                                                  Securities
                                                                                                                  Owned by its
                                                                                         Jurisdiction of          Immediate
Name of Corporation                                                                      Incorporation            Parent (1)

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>                      <C>
              Universal Insurance Co., Ltd.                                              Thailand                 100%
              Interamericana Compania de Seguros Gerais (Brazil)                         Brazil                   100%
              La Seguridad de Centroamerica, Compania de Seguros, Sociedad Anonima       Guatemala                100%
              American International Insurance Company of Puerto Rico                    Puerto Rico              100%
              La Interamerica Compania de Seguros Generales S.A.                         Colombia                 100%
              American International Underwriters G.m.b.H.                               Germany                  100%
              Underwriters Adjustment Company, Inc.                                      Panama                   100%
         American Life Insurance Company                                                 Delaware                 100%
              Kenya American Insurance Company Limited                                   Kenya                    100%
              ALICO                                                                      France                    89%
         Birmingham Fire Insurance Company of Pennsylvania                               Pennsylvania             100%
         China America Insurance Company, Ltd.                                           Delaware                  50%
         Commerce and Industry Insurance Company                                         New York                 100%
         Commerce and Industry Insurance Company of Canada                               Ontario                  100%
         Delaware American Life Insurance Company                                        Delaware                 100%
         Hawaii Insurance Consultants, Ltd.                                              Hawaii                   100%
         The Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania                              Pennsylvania             100%
         Landmark Insurance Company                                                      California               100%
         Le Metropolitana de Seguros, C. por A.                                          Dominican Republic       100%
         Mt. Mansfield Company, Inc.                                                     Vermont                  100%
         National Union                                                                  Pennsylvania             100%
              American International Specialty Lines Insurance Company                   Alaska                    70%(10)
              International Lease Finance Corporation                                    California               100%
              Lexington                                                                  Delaware                  70%(10)
                Jl Accident & Fire Insurance Co. Ltd.                                    Japan                     50%
                National Union Fire Insurance Company of Louisiana                       Louisiana                100%
         NHIG Holding Corp.                                                              Delaware                 100%
              Audubon Insurance Company                                                  Louisiana                10096
                   Audubon Indemnity Company                                             Mississippi              100%
                   Agency Management Corporation                                         Louisiana                100%
                     The Gulf Agency, Inc.                                               Alabama                  100%
         New Hampshire                                                                   Pennsylvania             100%
              AlG Europe, S.A.                                                           France                        (11)
              A.I. Network Corporation                                                   New Hampshire            100%
                   Marketpac lnternational, Inc.                                         Delaware                 100%
              American International Pacific Insurance Company                           Colorado                 100%
              American International South Insurance Company                             Pennsylvania             100%
              Granite State Insurance Company                                            Pennsylvania             100%
              New Hampshire Indemnity Company, Inc.                                      Pennsylvania             100%

</TABLE>

                                        II-8

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT-- (CONTINUED)
                                                                                                                  % of Voting
                                                                                                                  Securities
                                                                                                                  Owned by its
                                                                                         Jurisdiction of          Immediate
Name of Corporation                                                                      Incorporation            Parent (1)

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>                      <C>
               Illinois National Insurance Co.                                           Illinois                 100%
               New Hampshire Insurance Services, Inc.                                    New Hampshire            100%
          PHILAM                                                                         Philippines               99%
              Pacific Union Assurance Company                                            California               100%
              The Philippine American General Insurance Company, Inc.                    Philippines              100%
                   Philam Insurance Company, Inc.                                        Philippines              100%
                   The Philippine American Assurance Company, Inc.                       Philippines               25%
Risk Specialist Companies, Inc.                                                          Delaware                 100%
Ticino Societa d' Assicurazioni Sulla Vita                                               Switzerland              99.8%
20th Century Insurance Company of Arizona                                                Arizona                   51%
UeberseeBank, AG                                                                         Switzerland              100%
UGC                                                                                      North Carolina           36.31%(12)
    United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company of North Carolina                      North Carolina           100%
    United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company                                        North Carolina            75%(13)
         United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company of North Carolina                  North Carolina           100%
         United Guaranty Commercial Insurance Company                                    North Catolina           100%
         United Guaranty Credit Insurance Company                                        North Carolina           100%
United Guaranty Services, Inc.                                                           North Carolina           100%

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>

(1)  Percentages include directors' qualifying shares.                    (6)  Owned by 13 AIG subsidiaries.
(2)  The directors and officers of AIG as a group own 88.17               (7)  Also owned 8 percent by The Insurance Company of the
     percent of the voting common stock of Starr and 81.82                     State of Pennsylvania, 32 percent by National Union,
     percent of the voting stock of SICO. Six of the directors                 and 8 percent by Birmingham.
     of AIG also serve as directors of Starr and SICO.                    (8)  Also owned 14.16 percent by American International
(3)  All subsidiaries listed except for minority-owned                         Group, Inc.
     Transatlantic Holdings, Inc., which is included under                (9)  Also owned 22.48% by American Home.
     the equity method, are consolidated in the accompany-               (lO)  Also owned 20 percent by The Insurance Company of the
     ing financial statements. Certain subsidiaries have been                  State of Pennsylvania and 10 percent by Birmingham.
     omitted from the tabulation. The omitted subsidiaries,              (ll)  100 percent to be held with other AIG companies.
     when considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary,            (12)  Also owned 45.88 percent by National Union, 16.95
     do not constitute a significant subsidiary.                               percent by New Hampshire and 0.86 percent by The
(4)  The common stock is owned 16.0 percent by SICO,                           Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania
     2.4 percent by Starr and 3.5 percent by The Srarr                   (13)  Also owned 25 percent by United Guaranty Residential
     Foundation.                                                               Insurance Company of North Carolina.
(5)  Also owned 21.1 percent by Commerce & Industry
     Insurance Company.
</TABLE>

                                        II-9
    

<PAGE>


                                      SIGNATURES


    As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities Act
Rule 485(b) for effectiveness of this Registration Statement and has caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf, in the City of Wilmington,
and State of Delaware on this 26th  day of April, 1996.

                                       Variable Account A
                                       ------------------
                                       Registrant


                             By:       /s/ James A. Bambrick
                                       ----------------------------
                                       James A. Bambrick, Vice President


                             By:       American International Life Assurance
                                       Company of New York
                                       -------------------------------------
                                                 Depositor


                             By:       /s/ James A. Bambrick
                                       ----------------------------
                                       James A. Bambrick
                                       Vice President


                                        II-10

<PAGE>

    As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Name                         Title                              Date
- ----                         -----                              ----

Peter J. Dalia*              Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Peter J. Dalia

Marion E. Fajen*             Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Marion E. Fajen

Patrick Foley*               Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Patrick Foley

Cecil Gamwell*               Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Cecil Gamwell

M.R. Greenberg*              Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
M.R. Greenberg

J. Ernest Hanson*            Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
J. Ernest Hanson

Dr. Jack Harnes*             Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Dr. Jack Harnes

John I. Howell*              Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
John I. Howell

                             Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Jeffrey Kestenbaum

                             Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Edwin A. G. Manton

Jerome Muldowney*            Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Jerome Muldowney

                             Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
Win J. Neuger

Nicholas A. O'Kulich*        Director, Treasurer and            April 26, 1996
- ---------------------        Chief Financial Officer
Nicholas A. O'Kulich 

John Skar*                   Director                           April 26, 1996
- ---------------------
John Skar

Ernest E. Stempel*           Director and                       April 26, 1996
- ---------------------        Chairman of the Board
Ernest E. Stempel    

                             Director
- ---------------------
Gerald W. Wyndorf


                                        II-11

<PAGE>

Name                         Title                              Date
- ----                         -----                              ----

Robert J. O'Connell*         Director and                       April 26, 1996
- ---------------------        President
Robert J. O'Connell  



                                                      *By: /s/ James A. Bambrick
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          James A. Bambrick
                                                          Attorney in Fact


                                        II-12
<PAGE>


                                     EXHIBITS TO

                                AMENDMENT NUMBER 3 TO
                                       FORM N-4

                                     FOR VARIABLE
                                      ACCOUNT A


<PAGE>

                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit                                          Page

 4(ii)   Single and Flexible Premium Annuity Contract

 9       Opinion of Counsel

10(a)    Consent of Counsel
10(b)    Consent of Independent Accountants

<PAGE>


                                     EXHIBIT 4(ii)
                              SINGLE PREMIUM AND FLEXIBLE
                               PREMIUM ANNUITY CONTRACT

<PAGE>

[LOGO]             American International Life Assurance
                   Company of New York
                   80 Pine Street
                   New York, New York 10270
                   A capital stock company
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This is a legal contract issued in consideration of the payment of the
    Initial Premium.  We will make annuity payments to the Annuitant as set
    forth in this contract beginning on the Annuity Date.

    READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


    RIGHT TO CANCEL THIS CONTRACT

    This contract may be returned within 10 days after You receive it.  It can
    be mailed or delivered to either Us or Our agent.  Return of this contract
    by mail is effective as of the date of its postmark, properly addressed and
    postage pre-paid.  The returned contract will be treated as if We had never
    issued it.  We will promptly refund the Contract Value as of the date of
    return; this may be more or less than the Premium paid.

    This is a variable annuity contract.  Annuity payments and Contract Value
    may increase or decrease depending on the experience of the Variable
    Account identified in the Contract Schedule.

    Signed by the Company:


         /s/Elizabeth M. Tuck                /s/R J O'Connel

              Secretary                          President







                              DRAFT DATED APRIL 23, 1996




                     INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                   NONPARTICIPATING

<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                    PAGE
                   CONTRACT SCHEDULE                  3
                   DEFINITIONS                        5
                   GENERAL PROVISIONS                 6
                   OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS               7
                   BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS             7
                   PREMIUM PROVISIONS                 7
                   VARIABLE ACCOUNT                   8
                   GUARANTEED ACCOUNT                 9
                   TRANSFERS                          10
                   MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT            11
                   CONTRACT CHARGES                   11
                   ANNUITY PROVISIONS                 12
                   ANNUITY OPTIONS                    12
                   DEATH BENEFIT                      14
                   SURRENDER PROVISIONS               15
                   DELAY OF PAYMENTS                  16
                   FIXED OPTIONS TABLE                17
                   VARIABLE OPTIONS TABLE             18


                                          2

<PAGE>

                                  CONTRACT SCHEDULE


CONTRACT NUMBER:   (        )          INITIAL PREMIUM:              ($5,000)

OWNER(S):          (JOHN DOE)          MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM:   ($1,000)

ANNUITANT:         (JOHN DOE)

BENEFICIARY:       (JANE DOE)

EFFECTIVE DATE:    (        )

ANNUITY DATE:      (        )

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE:  [$30.00] each Contract Year [This charge will be
waived for each year that the Contract Value exceeds $50,000 on the Contract
Anniversary. ]

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE:  Equal on an annual basis to [.15%] of the average daily
net assets of the Variable Account.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE:  Equal on an annual basis to [1.25%] of the
average daily net assets of the Variable Account.

ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT CHARGE:  Equal on an annual basis to [.10%] of the
average daily net assets of the Variable Account .

TRANSFER FEE:  [$30.00]  However, we will not make a charge for the first [12]
transfers in any policy year.

SURRENDER CHARGE:

Number of Complete
Years Since Premium                  Percentage of
     Payment                            Premium
      0                                   6%
      1                                   6%
      2                                   5%
      3                                   5%
      4                                   4%
      5                                   3%
      6                                   2%
      7                                   0%

SEPARATE ACCOUNT:  [Variable Account I]


                                          3

<PAGE>


                                  CONTRACT SCHEDULE

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS:


                                                 Initial Premium Allocation
Alliance Variable Products Series Fund
     Money Market Portfolio                                  %
     Growth Portfolio
     Global Bond Port
     US Govt./High Grade Corp. Bond Port
     Global Dollar Port
     Total Return Port
     Growth Investors Port
     North American Govt. Income Port
     Growth & Income Port
     International Port
     Short-Term Multi-Market Port
     Utility Port
     Premier Growth Port
     Conservative Investors Port
     World Privatization Port

Guaranteed Account
     One Year
     Three Year
     Six Year
     Ten Year

ANNUITY SERVICE OFFICE:

               American International Life Assurance Company of New York
                        c/o Delaware Valley Financial Services
                                    300 Berwyn Park
                                     P.O. Box 3031
                                Berwyn, PA  19312-0031
                                    (800) 255-8402


                                          4

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     DEFINITIONS

ACCUMULATION UNIT - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE - The Annuity Service Office of the Company as designated
on the Contract Schedule.

ANNUITANT - The person designated by the Owner upon whose continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are to commence.

ANNUITY OPTION - An arrangement under which annuity payments are made under this
contract.

ANNUITY UNIT - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - An anniversary of the Effective Date of this contract.

CONTRACT VALUE - The dollar value as of any Valuation Date of all amounts
accumulated under this contract.

CONTRACT YEAR - Each  period of twelve (12) months commencing with the Effective
Date.

EFFECTIVE DATE - The date shown on the Contract Schedule on which the first
Contract Year begins.

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENT(S) - Those investments available under the contract.
Eligible Investments, at the time  this contract is issued, are shown on the
Contract Schedule.

GUARANTEED  ACCOUNT - A part of Our General Account which earns a Guaranteed
Rate of interest.

INJURY - Bodily injury caused by an accident which occurs while coverage under
the Accidental Death Benefit is in force, and resulting, directly and
independently from all other causes, in death.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - An adjustment applied as a result of a transfer or
surrender of an amount allocated to the Guaranteed Account which occurs on a
date prior to the end of an applicable Guarantee Period.

OWNER - The Owner is named in the Contract Schedule, unless changed, and has all
rights under this contract.

PREMIUM - Purchase payments are referred to in this contract as Premiums.

SUBACCOUNT - A division of the Variable Account established to invest in a
particular portfolio of Eligible Investments.

VALUATION DATE - Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

VALUATION PERIOD - The period between the close of business of the New York
Stock Exchange on any Valuation Date and the close of business for the next
succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT -  The Separate Account designated on the Contract Schedule.

WE, OUR, US - American International Life Assurance Company of New York.

YOU, YOUR  - The Owner of this contract.


                                          5

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

THE CONTRACT - The entire contract consists of this form and any attached
endorsement, rider or application.  This contract may be changed or altered only
by Our President or Secretary.  Any change, modification or waiver must be made
in writing.

NON-PARTICIPATION IN SURPLUS - This contract does not share in any distribution
of Our profits or surplus.

INCONTESTABILITY - This contract is not contestable.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX - We will require proof of age of the Annuitant
before making any life annuity payment provided for by this contract.  If the
age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated, the amount payable will be the
amount that the Contract Value would have provided at the true age or sex.

Once annuity payments have begun, any underpayments will be made up in one sum
with the next annuity payment and will include interest at the annual rate of 3%
unless a higher interest rate is required by the law of the jusridiction where
this contract is issued.  Overpayments will be deducted from future annuity
payments until the total is repaid and will include interest at the annual rate
of 3% unless a higher interest rate is required by the law of the jurisdiction
where this contract is issued.

CONTRACT SETTLEMENT - This contract must be returned to Us at the start of
annuity payments, upon surrender of this contract for its Surrender Value or
upon settlement as a death claim.  Prior to any settlement as a death claim, due
proof of death must be submitted to Us.  If any payment is not made in a lump
sum, a supplementary contract will be issued.

REPORTS - We will furnish You with a report showing the Contract Value at least
once each calendar year.  We will also furnish an annual report of the Variable
Account.  These reports will be sent to Your last known address.

TAXES - Any taxes paid to any governmental entity will be charged against the
Premiums or the Contract Value, depending kupon the Owner's state of residence.
We may, at Our sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from
the Contract Value at a later date.  Payment at an earlier date does not waive
any right We may have to deduct amounts at a later date.

EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL - Where any benefits under this contract are contingent
upon the recipient being alive on a given date, We will require proof
satisfactory to Us that the condition has been met.

PROTECTION OF PROCEEDS - No Beneficiary or payee may commute, or assign any
payments under this contract before they are due.  To the extent permitted by
law, no payments will be subject to the debts any Beneficiary or payee nor to
any judicial process for payment of those debts.

MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT - This contract may not be modified by Us, without Your
consent except as may be required by applicable law.  If the state insurance
laws or regulations, the federal securities or tax laws or regulations, or any
regulations under which this contract would qualify as an annuity change, We
will amend  this contract to comply with these changes.


                                          6

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

OWNER - The Owner is named in the Contract Schedule.

The Owner may exercise all the rights of this contract, subject to the rights
of:

1. any assignee under an assignment filed with Our Administrative Office; and

2. any irrevocably named Beneficiary.

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP - You may transfer Ownership of this contract.  A written
request, dated and signed by You, must be sent to Our Administrative Office.  We
may require this contract for endorsement.  The transfer will take effect as of
the date the request was signed.

Transfer of Ownership does not change the Beneficiary, nor transfer the
Beneficiary's interest.  Any change or transfer of Ownership is subject to any
payment made by Us before endorsement.

ASSIGNMENT - You may assign this contract.  A copy of any assignment must be
filed with Our Administrative Office.  We are not responsible for the validity
of any assignment.  If You assign this contract, Your rights and those of any
revocably-named person will be subject to the assignment.  If this contract is
purchased in connection with a plan intended to qualify under sections 401, 403,
or other similar tax treatment provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, it may
not be assigned as security or for any other purpose.  An assignment will not
affect any payments We may make or actions We may take before such assignment
has been recorded at Our Administrative Office.  A change in ownership or an
assignment may result in adverse tax consequences.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS

BENEFICIARY - The Beneficiary will receive the death benefit.  The Beneficiary
is named in the Contract Schedule.

DEATH OF BENEFICIARY - If no named beneficiary is living at the time a death
benefit becomes payable We will pay the death benefit to You if You are living,
or if You are not living to Your estate.

CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY - To change a beneficiary, a written request for a change
of beneficiary, dated and signed by You, must be received at Our Administrative
Office.  If the request is received at Our Administrative Office after the death
of the Owner, it will be effective only if no payment has been made.  After the
change is recorded, it will take effect as of the date the request was signed.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  PREMIUM PROVISIONS

PREMIUM - The Initial Premium is due on or before the Effective Date.
Thereafter, Premiums may be made at any time, in an amount equal to or greater
than the Minimum Subsequent Premium amount, shown on the Contract Schedule page.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS - Premiums may be allocated to one or more of the
Subaccounts of the Variable Account or to the Guaranteed Account.  Whole
percentages must be used.  The allocation of the Initial Premium is shown on the
Contract Schedule.  You may change the allocation by written request at any
time.  Any subsequent Premium received will be allocated in accordance with the
most recently received allocation instructions.


                                          7

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   VARIABLE ACCOUNT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION - The name of the Variable Account is shown in the Contract
Schedule.  The assets of the Variable Account and each Subaccount are Our
property but are not chargeable with the liabilities arising out of any other
business We may conduct, except to the extent that Variable Account assets
exceed Variable Account liabilities arising under the contracts supported by the
Variable Account.  The Variable Account and each Subaccount is separate from the
Our General Account and any other separate account or Subaccount We may have.

INVESTMENT ALLOCATIONS TO THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT - The Variable Account consists
of Subaccounts and each Subaccount may invest its assets in a separate class of
shares of a designated investment company or companies.

We have the right to change, add or delete designated investment companies.  We
have the right to add or remove Subaccounts.  We also have the right to combine
any two or more Subaccounts.

VALUATION OF ASSETS - Assets within each Subaccount will be valued at their net
asset value on each Valuation Date.

CONTRACT VALUE - Premiums are allocated among the various Subaccounts within the
Variable Account.  For each Subaccount, the Premiums are converted into
Accumulation Units.  The number of Accumulation Units credited to the contract
is determined by dividing the Premiums allocated to the Subaccount by the value
of the Accumulation Unit for the Subaccount.  Surrenders will result in the
cancellation of Accumulation Units.  The value of the contract is the sum of the
values for the contract within each Subaccount and the Guaranteed Account.  The
value of each Subaccount is determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation
Units attributable to the Subaccount by the Accumulation Unit value for the
Subaccount, independent of the value of any other Subaccount.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES - The value of an Accumulation Unit will vary in
accordance with the investment experience of the underlying portfolio in which
the Subaccount invests.  The value of Accumulation Units is expected to increase
or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.  The value of
Accumulation Units in each Subaccount will change daily to reflect the
investment experience of the corresponding underlying portfolio as well as the
daily deduction of the Contract Charges.  The number of Accumulation Units
credited to a Contract will not change as a result of any fluctuations in the
value of an Accumulation Unit.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

GENERAL DESCRIPTION - The Guaranteed Account is a part of Our General Account.
The amount You have in the Guaranteed Account at any time is a result of
Premiums You have allocated to it or any part of Your Contract Value you have
transferred to it.

GUARANTEE PERIODS - The portion of Your Contract Value within the Guaranteed
Account is credited with interest at rates guaranteed by Us for the Guarantee
Period(s) selected.  Interest is credited on a daily basis at the then
applicable effective guaranteed interest rate for the applicable Guarantee
Period.  You may select from one or more Guarantee Periods which we offer at any
particular time.  We reserve the right at any time to add or delete Guarantee
Periods.  If You have allocated any part of Your Initial Premium to a Guarantee
Period, the amount allocated, as well as the duration of the Guarantee Period is
shown on the Contract Schedule.

 The guaranteed interest rate applicable to an allocation of Premium or transfer
of Contract Value to a Guarantee Period is the rate in effect for that Guarantee
Period at the time of the allocation or transfer.  If You have allocated or
transferred amounts at different times to the Guaranteed Account, each
allocation or transfer may have a unique effective guaranteed interest rate
associated with that amount.  We guarantee that the effective annual rate of
interest for the Guaranteed Account, including any of the Guaranteed Periods,
will not be less than 3%.


                                          8

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      TRANSFERS

During the Accumulation Period,  or after the Annuity Date provided a variable
Annuity Option was selected, You may transfer all or part of Your interest in a
Subaccount  or allocated to a Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account to
another Subaccount or Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account.  However,
after the Annuity Date no transfers may be made between a Subaccount and the
Guaranteed Account.  The Transfer Fee  is  shown on the Contract Schedule.
Transfers from one Guarantee Period to another may also be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment.

All transfers are subject to the following:

1.  The deduction of any Transfer Fee that may be imposed as is shown in the
    Contract Schedule.  The Transfer Fee will be deducted from the amount which
    is transferred.  However, no Transfer Fee will be imposed on transfers
    resulting from the expiration of a Guarantee Period.

2.  If We have not received transfer instructions prior to the end of a
    Guarantee Period in which You have Contract Value, We will automatically
    transfer it to a new Guarantee Period of the same duration and under the
    same restrictions as if You had requested such transfer.  However, if a new
    Guarantee Period of the same duration is not available, then that portion
    of Your Contract Value will be transferred to the Guarantee Period next
    shortest in duration.

3.  The minimum amount which may be transferred is the lesser of (A) $1,000 or
    (B) Your entire interest in the Subaccount or in the amount allocated to
    the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account.

4.  No partial transfer will be made if, as a result of such transfer, Your
    remaining Contract Value in the Subaccount or in the amount allocated to
    the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account would be less than $1,000.

5.  Transfers will be effected during the Valuation Period next following
    receipt by Us of a written transfer request containing all required
    information.  However, no transfer may be made effective within seven
    calendar days of the date on which any annuity payment is due.

6.  Any transfer request must clearly specify:

    a.   the amount which is to be transferred; and

    b.   the Subaccounts or Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account which
         are to be affected.

7.  After the Annuity Date, transfers may not take place between a fixed
    Annuity Option and a variable Annuity Option.


                                          9

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

A surrender or transfer ("redemption") of any portion of the Contract Value
allocated to the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment
if the redemption occurs one year or more prior to the expiration of the
applicable Guarantee Period.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FACTOR - The Market Value Adjustment is calculated by
multiplying the amount to be redeemed from a Guarantee Period by the Market
Value Adjustment Factor determined from the following formula:

 .75 x (A-B) x (N/12) = Market Value Adjustment Factor, where:

A   =    the guaranteed interest rate applicable to the portion of the Contract
         Value to be redeemed.

B   =    the guaranteed rate of interest currently available for a Guarantee
         Period equal in duration to the Guarantee Period from which the
         Contract Value is being redeemed.  If no such Guarantee Period is then
         currently available, "B" will be calculated by straight line
         interpolation between the guaranteed interest rates then available
         nearest in duration to the time remaining in the Guarantee Period from
         which the redemption is to be made, unless either a longer or a
         shorter Guarantee Period is unavailable.  In such event, "B" will be
         equal to the guaranteed rate of interest currently available for a
         Guarantee Period closest in duration to the Guarantee Period from
         which the Contract Value is being redeemed.

N   =    The number of complete and partial months remaining to the end of the
         applicable Guarantee Period.

In situations where "A" is greater than "B", the Market Value Adjustment will be
added to the amount redeemed.  Alternatively, if "B" is greater than "A", the
Market Value Adjustment will be subtracted from the amount redeemed.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE - The minimum surrender value for amounts allocated to a
Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account is the amount allocated to that
Guarantee Period (less surrenders) with interest compounded annually at the rate
of 3%, reduced by any applicable Deferred Sales Charge.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  CONTRACT  CHARGES

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE - We deduct a Mortality And Expense Risk
Charge equal, on an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Contract Schedule.
We guarantee that the dollar amount of each annuity payment after the first will
not be affected by variations in mortality or expense experience.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE - We deduct an Administrative Expense Charge
equal, on an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Contract Schedule.  The
Administrative Expense Charge compensates Us for some of the costs associated
with the administration of this contract and the Variable Account.

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE - We deduct an annual Contract Maintenance Charge
shown on the Contract Schedule. The Contract Maintenance Charge will be deducted
from the Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary while this contract is in
force.  Prior to the Annuity Date, the Contract Maintenance Charge will be
deducted from the Contract Value by canceling Accumulation Units.  The number of
Accumulation Units to be canceled will be from each applicable Subaccount in the
ratio that the value of each Subaccount bears to the total Contract Value.

If this contract is surrendered for its full Surrender Value on other than a
Contract Anniversary, the full Contract  Maintenance Charge due on the next
Contract Anniversary will be deducted at the time of surrender.

On and after the Annuity Date, the Contract  Maintenance Charge will be pro-
rated and collected on a monthly basis and this will result in a reduction of
the monthly annuity payments.


                                          10

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  ANNUITY PROVISIONS

CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE - You may, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity Date, change the Annuity Date
shown on the Contract Schedule. The Annuity Date must always be the first day of
a calendar month.

Unless We approve otherwise, the new Annuity Date must be at least one year
after the effective Date.  The latest Annuity Date is the first day of the first
calendar month following the Annuitant's 90th birthday or such earlier date as
may be set by applicable law.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   ANNUITY OPTIONS

SELECTION OF ANNUITY OPTION - You may, upon at least thirty (30) days prior
written notice to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity Date, select and/or
change the Annuity Option.  The Annuity Option you select may be on a fixed or
variable basis, or a combination thereof.  We may, at the time of election of an
Annuity Option, offer more favorable rates in lieu of those here guaranteed.  We
may also make available other options.

OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME.  Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of an
Annuitant ceasing with the last Annuity Payment due prior to the Annuitant's
death.

OPTION 2 - LIFE INCOME WITH 10 YEAR GUARANTEE.  Monthly annuity payments are
paid during the life of an Annuitant, but at least for  a 10 year minimum
period.

OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  Monthly annuity payments are paid
during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated second person and
are paid thereafter during the remaining lifetime of the survivor ceasing with
the last annuity payment due prior to the survivor's death.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FIXED OPTIONS

The amount of each fixed annuity payment is determined by multiplying the
available Contract Value (after the deduction of any premium taxes not
previously deducted) by the factor in the Fixed Option Table for the option
chosen, using the age and sex of the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant, if any,
divided by 1,000.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VARIABLE OPTIONS

The amount of the first variable annuity payment depends on the Annuity Option
elected and the age and sex of the Annuitant.  This contract contains a Variable
Options Table indicating the dollar amount of the first monthly payment under
each optional annuity form for each $1,000 of value applied.  The tables are
determined from the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table with interest at
the rate of 5% per annum.  If, when annuity payments are elected, We are using
tables of annuity rates for these contracts which result in larger annuity
payments, We will use those tables instead.

The 5% interest rate assumed in the annuity tables would produce level annuity
payments if the net investment rate remained constant at 5% per year.
Subsequent payments will be less than, equal to, or greater than the first
payment depending upon whether the actual net investment rate is less than,
equal to, or greater than 5%.


                                          11

<PAGE>

                             ANNUITY OPTIONS (CONTINUED)

The dollar amount of the first variable annuity payment is determined by
applying the available value (after deduction of any premium taxes not
previously deducted) to the table using the age and sex of the Annuitant and any
joint Annuitant.  The number of Annuity Units is then determined by dividing
this dollar amount by the then current Annuity Unit value.  Thereafter, the
number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the period of annuity payments.
This determination is made separately for each Subaccount of the Variable
Account.  The number of Annuity Units is determined for each Subaccount and is
based upon the available value in each Subaccount as of the date annuity
payments are to begin.  The dollar amount determined for each Subaccount will
then be aggregated for purposes of making payments.

The dollar amount of the second and later variable annuity payments is equal to
the number of Annuity Units determined for each Subaccount times the Annuity
Unit value for that Subaccount as of the due date of the payment.  This amount
may increase or decrease from month to month. The value of an Annuity Unit for a
Subaccount is determined by subtracting 2. from 1. and dividing the result by 3.
and multiplying the result by .99986303 (.99986303 is the daily factor to
neutralize the assumed net investment rate, discussed above, of 5% per annum
which is built into the annuity rate tables below and which is not applicable
because the actual net investment rate is credited instead) where:

1.  is the net result of:

    a)   the assets of the Subaccount attributable to the Annuity Units; plus
         or minus

    b)   the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined
         by Us to have resulted from the operation of the Subaccount.

2.  is the cumulative unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
    and for the Administrative Expense Charge, which are shown in the Contract
    Schedule; and

3.  is the number of Annuity Units outstanding at the end of the Valuation
    Period.

The value of an Annuity Unit may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to
Valuation Period.


                                          12

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    DEATH BENEFIT

DEATH OF THE OWNER - In the event of Your death prior to the Annuity Date, a
death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary.  The value of the death benefit
will be determined as of the date We receive proof of death in a form acceptable
to Us.  If there has been a change of Owner, the death benefit will be the
Contract Value.  Otherwise, We will pay the death benefit equal to the greatest
of:

1.  the total of all Premiums paid, less surrenders;

2.  the Contract Value on the date We receive proof of death;

3.  the greatest Contract Value at any seventh Contract Anniversary prior to
    Your 76th birthday, plus any Premium paid and less any surrenders
    subsequent to that Contract Anniversary.

The Beneficiary may elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:

1.  payment of the entire death benefit within 5 years of the date of the
    Owner's death; or

2.  payment over the lifetime of the designated Beneficiary with distribution
    beginning within 1 year of the date of death of the Owner (see Annuity
    Options section of this contract); or

3.  if the designated Beneficiary is Your spouse, he/she can continue the
    contract in his/her own name.

If no payment option is elected, a single sum settlement will be made at the end
of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of proof of death. Upon payment
of the death benefit, this contract will end.  If You are not the Annuitant and
You die prior to the Annuity Date, the Annuitant has no further rights under
this Contract unless the Annuitant is Your Beneficiary.

If the Owner is a person other than the Annuitant, and if the Owner's death
occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable under this
contract, except that any guaranteed payments remaining unpaid will continue to
be paid to the Annuitant pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at the date of
the Owner's death.

If the Owner is not an individual, the Annuitant shall be treated as the Owner
and any change of such Annuitant will be treated as if the Owner died.

ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT - If an Accidental Death Benefit Charge is included on
the Contract Schedule, an Accidental Death Benefit may be payable which is equal
to the lesser of the Contract Value as of the date the death benefit is
determined or $250,000.  The Accidental Death Benefit is payable if the death of
the primary Owner (i.e. the first owner listed on the contract schedule) occurs
prior to the Contract Anniversary next following his 75th birthday and is the
result of an Injury incurred while he was the primary Owner.  The death must
also occur before the Annuity Date and within 365 days of the date of the
accident which caused the Injury.

The Accidental Death Benefit will not be paid for any death caused by or
resulting (in whole or in part) from the following:

1.  suicide or attempted suicide while sane or insane; intentionally self-
    inflicted injuries;
2.  sickness, disease or bacterial infection of any kind, except pyogenic
    infections which occur as a result of an injury or bacterial infections
    which result from the accidental ingestion of contaminated substances;
3.  hernia;
4.  injury sustained as a consequence of riding in, including boarding or
    alighting from, any vehicle or device used for aerial navigation except if
    the primary Owner is a passenger on any aircraft licensed for the
    transportation of passengers;
5.  declared or undeclared war or any act thereof; or
6.  service in the military, naval or air service of any country.

DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT - If the Annuitant is a person other than the Owner, and
if the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, a new Annuitant may be named by
the Owner.  If no new Annuitant is named within sixty (60) days of Our receipt
of proof of death, the Owner will be the new Annuitant.  If the Annuitant dies
after the Annuity Date and before the entire annuity benefit under the selected
Annuity Option has been distributed, the remaining portion, if any, will
continue to be distributed under the same Annuity Option to the named
Beneficiary.  We will require proof of the Annuitant's death.  Unless otherwise
provided for in a supplementary contract, if no named Beneficiary survives the
Annuitant, the remaining portion will be paid to You if You are living; or to
Your estate if You are not living.


                                          13

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 SURRENDER PROVISIONS

SURRENDER - While this contract is in force and before the Annuity Date, We
will, upon written request, allow the surrender of all or a portion of this
contract for its Surrender Value.  Surrenders will result in the cancellation of
Accumulation Units from each applicable Subaccount and the Guaranteed Account in
the ratio that the value of each Subaccount bears to the total Contract Value.
You must specify in writing in advance which units are to be canceled if other
than the above mentioned method of cancellation is desired.  We will pay the
amount of any surrender within seven (7) days of receipt of a request unless the
"Delay of Payments" provision is in effect.

The Surrender Value will be the Contract Value, subject to any Market Value
Adjustment, as of the date of Our receipt of Your written surrender request,
reduced by the sum of:

1.  any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted;

2.  any applicable Contract Maintenance Charge;

3.  any applicable  Surrender Charge; and

CALCULATION OF  SURRENDER CHARGE - If all or a portion of the Surrender Value is
surrendered, a  Surrender Charge will be calculated at the time of each
surrender and will be deducted from the Contract Value.  In calculating the
Surrender Charge, Premiums will be allocated at the time of surrender on a
first-in, first-out basis.

The amount of the  Surrender Charge is calculated by:

1.  reducing the amount to be surrendered by the greater of:

    a)   the accumulated earnings of this contract (i.e., the Contract Value
         minus Premiums which have not been allocated to amounts previously
         surrendered); or
    b)   10% of all remaining unsurrendered Premiums, decreased by any
         surrender made since the last Contract Anniversary; then

2.  allocating Premiums to the remaining amount to be surrendered; and

3.  multiplying each such allocated Premium by the applicable Percentage of
    Premium shown in the Contract Schedule for the period since such Premium
    was paid.

4.  adding the products of each multiplication in (3) above.

For a partial surrender, the  Surrender Charge will be deducted from the
remaining Contract Value, if sufficient; otherwise it will be deducted from the
amount surrendered.



                                          14

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  DELAY OF PAYMENTS

We will make any payments under this contract within 7 days (or any shorter
period, if required by law) of a request received in good order.  We reserve the
right to suspend or postpone any type of payment from the Variable Account for
any period when:

1.  the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than customary weekend and
    holiday closings:

2.  trading on the Exchange is restricted;

3.  an emergency exists as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable
    to dispose of securities held in the Variable Account or determine their
    value; or

4.  the Securities and Exchange Commission so permits delay for the protection
    of security holders.

The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission will govern as to
whether the conditions in 2. or 3. exist.


                                          15

<PAGE>

               AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                                    80 PINE STREET
                               NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10270
















                     INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                   NONPARTICIPATING
<PAGE>

                               FIXED OPTIONS TABLE

                              Option 1: Life Income
                      Monthly Income Per $1,000 Annuitized

       Monthly           Monthly           Monthly           Monthly
Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income 
 30     3.33       44     3.72       58     4.54       72     6.57 
 31     3.35       45     3.76       59     4,63       73     6.82 
 32     3.37       46     3.80       60     4.73       74     7.08 
 33     3.39       47     3.85       61     4.83       75     7.37 
 34     3.41       48     3.90       62     4.94       76     7.68 
 35     3.44       49     3.95       63     5.05       77     8.02 
 36     3.46       50     4.00       64     5.18       78     8.38 
 37     3.49       51     4.05       65     5.31       79     8.78 
 38     3.52       52     4.11       66     5.45       80     9.22 
 39     3.55       53     4.17       67     5.61       81     9.70 
 40     3.58       54     4.24       68     5.77       82     10.23 
 41     3.61       55     4.31       69     5.95       83     10.81 
 42     3.65       56     4.38       70     6.14       84     11.44 
 43     3.68       57     4.46       71     6.35       85     12.13 


             Option 2: Life Income With 10 Years Payments Guaranteed
                      Monthly Income Per $1,000 Annuitized

       Monthly           Monthly           Monthly           Monthly 
Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income    
 30     3.33       44     3.71       58     4.51       72     6.25 
 31     3.35       45     3.75       59     4.59       73     6.44 
 32     3.37       46     3.79       60     4.68       74     6.63 
 33     3.39       47     3.84       61     4.77       75     6.83 
 34     3.41       48     3.88       62     4.87       76     7.03 
 35     3.44       49     3.93       63     4.98       77     7.25 
 36     3.46       50     3.98       64     5.09       78     7.46 
 37     3.49       51     4.04       65     5.21       79     7.68 
 38     3.51       52     4.09       66     5.33       80     7.89 
 39     3.54       53     4.15       67     5.47       81     8.10 
 40     3.57       54     4.22       68     5.61       82     8.31 
 41     3.61       55     4.28       69     5.76       83     8.51 
 42     3.64       56     4.35       70     5.91       84     8.69 
 43     3.68       57     4.43       71     6.08       85     8.86 


                        Option 3: Joint And Last Survivor
                      Monthly Income Per $1,000 Annuitized

Age      40       45       50       55       60       65       70       75 
 40     3.38     3.43     3.47     3.50     3.52     3.53     3.54     3.55 
 45              3.51     3.58     3.63     3.67     3.69     3.71     3.73 
 50                       3.68     3.77     3.84     3.89     3.93     3.95 
 55                                3.90     4.02     4.11     4.18     4.23 
 60                                         4.19     4.35     4.48     4.58 
 65                                                  4.60     4.82     5.00 
 70                                                           5.18     5.50 
 75                                                                    6.02

    Values not shown are available on request from Our Administrative Office.

                                       16

<PAGE>

                             VARIABLE OPTIONS TABLE

                              Option 1: Life Income
                      Monthly Income Per $1,000 Annuitized

       Monthly          Monthly           Monthly           Monthly 
Age    Income    Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income 
 30     4.35      44     4.68       58     5.45       72     7.44 
 31     4.36      45     4.72       59     5.53       73     7.68 
 32     4.38      46     4.75       60     5.62       74     7.95 
 33     4.40      47     4.80       61     5.72       75     8.23 
 34     4.42      48     4.84       62     5.82       76     8.54 
 35     4.44      49     4.88       63     5.94       77     8.88 
 36     4.46      50     4.93       64     6.06       78     9.25 
 37     4.48      51     4.98       65     6.19       79     9.66 
 38     4.50      52     5.04       66     6.33       80     10.10 
 39     4.53      53     5.09       67     6.48       81     10.58 
 40     4.56      54     5.16       68     6.64       82     11.12 
 41     4.58      55     5.22       69     6.82       83     11.70 
 42     4.61      56     5.29       70     7.01       84     12.34 
 43     4.65      57     5.37       71     7.21       85     13.03


             Option 2: Life Income With 10 Years Payments Guaranteed
                      Monthly Income Per $1,000 Annuitized

       Monthly           Monthly           Monthly           Monthly 
Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income     Age    Income 
 30     4.35       44     4.67       58     5.39       72     7.07 
 31     4.36       45     4.71       59     5.47       73     7.25 
 32     4.38       46     4.74       60     5.56       74     7.43 
 33     4.39       47     4.78       61     5.65       75     7.62 
 34     4.41       48     4.82       62     5.74       76     7.82 
 35     4.43       49     4.87       63     5.84       77     8.03 
 36     4.45       50     4.91       64     5.95       78     8.23 
 37     4.47       51     4.96       65     6.06       79     8.44 
 38     4.50       52     5.01       66     6.18       80     8.65 
 39     4.52       53     5.07       67     6.31       81     8.85 
 40     4.55       54     5.12       68     6.45       82     9.05 
 41     4.58       55     5.19       69     6.59       83     9.24 
 42     4.61       56     5.25       70     6.74       84     9.41 
 43     4.64       57     5.32       71     6.90       85     9.57 


                        Option 3: Joint And Last Survivor
                      Monthly Income Per $1,000 Annuitized

Age      40       45       50       55       60       65       70       75 
 40     4.38     4.42     4.45     4.48     4.50     4.51     4.52     4.53 
 45              4.48     4.54     4.58     4.62     4.65     4.67     4.68 
 50                       4.62     4.70     4.76     4.82     4.86     4.89 
 55                                4.82     4.92     5.01     5.08     5.14 
 60                                         5.08     5.23     5.36     5.46 
 65                                                  6.01     5.68     5.86 
 70                                                           6.01     6.33 
 75                                                                    6.84

    Values not shown are available on request from Our Administrative Office.

                                       17
 

<PAGE>


                                      EXHIBIT 9
                                  OPINION OF COUNSEL


<PAGE>

                                  OPINION OF COUNSEL

I have made such examination of the law and have examined such records and
documents as in my judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable me to render
the opinions expressed below.

I am of the following opinions:

    1.   American International Life Assurance Company of New York is a valid
         and existing stock life insurance company domiciled in the State of
         New York.

    2.   Variable Account A is a separate investment account of American
         International Life Assurance Company of New York created and validly
         existing pursuant to the New York Insurance Laws and the Regulations
         thereunder.

    3.   All of the prescribed corporate procedures for the issuance of the
         Variable Annuity Contracts (the "Contracts") have been followed, and,
         when such Contracts are issued in accordance with the Prospectus
         contained in the Registration Statement, all state requirements
         relating to such Contracts will have been complied with.

    4.   Upon the acceptance of purchase payments made by Contract Owners
         pursuant to a Contract issued in accordance with the Prospectus
         contained in the Registration Statement and upon compliance with
         applicable law, such Contract Owner will have a legally-issued, fully
         paid, nonassessable interest in such Contract.

This opinion, or a copy hereof, may be used as an exhibit to or in connection
with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 for the
Contracts to be issued by American International Life Assurance Company of New
York and its separate account, Variable Account A.

                             /s/ Kenneth D. Walma
                             ------------------------------
                             Kenneth D. Walma
                             Assistant Secretary and Senior Attorney

Dated:  April 25, 1996


<PAGE>



                                      EXHIBIT 10

                               (a)  Consent of Counsel


<PAGE>

                                     [LETTERHEAD]

                                    April 29, 1996

American International Life Assurance
  Company of New York
80 Pine Street
New York, New York  10005

Gentlemen:

    We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Counsel" in the Statement of Additional contained in Post-Effective Amendment
No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 33-58502) filed by
American International Life Assurance Company of New York and Variable Account A
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and
the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       /s/Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP
                                       Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP

<PAGE>



    EXHIBIT 10

                        (b) Consent of Independent Accountants


<PAGE>

                                     [LETTERHEAD]

                                                                EXHIBIT 10 (ii)

                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the following with respect to Post-effective Amendment No.
3 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-58502) on Form N-4 under the Securities
Act of 1933 of Variable Account A of American International Life Assurance
Company of New York.

    1.   The inclusion of our report dated February 22, 1996 relating to our
         audits of the financial statements of American International Life
         Assurance Company of New York in the Statement of Additional
         Information.

    2.   The inclusion of our report dated February 19, 1996 relating to our
         audits of the financial statements of Variable Account A in the
         Statement of Additional Information.

    3.   The incorporation by reference into the Prospectus of our report dated
         February 22, 1996 relating to our audits of the financial statements
         of American International Life Assurance Company of New York and our
         report dated February 19, 1996 relating to our audits of the financial
         statements of Variable Account A.

    4.   The reference to our firm under the heading "General Information-
         Independent Accountants" in the Statement of Additional Information.


                                       /s/Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
                                       COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 19, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission